Gospel Songs

o<?
v^ $£> v
THE NEW 43
GOSPEL SONG
BOOK
A Rare Collection of Songs designed for
Christian Work and Worship

EDITED BY
G. H. P. SHOWALTER and AUSTIN TAYLOR
PRICE:
Limp, per copy, 35 cents; per dozen, $4.00; per hundred, $30.00.
Full cloth, copy, 50 cents; per dozen, $5.50; per hundred, $40.00.
Five cents additional per copy, for any number of copies desired*
in either binding, with rudiments of vocal music.
WITHDRAWN
Published by
Firm Inundation Publishing House

AUSTIN, TEXAS.
Copyright, 1914, by Firm Foundation Publishing House

TOPICAL INDEX
OF
THE NEW GOSPEL SONG BOOK
PRAISE. CONSOLATION.
7, 83, 102, 103, 154, 198. 9, 10, 14, 26, 29, 43, 44, 48, 57, 58, 67,
94. 98, 100, 101, 113, 114, 152, 155,
189.
WORK.
17, 19, 30, 31, 34, 71, 95, 106, 107, 136, FUNERAL.
138, 142, 143, 158, 161, 162, 168,
66, 119, 125, 129, 159, 200.
172, 177, 180, 201, 202.
INVITATION. ADMONITION.
38, 47, 65, 79, 133, 146, 166.
15, 24, 66, 60, 70, 73, 75, 81, 87, 88, 90,
114, 116, 128, 144, 147, 160, 190.
PRAYER.
DEVOTION.
1, 8, 50, 64, 157, 203, 205.
2, 3, 5, 21, 28, 35, 39, 62, 69, 74, 76, 77,
96, 104, 111, 134, 145, 163, 173, 195,

197. REJOICING.
13, 36, 53, 109, 115, 124, 176, 179, 188,
WARNING. 218, 220.
12, 22, 41, 46, 49, 59, 93, 123, 150, 212,
1
No. 1 I Must Tell Jesus.

E. A. H. REV. E. A. HOFFMAN.
1. I must tell Je - bus all of my tri - als; I can-not bear theBO

2. I must tell Je bus all of - mytroubles, He is a kind, com-
8. Tempted and tried I need a great Sav-iour, One who can help my
Hi
4. O now
'
the world to
^*- ~
TTFTTr rrTTTif
e - vil al - lures me
» fag
! O how my heart is
w
m
¥ ?
bur -dens a
S3
z* •3- In- myp-
pas - sion-ate
bur-dens to
- lone;
Friend;
bear;
7
If
I
is P
dis-tress
•
He
kind-ly will help me,
I but ask Him, He will de - liv - er,
must tell Je - sus, I must tell Je - bus,
-u
^=P5I
u
^ -i
tempt-ed to sin! I must tell Je - sus, and He will help me
aa
BE e Exr??
r^r
1 i f
t=t as
F?
fHOKlS.
y^ j j i
J:J
He ev - er loves and cares for His own.
; jTj" H
1/
^/irn i
/ * *
-hr^~
fr—tf—t*
Make of my troubles quickly an end. I must tell Jesus! I must tell

He all my cares andsorrows will share.
O- ver the world the vic-t'ry to win.
s® E r r I
s '
r
^
g@g i g e
P—5£
I I
g —g—i/~
|^8:;^|P â i
k—
:
a
i y
g
Je - bus! I can-not bear my bur-dens a lone; I must tell
Si
SE
4*-
I
^T—
I I
E-
r
•
r g
S5 S £=£
Jb£ >—
PE
1*
3=jE5g3i S^ 2 P3sg I
I 1 I
U~ U I 1/ ~ î I
Je -bus! I muBttell Je- sua! Je-sua can help me, Je-sua a - lone.
|»AfP'fflfg| ;
:î p^ r:r r
g
tr-F-
aa
— i II t
Obpyrifbi 18MI Vy The Hoffman Masie Co. UMd by per.
K * — P H
No. 2. HFS MY KING.
James Rowi Juras D. Vavqkaxi.
frfct^^q h* i =t-9=f=^5a
1. All day long of Je - bus I am sing - ing f
He my song of
2. Streams of love a round my soul are
- flow - ing, Prom His heart, love's
3. In His light, I'm go - ing home to glo - ry, With the souls who
mi re
be i c c s : rmT i
ft
?>r g g ^S f^ Et -K —
i ft
?
*-*-*- *=*
4^-F i=FriH-^=#g
W • •
joy will ev-er be; All the while He keeps my heart-bells ringing, For His
ev - er- last-ing spring; That is why my faith in Him Fm showing, That is
trust His sav-ing grace; Go -ing home to sing and tell His sto - ry, In the
«. *. *. 3E *£•
Si SS 4=¥3
.
y j
2^
rTT
CHORUS.
—*
*
n
K s- P h
fe* -*—»-
pi£ IK
^m g i
s >
j =^F^ »-*-*
love ev-'ry-thing to me.
is He's my King, and I dear-ly love Him;
why an endless song I sing.
bless-ed sunshine of His face. He's my precious King
a^
te
-•-: J*
Sr|«;^
jot
^ 31?c:p £
m m m
J J J
-m-
y
J
«•=
U J J
S
V
t=f=^=
«K
!/ I
iiS f P r > y k ^ _^_ __ - •
He's my King, no oth - er is a-bove Him; All day long en

He's my glorious King,
fc*
•g- -g- tr r r'
*^* P
5 !
rr=r
I
Ub^r— — —
z
H*-^
1 . 3 -m —
=fj
P *
i
PS,
m -1
I
—
raptured praise I sing, Hal le-lu
-
1
jah He' smyKingl

l
7u 9 1 r
my blessed King
^
I { ling, Glo-ry hal -le-le jah! I
&-** —•-—• m +-
^F- -^-JHr t
-t—
r*^ j 'j f-k-k

"
Copyhfht, 1911, by Junes D. V»u«hm.
y
J
y
V-
: —
No. 3. Is It Not Wonderful?
Rev. Kusiia A. Hoffman.
1. Won-drous it seemeth to me, Je sus so

- gracious should be,
2. Heart of mine never could know, Je sus such
- peace could be - stow;
3. Once I was full of all sin, Now thro' the blood I am clean;
4. Long I re - sist ed His
- grace, In my heart gave Him no place;
5. He doth my new heart con - trol, Cleansing and keep-ing me whole;
N
Mer- cy re-veal-ing, com-fort-ing, healing, Blessing a sin-ner like me.

Till the dear Saviour showed me His f a-vor, Cleansed my heart whiter than snow.
Will-ing to save me, par-don He gave me, And I am hap - py with - in.
Kind-ly He sought me, till He had bro't me Pen - i-tent, seek-ing His face.
Banishing sadness, with such sweet gladness Fill-ing and thrilling my soul.
2 m m
mm
-
m w w w
5$ # • —
P- i
i f~
KKFK4I\.
s n r*
+&
p Is it not
3C=5t
won-der-ful,
1K
it not won-der-ful, Je - sus so
m g!g g Îf-*-
i=L m w -
—i— * **-
£
I
gra - cious should be ? Yes, is won - der - ful,
so gra - cious should be ?
f*-i-* * • -J.J2-
l
-£
:- ^> s — *—— — t •-
:
strange and so won-der-ful, That He should save e - ven me

e-ven me.
L1AA
Used
y
bjr
g \j
p«r. of E. 1. Hoffman,
* * *
owner of copyright.
" "
m
d — — — '
No. 4. WILL THERE BE ANY STARS.

E. E. HEwrrr, Jno. R. Sweniy.
4;J
¥ 'T-
*
1. I
—
am
^ 1
^ ' I ^J
think-ing to-day of that beau-ti - ful land I shall reach when the
I '
i j J4^
^1 B »^
rvv
—f-
2. In the strength of the Lord let me la - bor and pny, Let me watch as a
3. what joy will it be when His face I be-hold, Liv-ing gems at His
^ m m K -
^H-g • • i/ > i
i ^ *
V— *<-
r< s
S-N- -*—*
^=* ^=£
-**-^&i** *y* *!*?»
sun go -eth down; When thro' wonderful grace by my Saviour I stand, Will there
win-ner of souls; That bright stars may be mine in the glo-ri-ous day, When His
feet to lay down; It would sweeten my bliss in the cit- y of gold, Should there
_ _ ,N m
» IIOKIV
i^ N
* J
fi
\ ^ _. •
l-i
iP __P ~m J 4 J 5 ^
f S i
ik.7
fl?r !
_/i
« -J
fc.
i
,
*
^ •
1
n
» > j j ,
11
S m m
'
"
m m m *• m * * s ~
1 ;
fc
J. -J i
*'
K • . . 1
1 5 /
be a - ny stars in my crown ?
praise like the sea-billow rolls. Will there be a - ny stars, a- ny stars in my crown,,
be a - ny stars in my crown ?
— — — —#i"^
<^v
^ —*—'—
> »
» h» »
h 3 SS
—^—— !=£= r r . f-rH
t/
^-9—r
!
'
3
^— :
—— *
r'l
F |
? - 7-^ »
I
When at even-ing the sun go - eth down ? When I wake with the blest,
go*- eth down?
s
m J*-£- -£- -*--*- -0t-k+.
—r +- £- - --
^ fs
1
.
-m-^ -m-
y
5*—
--
>-
-*- -- =-
V
-i h -i ^ ^
Si
-v
;r-
V
Efc
5T 1
s—-« * — N- -S K-
=t
I *—*- *=s=:
m
TB^ST m * *
•
g u
r * r
In the mansions of rest, Will there be a ny stars in my crown
^ ?
-
a - ny stars in my crown?
9B*—* il J ; y ; s
Ooprrifbt, 1887, by Jdo. ft. Swwmj. Um4 by p«r.
— .i —
No. 5. Near the Cross.

"Peace through the blood of his cross."— Col. 1: 20
Copyrirht by W . H. Doane. Used by per

FANNY J. CROSBY. W. H. DOANE.
— — 1-
-±*-
^:?-y-_J: J=z^z^jJ_ lij :
-»—j 1
— -m -A -2
—• '
tr- -m- -•-
keep me
r
1. Je - sus, near the cross, There a pre-cious oun - tain,
2. Near the Cross, a tremb - ling soul, Love and mer - cy found me;
3. Near the Cross! Lamb of God, Bring its scenes be - fore me;
4. Near the Cross I'll watch and wait, Hop - ing, trust - ing ev - er,
— f—5• —T~
--• -m~
»—r —
1"- p — _• ~2"
cy. fH» z£L
—"t - £ - •m —m p
"f
^_ -H =
*~
»
i
if
^~%i~\
- -Vft *
w *
\~
•- >
m- -t £ 7 -]- -h >-
G » • !• 1
u ^ 1
1 I
s 3=P£
» (• ^-=- -* -W- -- -5- -+.-+
Free to all a heal - ing stream, Flows from Cal - v'ry's moun-tain.
There the bright and morn - ing star Sheds its beams a - round me.
Help me walk from day to day, With its shad - ows o'er me.
Till I reach the gold - en strand, Just be - yond the riv - er.
Refrain.
I n i- =a=s
In the Cross, in the Cross, Be my glo - ry ev - er;
-m-
£=t
i "I -H =H • of H 1=5:
-i 1
^ 3 H*ir-a{
q=f
I
Till my rap-tured soul shall find Rest be - yond the riv - er.
— • m ^ -P
*
-m 1-.
fe*=* 3=¥
1 y — — *—n i M
F r r
;
No. 6 Blessed Rock of Ages,

E. K. W. E K. WESSON. Arr. by J. E. T.
A mi T^ 4
1. O Thou Rock of my Bal - va-tion, Hide mo now from life's sad woes-,
2. Ref-uge sweet, O Rock of A - ges,
Let me now Thy presence claim;
3. Thou, my ev - er - last - ing comfort, Thou, my life, my joy, my Btay
±^^ ^m
mm r- » »
—
i
v-
-K u
^
¥
% 1 t ~T
^r ' *
In Thy cleft made on Mount Calv'ry, Hide me safe-ly from all foes.
Let mo seek when tempests gath-er Shel-ter on - ly in Thy name.
By Thy coun-sel ev - er guide me, Lead and keep me all the way.
m I
j- r i
i
CHORUS.
Rock of A ges, cleft for me,
m
¥
fe=t
55
r r r
j
r
I i
rrrTT r? rrr
1
1 ;
Rock of A -ges, Rock of A-ges,cleft for me on Cal - va - ry;

cleft for me, yes, cleft for me on Calvary;
n t \ i
dSi m m m m m
r»
-M — I LP \
let me hide my - self in Thee.
i
$m rr^r t f=f
f ? I
let me hide my - self in Thee, yes, hide my - self in Thee.
let me hide myself in Thee.
«B. K. Wesson. By |«r.

I
r
1
f- r- r- r
SI
\f g *
3=£
JU
3
.. ... 4 ;
No, 7. Hosanna To the King.

LAURA E. NEWELL. JAMES W. ACUFF.
1.
-1
My
X
Saviour bled
' ' ' ' •? X
on Cal - va ry ........
-
KVTV. . Yes,shed His
2. For me He died, yet rose a - gain, And now He
3. Just now He waits, be-side me stands, The prints of
4. rilev-er to Him humbly pray That He for -
1. My Saviour bled on Cal - va-ry,
blood for you and me

rwrrjy
; He bore the cross,
guides, the sons of men In paths of truth
nails. are in His hands ; A riv en side
-
give and take a-way Sin's grievous load,

Yes, shed His blood for you and me ;
He bore the cross,
endured the pain, . . And died, the sin ner to re-claim.

and righteousness . . . . . Each soul to aid, and all to bless.
a thorn-pressed brow , By faith, I see so plainly now.
my soul set free ; . . . He'll spurn me not He died for me.
;
endured the pain, And died, the sinner to reclaim.

-+-0-
SB 3*
V ¥ ? \/ $ ft I -v-v — v-
tt
Chorus. Lively.
m
* .
fcfe^ I
# *=* r
~ \
A —^2 m
Then glo-ry, glo-ry let us sing, And ev - er-more His prais-es ring
zgibz±t=^ -| —r—rc
Copyright, 1913, by J. W, Acuff.

^ ;
No. 8, Walk Beside Me,

KATHARINE K. PURVIS. JAMES M. BLACK.
Walk beside me, () my Saviour, While life's morning gky is bright

When the noontide's glowing splendor Brings its weight Of toil and Cf
When the twi-hght shades descend-ing Warn my soul that night
Grantme now Thy lov ing fa-vor, Flood my - path with heav'nly light.
May Thy love, so pure and tender. All my heav - y burdens bear.
With the hues of sun - set blending Let the light of heav'n appear.
gEfrfFj B=k WTCW1

; rT n*
*Efe i^ : • -3 I
Wheth-er good or ill be-tide me, Whether skies be dark or clear.

In a wea - ry land, provide me Shel-tering rock and cooling spring ;
Thro' the val - ley, Saviour, take me, Close my eyes when night shall come ;
t-f 1 9 W •
* ^* * •
* p zjfc
^=*
I I 1 I
£=r <^
cc
t=£ — » Fine.
Ev
is*
er stay
- so close be-side me
-n
I may know and feel Thee near.

When the tempest rag - es, hide me Un-der-neath Thy fold-ed wing.
» 5E- ^S
Then bid an - gel voic -es wake me, Sweetly singing/' Welcome home."
4*
#3 * •
u " ;
—£v
'
1/
D.S. - er stay so close be - side me / may know and fed Thee near.
Chorus.
D.S.
* —
tms^s
1-
ft
*e*S£* .S
II
Bless - ed Sav-iour,walk with me Take ; a - way all anx-ious fear ;
Copyright, 1896 by Iiam M PUck. Use i t>>- prr

r + !
No. 9. It Is Well With My Soul.

H. G. SPAFFORD. P. P. BLISS.
f^f^^^grpj^j
1.
r
When peace like a riv - er, at-tend-eth my way, When sorrows like
2. Though Satan should buffet, tho' trials should come,Let this blest as-
3. My sin— O the bliss of this glo ri-ous tho't — My sin — not in
- !
4. And,Lord, haste the day when the faith shall be sight, The clouds be roll'd
^fi^4~r
J^J^L
5* ±=t £
&fe
r F P
m
W
^r~r
mm
-I I—
sea - bil-lows rolls, What-ev-er my lot,Thou hast taught me to say,

-O.-
19-
Ff w
sur-ance control, That Christ hath regarded my helpless es - tate,
part but the whole, Is nailed to His cross and I bear it no more,
back as a scroll, The trump shall resound,and the Lord shall descend,
•PL
rem^ ±=tBE
f
x=x
» i=±
£
—
^
Chorus.
»V*W~0- J 4-
^tet J==T
t
3t^ s :2c^
i
i
"It is well, it my soul.'

is well with It is well,
And hath shed His own blood for my soul.
Praise the Lord, praise the Lord, O my soul
"E-ven so" it is well with my soul. It is well,
•m- -J- JPL '
m J r>
S^
ê
^ EE3tÊ W-
H
H m — J L
*£
I I
3JQ S3 <s\ ah
with my soul, It is well, it is well with my soul.

with my soul,
M- _
i3SE=
1
.^_
— ft -&- JU J3L |
^ i i
x=x i
No. 10. Home On the Banks of the River.
A.T. Copyright. 1913, by Austin Taylor. AUSTIN TAYLOR.
,* /^ h I
*
1. There's a beau-ti - ful homo be-yond the dark riv -er, There's a mansion by
2. 'Tis a beau-ti - ful home, and God is its Mak -er, In a land that no
3. that won-der- ful place to which I am go - ing, It by faith I in
4. I have followed the way of life to the riv - er, I can see the glad
$=£
y=? fV»~
P M^fcS f±
faith can I
I
"^
see;
i5=3
•^
And
W *
3E=3c
* P P
PC
the Sav-iour is there His faith-ful

w -
to
*
wel-come,
.».*
mor-tal has trod; Soon the an - gels will come and car - ry me o - ver,
rap-ture be -hold; Its gates are of pearl, its walls are of jaa-per,
por-tals a - bove; I am read - y to go and live with my Sav-iour,
fcfc-e- -*--*-
Pt$¥ ' [J
—r
^1 g —— — -
»
l
v j it !T
CHORrs. M
fc*=*=fc=fc^
There's a beau -
To that beau-
^ ti -
ti -
ful
ful
home
home
*=Szu£^:fc
for
of
me.
God.
'-, I *
Home. .
4-*
on the banks of
•*>
S N-
the
And its beau - ti - ful streets are gold.
In the beau - ti - ful home of love. Home, yes, home,
riv-er, Home .... where the ransomed ones gather, Home .... with the
Home, sweet home, Home for me
s W-*-
»-i;
&J K N -fV -K Nr—£ ^— J 1 * V— X-
an - gels for - ev - er, On the beau -ti - ful banks of the riv - er.
V S3S i
'»
i, I |» gtf l
u >
? » '?
f-
n —
No. 11. Wonderful Words of Life.
" The words that I speak unto you, they are spirit, aud they are life."— John 6: 63.
P. P. B. P. P. BLISS.
NeeW ^gnrrr^ 3? ~"

1/
1. Sing them o - ver a - gain to me, Won-der-ful words of Life;

2. Christ,thebless-ed One, gives to all Won-der-ful words of Life;
3. Sweet-ly ech - o the gos pel call, Won-der-ful words of - Life;
I |* h h
1
h kl
1
j n j
: ~ 1 '
ts=M=m
3= 3 r 3?3
Let me more of their beau-ty see, Won-der-ful words of Life.
Sin - ner, listto the lov - ing call, Won-der-ful words of Life.
Of - fer par-don and piece to all, Won-der-ful words of Life.
n^ *=0-
h h
± h h kl
*=* j t s-M* 3^=2
mm Words of
*=£
*S
life and beau - ty, Teach
—
*
me
4M
faith
' ——
and du
rar
F
t±
- ty.
All so free-ly giv - en, Woo - ing us to heav - en.
Je - sus, on - ly Sav • iour, Sane - ti - fy for - ev - er.
^^ £=t
Refrain.
1
H FN Pi 1-
A=F T^r
It r m m m m m WTT
V V \
Beau-ti - ful words, won-der-ful words, Won-der-ful words of Life,
-0~ -0"' 0~ •+- m -+- m .
m i
£=£
i i N fr- t=Z
r r r
w ?
Beau-ti
%
-
% $:\t-&
ful words, won-der-ful words,
m 4
*/
Won-der-ful words of
+
* m J
Wr
^m Life.
t=t
ma i i
i -t
i
Copyright, 1903, by John Church Co. Used by per.
No. 12 What Shall It Profit?
Property of S. H. Hall and Hani Hall. FLAVILHALL.
1. what shall it profit a mor- tal be- low! To gain the whole world and then
2. Take warning, thou cov-et-ous one, and beware, Says Je- sua who gave His own
3. To him who doth trust in the riches of earth, Comes ringing in clearness the
4. Then lay up your treasures in heav-en a- bove, Transfer your af-fec-tions to
m m -
— P[74r- l h Vv h j j H— «- * ,»- i T i j * ~
* •
m
g£±* %*=*
lose
life
his own soul — Be
for your soul; For rich
•5-
ban-ished to
- ea e
m z
gions of darkness and woe, Where
re -
nal in glo - ry pre-pare;

- ter - In
<+
&
r^
mes - sage so dire: "Thou fool • ish and gay one, the an - gel of death This
Je - sus the King, "Be rich in good works," and in er - rands of lore, And
Pm
Chords.
* —^=- %-*-* &
V^*3=±
bil - lows of
an-guish e - ter - nal - ly roll?
faithfulness press for the heav - en - ly goal. set yoor af- fee- tions on
night shalt thy soul in thy ter - ror re-quire."
ev - er to Je - sus glad of - fer-ings bring.
r*~ i -»- -&- -+-
"* -*
\ Mi _ _ -
heav-enly things! Seek honors un-fad-ing that God-likeness brings.For what shall it
prof-it a mor-tal be-low To gain the whole world and then lose his own soul?
r-2 r
— — 1 - — — —— . .
No. 13. There is Sunshine In the Heart.

(Dedicated to Hope and Margaret.)
m
JULIA H. JOHNSTON Copyright, 1912, by C. C. Ca»e. C. C. CASI.
£=3
A-î—
*#
1. There is' sunshine in my the shadows fall a - part From a-
heart, And
2. Tho' my path be stranf e and rough, There it al-ways light e- nough For mint
3. Tho' my shoulders bear a load, As I take the up-ward road, And my
4. There is sunihine, aid to spare, And I long the light to share, With the
m E513E
• i/ £=£
1
-*—*-
\—r f« » f
3*=^
fczz
r -
y
I
—
I
y-
*=*: -*-«-
£ 1 l Sr—^—g^
^^S 3fc 8 atzi
y V
bore the light of lore is shining clear; All with-out may be in shade, But mj
eyea to see where lies the upward way; And I trust my lov-ing Guide, Who is
hands, at His commands, are laden too. If the Master's smile I win, There i3
3^to=
life a-mid the strife, where shadows lie, If
•v _£ k__|
in Je- sua we
b pw—i* m —
s — d=£a- bide, Then no
*m u —m m
n u
V V _l
k - — J
K k.
V h
/^>
JL.h m m
_i
mr h s r "I
1
lu lu
r ^ P *,
• « 1
1
m J
\
frv
™ * 2 >_i •* ~ *— f
T
m $*m 2 u" 'S 1 I 1 -!
i
!
spir - it nn-dis - mayed, Look a - far, where gates unbar with ra - diant cheer.
ev - er by my side, So the light is ev - er bright each pass-ing day.
sun-shine fair with - in, And with joy, in His em - ploy my work I do.
—,—— —
—^-A—
e - vil can be - tide, And no room there for gloom, if He nigh.
r:>,mp *r *Y K*
r^.
>
—
i~?~
U
~?~~T~ ,T~1 1
r
is
m m
p r — — -•
£
;•"!
h
is
;•
fc-r-l
"i
^
——u W
1
i* 1
U v
"
u u J
• J
v y
H u y p I
'
\J i> \j
b»
E
Chorus.
|
y—j—^g—=
There is sun-shine in
g -
my
S
*-+>
heart, There
• g
is
'
.
«_
sun-shine in
• _
«_ • ^3*—
my
'
heart, Tis the

*-
( There is sun-shine in my heart, There is sun-shine in my heart, God is

i
m p
§e
I
light that earth- ly shadows can -not dim;
light and all the (Omit ) way I walk with Him.
3* £=£
1
No. 14. After While,
J. H. B. J. H. BOLKY
1. As I con-tem-plate life's jour-ney, Thro' a world of sin and strife,
2. Tia a thought of might-y won - der, Clad in forma of sa-cred style,

8. What shall be the scenes that greet as, Shall we view them with a smile,
4. Then we'll know of high - er great-ness Than the world hath ere compiled,
J ^'.^-r-T-ff^
S3 T^ »-, m
t I ZTZ
B3 ji 4 j± -iF
^
Hd=d
^*
-*-2-* ^Z2l£T 3
U V f
There's a thought that steals upon me, Whisp'ring joy aft - er while.
To be-hold the things e - ter - nal, That shall be aft - er while(af t-er while).
What shall be the joys or sor-rows, just think aft - er while.

Then well rest from all our la - bore, Some sweet day aft - er while.
m rc^fr E TP^'W
BEFBAIN.
BS nV*s
** :s:
t
s
r r
* * s .
rrr
r— r-
^3t
r
t^>-
Aft-er while, af t-er while,. .. .Some sweet day. . . aft -er while,
Af t-er while, aft-er while, Some sweet day after while,
* Sl^ \
l=»
1— ( P- 4
J-
^5
48:
i*
gvM-V^
Blest will
B r:*:
be the way-worn pil-grims, Some sweet day

W
SE £E*S
aft - er while.
-*-*-
We shall view e - ter -nal re-gions, Some sweet day aft - er while (after while,)
Bliss the Christian's hab-i - ta - tion, Some sweet day aft - er while.
We shall rest from all our la - bora, Some sweet day aft - er while.
B Owned and
•
C
>
r
>
r •
V S
controlled by J. U. Haley.
r
'•
I
-^
I tt =*=*=
^ 1
— — p i —
No. 15. Why Not To-Night?
Re-entered and copyright, 1895, by J. H. Hall. Used by per,
J. CALVIN BUSHEY.
S=^
4=3
do not let the word de-part, And close thine eyes a-gainst the
mor-row's son may nev-er rise To bless thy long de-lud - ed
Lord in pit - y lin-gers still, And wilt thou thus His love re-
bless - ed Lord re - fus - ed none Who would to Him their souls u-
^^-^-
iste u'Tte -^WTg-^ t=t
3E23C
v * m
n
V i
J
1
ff P "
m ' m ll "• • J
I
1
-
p p
'
h.
JL.h
rm"
i
•
U P L
I i
a 2
P 6!
«^.
•
5 a J —
1
—r
,
f\\) »
<5<
. *J r ! !
•
\j j
r
U JB -•-?
-1
a .
1
1
+) 1 1 1/ tv " 1
light; Poor sin - ner, hard - en not your heart, Be saved, to - night.
sight; This is the time, then be wise, Be saved, to - night.
quite? Re-nounce at once thy stub-born will, Be 3aved, to - night.
nite; Be - lieve > o - bey, the work is done, Be saved, to - night.
f- •
m -*• -*~ +. +*+...*. :*£' -P- -<5>-
« « m — •
rv & 2 • A • M • A p ©• •
S
1 1
T'i »
i i
W *
1
n
i
\
i
1 ! ! . ! . W p .
•
v ' ' r r I
1
1 1 •
Chorus.
rfl ^— i- -* K-
*-* p p • a P I u
v * y I?
I
"
I; b r
why not to-night? why not to-
why not to-night? why not to-night? Why not to-night?
m -p-
. s -p-
p : -p • p ^
§fc£ H i f—^=g g § i
1/ g i
2ZL_
* tf f
gg
e^
S tas
night? Wilt thou be saved? Then why not to-night?

why not to-night? Wilt thou b« saied? wilt thou be sared? Then why not, why not tc-night?
'
-m- -&-
-P-M*-
mm ±=t l I IT
Ft
^=e
— ,
No. 16. Out On the Mountains.

KKV I.. L l'KKKTT. CHAa H. GABRIKL.
N N N » S
1. Out on the ssnaiaios poor souls are a-stray, Je-eui dngthem,

2. i>«>, call-ing for help-en to-day, Rescue the lost ones,
lie is
3. Souls are now dying, the ime >pt*»*ds away, If you would save them >
i <
§^grrr& re
4. Then at the crowning time you shall be-hold, Treasures more precious than
jczm
tTr^
•
c
^^ms
ST?
seek - ing to-day; He, the good Shepherd, so gen- tic and mild,
:
»-,
fst
f±*=-Z=Zi: :
broth-er, I pray Join with our Sav-iour

; to gath-er them in,
do not de-lay; In-stant-ly, earn-est ly af ter them fly. - -
sil - ver or gold; Jew-els un fad-ing incrownof the King,

-
Seeks for the wand'ring one out in the wild.

From the drear mountains, the mountains of sin. Angels in glo-ry all
Speed-i - ly bring them or soon they shall die.
Ev - 'ry true toil -er with gladness shall bring.
J^BE
:£=£
&
*VH-3=*=*
* tJ=-F ^~*rv h^ r
«>:-
n
-•* 3-3 m- j iU J
join the glad song, Publish with rapture through-out the glad throng; Singing and
shouting with bud, swelling strain, "Jesus our Shepherd forever shall
Copyri^lr. 1911 '. K r:n F uodaton Tu lisli.n; II us)

; — ;
No. 17. Tell His Love.

JAMES ROWE. J. II. HALL.
SH £=£ *— fV-2
1.
2.
^ffsss^s^ff
To
On
the weak and worn and weary Tell His love,
the plain and in the val-ley
tell His
=
3. In the haunts of sin and sadness

4. Good to do which naught can measure, Tell His love,
*^1
^1
fe>fe=^
*=*
«TT \> l> l>
t=t
s$=5 £=
m
§ T^ 3^5 fl
love To the friend-less and the drear y Tell - His
Hope to give and strength to ral ly, Tell - His
Spreading light and peace and gladness,Tell His
£??
*V X
I
tell
S
His love, That our souls may lay up treas-ure, Tell
I
^-n^-rrrr
4 1 1
His
Chorus
*-£
^=4
r-rrr
5:=^
-^&-r
1/ ^ I
jzÊz2k_^_^=^:
i
love, tell His love. Let us keep the story ring-ing,
Tell His love
• » # m s—*^t I
'
Peace and hope to mor - tals bringing To ; His lov - ing bos - om
£zt£5=*=3E 1
fc £
^=}c ?c p=t
b I/
2tE I
•=*- -
cling-ing, Tell His love, tell
r g g r His love.
Tell His love, tell His love.
J
Copyright, 1911. by
£3^^ r r i
J. H. Hall. Used by per.

r L
No. 18. Lifted.

JAMES ROWE. J. M. IIAGAN.
tffc=i=i
1.
2. E
P^P^S^
Far from
vil
-
my home I
no long-ei shall harm me f 01oee to His soul I will

had drift-»*d Down
±=±=±
in the val -
ley
IB
of
3. Won-der-fwl. mar- v»*l mis story, Ouch a poof vie tim <>f
• -
4. Sin-ners in bond-age, de-spair-ing, Look to my Saviour a-

I
z • •
:
i
ii £e£
$m I a-.
night,
stay;
sin,
Now by
Love ev
Now on
l=3F=$
His Love I am
er - last ing will
the high-way of
-
*=*
-
-1
3±
U-
ed
lift--
charm me,
glo -
i
ry,
— —i
Hap
Up
In -
-
to
to
i
the
the
and
r
py
bove, Come, and this rap- ture be war - ing,Gome, and re-
m
m? J=?=t=f=^L J-*-& -m m — m-
r^
1 — t-
i 1-
Chorus.
*fc 4-
i a T^ *3 ^ Ij i
moun-tain of light.
3T
king - dom of day. This the song I am
stain - less with - in !
joice in His love.
mfe— xm t
--rJ.
i
±±
I
—w I
Se
l?
*- r *^3r :
?=
sing
=
- ing: (ilo -
&
ry
^
to
i
God! glo
i
- ry
t=x
»
to
#
God! This
r
all
I*
my
s^
I/ I i
fc*
4=n-N- -N—
?.'-:.
^ *
: :^^ s
f=F li
heart-bells are ring -ing: Glo - ry, glo - ry to God!

Glo - ry, glo - ry, glo-ry to God !
jo.y^ ^,-i^
£EE E£EE£ '
HI
*• •
Copyright, 1914 by Finn *\ uncial. on f uMisliin* House
» 1 1 -
No. 19, No One But You.

LIZZIE DeARMOND. B. D. ACKLEY.
mm*^3
1. There's work that is wait-ing, oh, do not de lay, To Je - sus be
3=C
-
t z
2. Go forth with the toil-ers thy harvest is ripe! A -way to the !
3. The mo-mentsso fleet-ing will nev er return, Your la bor with
.*--*- -m- -m- -m- -m- m
x-
$m&
n -
if tt
1 I I l -=t *=*
i i r
i
i ,
, 1 i
j j i -J i pr
*
loy al and true
- ; Your service is need-ed, and du-ties a wait -
fields that are new ! In highway or by-way some mission you'll find
pa-tience pur-sue Wait not for some other to join in a task
**
^* ;
.#_ JL. .fit- -*- -P~ JL

f r =pi
' \ \ \ i i i
i i
*^=^
g=
T==^
m^n Chorus.
-&—
^=5C
r
That no one can do but you
f !
r 1
(but you!) No one but you,

•/, 1 No one but
—,»— j»— - » far? « I
^ T l g S3
^_ -(S-L. t=t
ff
^ no
you,
t=T-
one but you, Will you be loy - al and true? There's
A- jl. .*_ jl. jl- -*.

J Jb; ^.J. +.
&=?
"
y~~y~~F
1 — i-
—
i
t-
f=F
but you, be loy - al and true?
S^^^^^P^^^^^^B
work to be done, that souls may be won, That no one can do but you.
=25-'»-V-l-
1 g-r-r=t=rfr -fr-fr- g=t£: -^ \&\ -&
-*-?
£==«=*=£ z±: I I _± 22. Hfl
Copyright, 1U3, by Chas. H. Gabriel. Used by per.
t r « —
No. 20. Let the Song Ring Out.

MA ID FRAZER. WILL L. THOMPSON.
1.
u*$j
=2aP5T
' i-jjî^m
Neath the King's command let us march a long, With a cheerful step -
• i »
2. Now with gladsome hearts let us serve our King do His will •
3. Let the song ring out, and be not dismayed, Tho'the hosts of Bin
4. O re-joice, re-joice, let us grate-ful be For sal va-tion of- -
*-r* M- -M m 0L
g £p*t— £e*
rr
2=*r
s ^=r
$ and a courage strong; God has filled our hearts with a sweet new song
-#.-» i
-
^
;
i
ev er praise and sing For our song may souls to the Saviour bring,
- ;
are in might arrayed God's oar strength and shield He will give us aid
; ;
;
fered so full, so free; There is life e - ter - nal for you for me.
i ;
I
rr &±
• :
m
Chorus.
v
*±*
i
Let the song ring
«:^ fet
out
mm
to-day.
-I- * f-
'
Let the song

"
,
ring
Let the song
*
m '-
+- € i
^ '
-r *±*
JU.
fpi
rr out,
^m rr
ring out,
An -gels hov -er.
An
*
-
. .
gels hov er -
•
round a-bout.
* :-*-r
round a-bout.
£tfcg
1
— ?— Tr
$
P=s
9
Ete-joioe, rejoice
- * 1
fcJ
*=^
and praise the Lord; Let thejoy-ful song ring
3EE3
P
out.
m Copyright. 1908, by Will

z^=tL. Thompson.
r-rr-r
r r ' i !
No. 21 To Be Like Thee,

T. O. CHRISHOLM. WM. J. KIRKPATRICK.
to
HIP
be
be
like
like
v=i m
Thee! blessed Re-deem er, This is my con-stant
Thee full of com-pas-sion, Lov-ing, for- giv - ing,
-
V
^ 3
to !
to be like Thee low-ly in spir - it, Ho - ly and harm-less,

!
to be like Thee! Lord, I am com -ing Now to re-ceive th' a -
s
long ing and pray'r Glad-ly I'll for feit all of earth's treasures,
- ;
SeS^*
-
â P
ten - der and kind, Help-ing the help-less, cheering the faint-ing,
pa - tient and brave Meek-ly en-dur-ing cru - el
; re-proach-es,
noint-ing di vine All that I
- am and have I am bring-ing,
;
«L
£e* J*
grfH»=j? :S: £
Refrain.
l&t *=**$ f5f ff

Je - sus, Thy per - feet like-ness to wear.
Seeking the wand'ring sin-ners to find. O to be like Thee
Willing to suf - fer oth - ers to save.
Lord, from this moment all shall be Thine.
3 — 3 *±iîrB
O to be like Thee, Blessed Redeemer, pure as Thou art; Come in Thy
m* *-r-»- 1
— t=t r- r-t
r r
v—r
v-
rit.
A-3-
s wee t-ness, come in

*E±
I/
-fc-
v
Thy fullness; Stamp Thine own image deep on my heart.
*=* IP
-m- ~m- -&-
IN h
* * P *— t=t (-
&-
—
1 1
5M=t r -*=x±t
Copyright, 1897, by Wm, J. Kirkpatrick. Used by per.
— .
No. 22. Flitting Away.

"Jesus ibldM «ver."
C. (J. CLINE.
Efc h r-
1. as shadows, east by cloud mod Bun, Flit o'er the lammer gn

2. And while the years. an end-less host, Come proesing swiftly on,
B. Set doth the star of Bethl'em shed A las - ter pare and swt
4. o Fa-ther! may that ho • ly star Grow ev 'ryyear more bright; -
&i?
Wf^
?ti
/ v
1* »
^r~r t
I I
: :
?iP
—
n/.
~£-
1— *:l f l~-
I r
So in Thy sight,
s s
w
Al-might-y One, Earths gen-era
»^r -
<
tions
fe"
pass
The brighest names that earth can boast, Just glist-en, and are gone.
And still it leads, as once it led, To the Mes-si - ah's feet.
And send it's glorious beams a -far To fill the world with light.
m f=*=^
Chorus.
i
&=*=* ^ ?=* I Z
* M
4^-4-
1-2 Flitting, flit ting, shadows a

Flit ting like - way ;
3^. Brighter, . . brighter, Brighter the ho-ly star shines ;
r?i — 1
r=t m
'
W * *
' ^ i i 5
V V V F r r r r r-e
1-2. Flitting a-way, flit-ting a-vvay,
3-4. Brighter it shines, brighter it shines,
mm
—
v
""
Flit-ting
s * t
flit-ting
t
rit.
^*=i^ -££m
t
a-way, Flit-ting like shadows a - way.
11
Bright-er, brighter Brighter the ho-ly star

it shines. shines.
in in in 1
.4-M 0-t m m m » r- * -
•=•: *
1-v
Flitting a-way.
Brighter it shines,
' * »
pa
*=it
?_
^ ]]
Copyright by C. C Cline. U»e<l by p«r.

—
No. 23. There Will Come a Happy Time.

A. J. SHOWALTER. A. J. Show»lter & W. S. Tidwcll, owners, 1912. W.H.TI DWELL
h=Z=-. -+ — •-=--*~ 3^3::
3
mJF
—m ^-
1. There will come a hap-py time

the glo-rious by and by, in
2. When we've done our du-ty here, by God's grace have conquered sin, When the
3. Tho' the way be long and drear, we shall reach the end at last,
U^__ -—fj— j^N •*|> )»'P J h—if]

* ' r r \ri r c"0 r
-- - 1 z 1 d
**-*-
saints gath-er home; When
the ransomed ones shall find that sweet
We shall lay our ar-mor by and to
When the saints gather home, gather home; Then with courage let us go, for the
Y *t f-p-fr
^^
,
r
if-frTr
r^-r_[vii ^4-r^f
iu_£ fr 9
pfrfr
» 9 i —^« tr-g-1
Refrain. ,
•-5- ^
-i- 5 1 1 1 1 1
rest for which they sigh, When the saints gath-er home. Blessed home
glo - ry en - ter in,
toil will soon be past, When the saints gather home. Blessed home
mm Jez*ez*35=*
V V
-mz=3t
I
v ]/-
*
*=fc
3« 1
—— 1 r-
-^-^-
s" i « 1
x
of the soul, Glo-ry land, bright and fair! May we
of the soul, Glory land bright and fair,bright and fair!
m 1111
I
~W=W-
1 h
-f^T-
S=^3t 3= 3=aU
i
all
s
reach that goal,
1 .
When the saints

• -
t—* 3
»
gath-er there.
r T r f " "•
May we all reach that goal, When the saints gath-er there.
—I —— ^~
gfTTv^ -+ •
. _)
f
rI
r r V •
No. 24. Free Waters.

.1 a G BLADE DK. A. B K\
is
1. There's a foun-tain free, 'tis for you and me: Let us haste, oh, baste to itd brink:
2. There's a liv-ing stream, with a crys-tal gleam, From the throne of life now it flows;
3. There's a liv - ing well and its wa - ters swell, And e - ter - nal life they can give ;
4. There's a Rock that's cleft and no soul is left That may not its pure waters Bhare;
&m s 4'
»n i i i
—i
t—— m
i
w
»
m m
:r-
I
'Tia the fount of love from the Source a-bove, And He bids us all free - ly drink.
While the wa-ters roll let the wea - ry soul Hear the call that forth freely goes.
And we joyful sing, ev - er spring.oh.spring.As we haste to drink and to live.

Tis for you and me, and its stream I see, Let us has-ten joy - ful - ly there.
m + * * fr_>.
nr r r 1
— ifczt
*
s
:
m
5
t=fe£ z
Chorus.
Will you come

£-A
*3±i-*~l±
to the fountain free? Will you
m^—1nirt
*r~l-
come? 'tis for you and

riri
me;
Will you come Will you come?
-JL.*>_ -0L. m m m m m M- M~ *L-
m
L.
* * w I I
I * * *
£=£ *3>
v-v- v—
ft
N
}
Thirst-y soul,
Thirsty soul,
WE&t i^m
*-+
hear the welcome call, 'Tis

m
a fountain o-pen'd for all.
5*=¥
-yfr I* '„ I* T| | |
£=» -* —m-
—
-V ]/
'
'
' 1 p — r iis/-
U»«d by p.r.
No. 25. When the Harvest All Is In,
E. R. LATTA. FRANK M. DAVIS.
-fc *— ^
1. Would you stand a-mong the toil-ers, When the har-vest all is in?
2. Would you join the song of glad-ness, When the har-vest all is in?
3. Would you have some sheaves to offer, When the har-vest all is in?
y
Would you have a crown e ter nal,When the har-vest all in?
4.
— is
- -
3S
r^> i
*
1 -
*r~
*-*
n
' =*== ±
J5L
*=*-fe-g
ftv
'
» . fc—I-
j£=j*
't&>
B f-Mb-Hh* *--!>-
^= 3=5 i i^^S^Ê*
For the bless-ed Lord and Mas-ter,You must here the work begin.
You must be a faith-f ul glean-er In the haunts of woe and sin.
From the husks of want and fol - ly Strive the prod-i-gals to win.
Seek to swell the heav'nly gar-ner Ere it be too late to glean.
^^^
^2
# # * * m - b-j^zjc
-P — w<- fct
-i1 4
«i —4zzj^h—1~
-i-=
l
Chorus.
? —« ^-= ^ f^- —
—3E=P 5 ^-= 1-5 a —\ a h \
fig r
When the har-vest all is in, When the har-vest all is in,
§^ V-V
£==£
m^
P What a meet - ing of the reap ers,
-
J. J
What
Jb
a
^^ f t rr 3b:
1 *
v-
»
\>
P
5S (/
shout-ing
jC=>E
p y
of
k v
ho-ean-nas,
y
When the
^=CT^ I
har-vest all is in.
^ ffUsed by
r
per.
:
:
t
fife.
t? —— B w-
—
i w — —— —
i i —
" — —
No. 26. "I Will Uphold Thee."
MM, L0UL4
1.
2.
o prom-iee tweet!
K. BOOIBfl,
1.
^ft
He
O'er wa-ten wild and
Sometime! He lead! O'ei mountain height,Or val-K-ys dark and d
lead-eth
^M^ me
K. M.
;:
• -
M<r-
<
T5T.
B. Sometimes He leads by wa - ten still, Where til is peaoe and lore,

•i. it mat-ten not if shad owi lie Up - <>n mj path-way here,
5. glo-riooi Lightl 111 fol - Ion fchee,Wher-ev -er thou may at shine;
*
t=t -*-«T
^
I
^=fr*+^m
not fear the rag-ing
will sea Jf He my soul dot!.
~ I
Yet worn and wea-ry in the night, His bless-ed voice I hear.
And qui - et joys my bos-om till Like that sweet rest a - bove.
A gold - en li^ht il lumes my
- sky, If on - ly God is near.
At home, a - broad, on land or sea, No oth - er jov is mine.
+ -*- -*--*- I I
1—
Refrain.
i w— 1 1-
3=3
n N N p N K N I
J |
N N -I
I will trust in the promise of my Sav - iour, I will
0 z» --*=&
t=t *-
£=^
— —m —£-—% —
&=i—HK-*—-
h
f]
7Sr=d-
5 *—
m
f\
1
1— V —v- -
t -f— g -J-
1
:2— -
m
m
-1
trust in the prom -ise of my Sav • iour. I will
l@rr
—
—*— =£=£—
— *
—
—
— —
—
» i =£=—
—
*
— j— — 1
*M
m.
—
S-: -9
* -v -V v
fe-
1 1 • 1
trust in
i^«
the promise of my Sav - iour, And
*^*
He will lead
#
*9
me home.
II
-m- -+- • -*>- -+- -0- -+~ m -&- -+- -0~

»•: s *E&
m am 1~
II
UMd by p«r.
No. 27. Living In the Glory of His Love.
A. T. AU8TIN TAYLOR.
— h — ^
W'-
:
1. O how dark and lone the scene of Cal - va - ry, And
the
2. O the hope of life, be-yond, to us revealed, theO
3. We are thank-ful for the love of God to man, For the
4. In the shad - ow of His wing we hide a - way, Find ing
-
t=t ^
=±
rrrrrrr3 r^
tomb where
&5 *=* f«
lay the Man of Gal - i - lee
-^
! But He burst death's prison
j « : j
treasures from the Lord we have received ; This is why our joy - ous
Son that lift - ed us from sin's do-main, For the send-ing of His
shel - ter on His bos - om night and day ; Life with us is thus made
*
m *=*=* FT
#=ML m
y
-
F
r-
\j D.
i
Y&-
g
S. — We
ft
*±f=t=te
have found the spring of
9=
$ — £c
* * • 34-4: 4:3- ê*
* *
— Now we're living
•
door, Rose to reign for ev - er-more, in the
song, This is why our praise prolong, — We are liv ing - in the
peace, For our hope, and joy increase, —We are liv ing - in the
sweet And we feel to oft re - peat, —We are liv ing - in the
&m £
rr fcr—fr p^
joy That the world can - not de - stroy, We are liv ing in the
Chorus, is s f\ s k
*=\
It •&TS- *=*
glo - ry of His love. We are liv - ing in the glo - ry of the
ft
-- — — — K~T - JS
i 3 - .V, -<-
-fi I
MI
Sav iour's love, In the glo - ry and the full-ness of His love
m P s * * W N
fee i
Copyright, 1914, by Austin Taylor.
— — r — !
No. 28, Footsteps Of Jesus,

MK-. M 11 C. SLADE. DR. A. B. EVERETT.
> *r .-
•t i-i -i=i=^S tar-t-ta

1. Sweet-lj Lord, have we heard Thee ealMng,0ome, fol-low me
.
1
2. Iho they lead o'er the cold, dark aiountains,8eek-ing Bit sheep;
3. If they lead through the temple ho • ly Preaeh-ing the word. ,
r £=&
g£4nry 5 $=£ » W
*=•=*: f~r
Wti l i
r
W ?
i
ff
bV
^ *=* I
*
And we
S * *
see where thy footprints, fall-ing, Lead us
"
to Thee.
T
Or a by
- Si - lo-am's fountains, Helping
long the weak.
Or in homes of the poor and low - ly, Serv - ing the Lord.
&^sl * » i
Chorus.
»
i
r f-r r i i
^^
c r r igi
—I
^ -3= S
Foot -prints
3 :
of
i
Je - sus, that make the

.
*±£f
path-way glow;
™
^ 3Pv *
-*?-
"P" f i g
f—> ll~T^ • m ' ^ '
S^^f V \
*=*
I
1
m ..?
fc±
We
*
will fol-low the steps of
g
r
1
»
—
Je
i
»
- sus wher- e'er they go.
i
T&
3
f=f
&
4 Though, dear Lord, in Thy pat li way 6 By and by, through the shining
We follow Thee; (keeping. Turning our feet, [portals,
Through the gloom of that place of We shall walk with the glad immortals,
Gethsemane! Cho. [weeping, Heaven's golden streets.— Cho.
5 If Thy way and its sorrows bearing 7 Then at last when on high He sees
We go again, Our journey done. [us
Up the slope of the hillside bearing We will rest where the steps of
Our cross of pain. Oho. End at His throne. Cho. [Jesus
Und by ,-*r.
No. 29. The Truth of God Is Winning,
A.T. Copyright, 1913, by Auitin Taylor. AUSTIN TAYLOR.
*-?vr 3=P
: **
4. 2 *
1
^
S -I r-
1 i a s ?
1. Ho! comrade in the bat - tie, Press forward 'gainst the wrong, And win the
2. The day is growing brighter, The foe is on the wane, The truth of
3. 'Tie cour-age to thesol-dier, Who long the Lord has led, To see the
4. Then let us work to - geth«er, With Christ to lead the way, Till God shall
af
5$ #3= PEZJEZDI
! 1
I
I
I
I rr
I
I
»E
I
I
e t=t
US I .a
i
^ _«
—
i
r~"~i
Chorus.
——
a
1 n "
— — «
in
^
i
S> >
fight for Jo - Then sing

bus, the vie - tor's song. The troth of God if
God is win-ning, The right is sure to gain.
cause of Je - sus In strength and glory spread.
us yon - der To live with Him for aye. The truth
^ U
call if
at t=f e
t H £
M
is win-ning,
win-ning,
Is win -
— 5
=\
ning er • 'ry day,

The Chris - tian
-r
The ar - my of the might-y

ar - my
t i t -r !
i
*- ± 4fc
j>._ * J. - J J *
N
J
S
sa
P
J*
£
jfertf-^HS 3 ar-
Ii gain - ing in the fray; glo - ry be to Je - sus! I

glo - ry! glo - ry!
Wjlfcf
love His truth di-vine, That brought to me sal-va-tion, The joy that now is mine.
yf f c s sir ir r e r r r rip i f"PTh

—
No. 30. Scatter Bright Smiles.
^^g^^^-fr^frf?
G. W. L. By pcrmiwion. G. W. LYON.
1. Scat-ter bright smiles all a-round you, They cheer like the beau- ti - ful rain,
2. Scat-ter bright smiles all a-round you, More precious than treasures of gold,
3. Scat-ter bright smiles all a-round you, Re-^nem-ber the weak and op-press'd,
4. Scat-ter bright smiles all a-round you, We never know where they may fall,
That falls on the with-er - ing flow - era, And makes them bloom sweetly a-gain.
They lighten the burdens of oth -ers; They cheer up the young and the old.
Oh, smile on the poor and the-need - y, And corn-fort the sad and distressed.
Then ev-er be read-y and will-ing, To scat-ter bright smiles over all.
m-j-m —m—m—m- m p m . m- m ' m .
BE I I I
v v F^
Chorus.
fc* &£* £
$ i*
Then scatter bright smiles, they will never be lost, Re-mem-ber your mission be-
& - m—• —•
'
P- m *
i i
c f
i i £Fr :
y r r ? r :
m fcifei
J2J
low,
F=S=?
-K-f
*=* S m
* *-
U=£ -f*—fr -K—rV
i.ii s t
Scatter bright smiles, scatter bright imiles, Wherever, wherever you go.
39
* *.
•
m m m m •
* p m m - p -p»
Egg ^ ^y_ui -T-7H"

.
jT »» k ^=&¥
y *
t=fr v v v v
F=P I
t ; — — — ,
No. 31. Be Sowing the Seed.

A. T. AUbTIN TAYLOR.
1. Be BOW-ing the seed of the kingdom of God, Be sowing the seed,

2. Be BOW-ing the seed of the kingdom each day, Be sowing the seed,
3. If good seed you scatter you'll reap of the same, Be sowing the seed
4. The sea-son of har-vest is com-ing ere long, Be sowing the seed,
m—
i -m * s=r=s=*
-=i r- ^;
*=*
sow-ing the seed By and mountain, by life's weary road,
hill-side
sow-ing the seed ;
The soil is now read-y, no time for de - lay,
sow-ing the seed ;
Then hasten, go sow-ing in Je-sus' dear name,
sow-ing the seed ;
No time will be giv - en to right-en a wrong,
-* # m m —m—m— m. -m — e-
W^=r-*— \ I 1
Chorus.
m Be
m -+-
sow ing the seed
-
~m- -m-
of the king-dom. Be sow-ing, sow - ing,
i Ps
.0—0-
^^-3- » U M W W W-
U K K * [S [N
JN
mh
">
"y.
/ K 1
1
IS
m m
1
7 m m m x K r \
* ^l J c
rv r» '
n J « w w
1
J
« m
fe J J
i
J
i
J s s fL ** • J 1
! a 19
6
sow-ing the seed, At morning, and noon and evening The Master your ;
Ps Ps Ps N j
* * 4 &
I
m m m m m m *
K o m *> '
?5Y
pj- r
^-^q ^ !/. ^
#
j_
'm
k
-V U-— W
— 1~
,
-V r
u r
-
-1 — 1 ,
— '
i
1 1
r -r r~r
la bor with glo-ry will crown, Be sowing tke seed of
» the kingdom.
-
— —m m—m—m—m—
as m -p -r- -
p-r-m m —»—»—» * , #
* •
m
t» i* i*
=«c r£
— — i — v "
No. 32. The Light in the Storm.

A. T. AUSTIN TAYLOR.
&2EE$E£E3=fc=i fc^r-
1. Out on the bil - low - y o - cean of life, Toss - ing your

2. Glid - ing and rid - ing the per - il - ous waves, Fac - ing 'tward
3. ye a - drift on the tur bu - lent sea, Borne on the
4. Down in the dark - ness and gloom of de - spair, Sinks the un-
":?« ? > rp-ft
m storm-driv- en form;
dan-ger and harm;
4—4-
Lo! there's a
Drifting in
bea- con
dark-ness
light shining
from Je - sus who saves,
for you,
muf - fi - ing foam; Sig - nal the life- boat, haste for your life!
for - tu- n ate form; Lost from the har-bor and shel- ter so fair,
m •
f v '
m
—
—Chorus.
h
t — — — -f-
K ~* h~ *-
i-G-§
«- »
e;
* *~" —r -~ —
r K-
-J•— J
n
fm V • >*V ~t~
-«~f t
There is a light in the storm

Je - sus the light in the storm .... Je - sus, the light, (thej
Pull for the light in the storm. . . .
Lost from the light in the storm. . .
_^_ _*_ _«_ _«. 1
r L • !• * ~
——— r 1
cvii
—
i
^/ * • jp
i
|p •
i i r*
^ -
> ^ t t—-V——¥ 1 1 1 l* i> r
light in the storm, Je - sus the light in the storm; There is sweet
«=to *_j
r=«— *— s-h lis
re-fuge, — steer your boat there, — Je - sus the light in the storm.
-*- S -*-
Ik" -£- a - J "£: m . -P- -.*- -5- -!*- -!» • »^_«_
.
i-m— — •—
I
—I
i ' — r r
No. 33. The Christian's Welcome Home.

Copyright, 1912, by Firm Foundation Publishing House.
Words arr. by C. E. P. Jno. 14 : 8-8. CHAS. ED W. POLLOCK.
X— m — m «-:— W5 —d-s— Wr 3
1. How sweet will be the wel-come home, (welcome home,) When this short
2. When we the love- ly prom -ised land (promised land) With spi - rit
3. If we are faithful we shall gain, ^safe - ly gain,) The land of
£ -g—^ T
life is o'er; When pain and sor - row,grief and care, (grief and care,)
eyes shall see; We'll join the ho - ly an - gel band,( an -gel band.)
promised rest; Wherewith the Sav - iour we shall reign, ( we shall reign,)
-m- -•- -&~ -<+- -+- -0-. -•- -•-* -•- -m-
2
—
1
£=!=
m
Chorus.
Shall troub - le us no more. Wel-come home, sweet wel-come

In praise, dear Lord, to Thee.
And be for - ev - er blest. Welcome home,
feS
-^
home, My home, sweet home, Wel-
&- m
sweet welcome home, My home, my heav'n - ly home,sweet home,
"I
1-
—
i
—
I I
\ ^—*~,
+-*-+ s.
3* 11
home, sweet welcome home, The Christian's wel-come home.
Welcome home, sweet welcome home,
êUtM MC=4=F 1 1
I
I I
m
r 1 r + l
No. 34. A Soul Winner for Jesus.

" The law of Uiu Lord is perfect, oou terll m tbe wmL"— Pa. 19: 7.
Copyright, 1907, l,y J. }:. Thorn** and J W. KcrriU. U*eU

J. W. FERRILL. J W. FERRILL,
n
- z z
1. I want to be a soul winner For Je - bus ev-'ry day, He does so much forme!
2. I want to bo a soul winner And brin^ the lost to Christ, That they His enr? may Lnoul
3. I want to be a soul winner Till Jesus calls for me, To lay my burdens downl
~-^*-.
I
-I
I want to aid the lost sinner To leave his erring way, And be from bondage free.
I want to live for Christ ever, And do His blessed will,Be-cause He loves me so.
I want to hear Him say, servant, "You've gathered many sheaves, Receive a starry crown."
m P m
' .
m-*-m.
-'-t==t
1 — ?-
m + —\-j—^S
Ht i*f"+:
*—
> 1
r-r-
j
* i
< iioni >
A soul winner for Je - sus, A soul winner for

A soul win-ner for Je-sus Christ the Lord, A soul winner for Je-sus
Je - sus, let me
t=t
g=at
be each day
nor
A
K
soul
m
s ,s
win-ner for
Christ the Lord, let me be each day A soul winner for Je - sus
9^3
1
— —— t 1
- _ JL- J J
f-*t
t=t
* r *
' i
~:
'
in —
Je - sus, A soul winner for Je - sus, He's done so much for me.
Christ the Lord, A soul winner for Jesus Christ the Lord,
* * *
^&=*
1 —— 1
>_'*_]*_» M:
>-t^
m-m-
rr
«
—— r t B
No. 35. I AM THINE, O LORD

F. J. CROSBY. W. H. DOANE.
m *=*
=t
i
1. I am Thine, Lord, 1 have heard Thy voice, And it told Thy
2. Con - se-crate me now to Thy serv-ice, Lord, By the pow'r of
3. O
the pure de -light of a sin - gle hour, That be - fore Thy
4. There are depths of love that I can - not know, Till 1 cross the
W+% t: — V •
w t=t
r
jhj?|>
§h£=+-*2
J
^Trî d
S=*=3=f^
-
i
+
-m
-d
m
->>- |—
_&_ -
—— —rr>—
m
*
i
!
m
*•
i
1
*-±-m
m=J— r^
!
• -
"3
* _^_
=1
j
_^_
I
*
T~1
1
love to me ; But long to

I rise in the arms of faith,
grace di vine - ; Let my
soul look up with a stead - fast hope,
throne I spend, When I* kneel in pray'r, and with Thee, my God,
nar - row sea, There are heights of joy that I may not reach,
r2
-
J ^_ —Z
tfV »•* •
a a r
'J-.PbLI*
*
i*
^ r*
P 1
F
—
ii
—
i i i
• 1
ff
h,y 1 '
* y 1 1 9
a >
1 !
.
\
i
w • W _* i
1 1
i i
]j fi L <e
CBORFS.
fc£ jrf— ^=F^
p 3C 3^2 «B 1 =g far
22:
And be clos - er drawn to Thee. Draw me near

And my will be lost in Thine.
I com-mune as friend with friend.
Till I rest in peace with Thee. near - er, near - er,
,» m- f- rig
msi
m ^— -tf
fe£
4 — »-
i?=F^=^:
I
•«5*-
-1— «U«l
atz*: S±£ 3==±
near-er, bless-ed Lord, To the cross where Thou hast died; Draw me near-er,
l» ft
9££
S y y -
-i
—
5E=?
^^g-y- J— *=3F
near-er, near-er, blessed Lord, To Thy precious, bleed-ing side.

^ at • 4B. .-. .^.
93£
D H *- I I i ?E
Copyright, 1875, by Biglow A Main. — 96 —
« : v
No. 36. In That Crowning Day, Ho

A.T. AUSTIN TAYLOR.
.-
U .* '
i
<:> : - s.- s r ~nnr
1. In the gold- *-n eit - y — in I ft-boftt In that crown-ing
'_'.
At the gruat tn- bu - nal, where the soul is tn<- i.
I to be prep:»r. .'
.
ii.
4. If we'riar- true and faithful been, In that crowning, crowning
day, nds shall meet a-gain in high-er realms of love,

Sainta will there be crowned and robed and glor - - fied, i
And to have a wel-eome at the Lord's right hand,

day, crowning day; We shall have a robe and crown of jew - els then,
1 ^ S J K h
:p~*-
, h I
-#
IS I
** l<f
=
&=^ g:
v
P£
ll=I
Chorus.
3
Ti T w~w~w —*~P glT~P
In that crowning day. In that crowning, crowning
In that crowning, crowning day, crowning day.
J5^ j33j
S •J -P
IV—
P-
^r
*= 1
I* k
1-
|»
^
k-JEZJC
^ ^
^ , ! s s h
n it
mh m , h 1
£r— m
I I
!~* •
| *
«
T3 *. \ \ y b '& •
V
U
^ . * j \j \j 1/ 1 ^
—
1
P
crown of jew - els rare, In that crowning day.

In that crown-ing, crowning dav, crowning day.
fe J m m •*+ .¥ -+ -* J
5* I
» z.
Of Fflf ta, 1911. br Aumid T.ylM.

No. 37. There Is Sunlight.
"I am the light of the world; be thai followeth me shall not walk in darkness, but
shall have the light of life." Jcsu*.— John 8: 12.
J. E. WILLIAMS. OSCAR WILLIAMS.
•4 i
1. There is the blessed Saviour's love, There is sun
sunlight in - light,
2. Press ye onward, Christians, raise the banner high, There is sun - light,
3. When we reach those mansions on the other side, There is sun - light,
There is sun-light,
I * I
there is sun - - light, And 'tis shin-ing on my pathway

there is sun - - light, For a crown a - waits you in the
there is sun - - light, We will dwell for - ev - er with the
there is sun - light,
K fi W f *
r » .
f=t
I 1 1
* ^~2 ~
£3E V=t
V tt-
L '
$m
BEFBAIN.
by
*=£
from a-bove, There is sunlight in
and by,There is sunlight in
His love. There is sun
His love.
TH light,
glo - ri - fied, There is sunlight in His love. bless -ed sunlight.
_* - * *- S J J .
m —— 1
i
*?-
t==x
V V
ps-af-
S M- + &
there is sun - - light, There is sun-light in His love; There is
glo-rious sun-light,
It--' +.£ fa ? m
*:*
. T £ m ,^-
§5^ 1
1
-J: id=d
sun - light, there is sun - light,There is sunlight in His love.
bless-ed sunlight, glo-rious sun-light,
— tr-$-i~^
Copyright, 1909, by the New Song Co.
M W
— ' — r- W —
No. 38. The Story Must Be Told I

*
xas.
Tell thi !>le*M*<l go«i <
A. '•'.
ALLPHTN
H HIi »l K nr. . S . S A |
V
1. T love Still wand'ring from t
2- Bk&od not i - 'ily by, my brother, go .. - day The I

>n th<
ye in - to 'a command, And thru' the glorio
+- —«—*- 5^-S —•-— *-r*

— I
— — »— \ i
» 1 » l-i P- I
:
———
8; »
*
v • •
^ ^-l 6^
-
— •— •- 1-•
• • •
:
i i
And, to lead them out of darkness to the glo-rious light,

Id,
des - ert dark and cold; Go, proclaim the joy-ful ti-dings of the Sav-iour-
-.âge there un-fold Un - to them the wundrou.s of-fer of His pard-'ning grace
—*— -+£<-f— 1—f 1 1
v— 1 1 1
. \
The blessed gospel story must be told. It must be told, the story must be told
fcj .. .
—
1
y < &.»
To souls who far have wandered from the Shepherd's fold ; That they this light from
<m *=*-
• • l/ u f
—
1 ^t »
i^n
heav-en may be - hold, The bless - ed gos - pel sto - ry must be told.
*-
? —— — ? ^ j i
? — +— • * ———— + * * v > ' £» i-*•

—— — — I
No. 39. I'LL FOLLOW WHERE HE LEADS!

If only true, ~cith us it he,
11 'hat glorious light ami liberty! E.
N. W. ALLFHIN. F. I,. ElLAND.
Z
* L»
+ I
I
* *
"I ! * *
1. Thro' this drear-y life, with its toil and strife, I will follow where my
2. In His love di- vine, sweetly I re - dine,— will follow where my
3. Tho' my path-way here, may be dark and drear,— will follow where my
-*- — * —h^-; m—m- *-m

^=x
*=*
Sav- iour leads; Since He's saved my soul, made me fully whole,— I
*rfe
m *=»
will
Sav- iour leads; Strength He doth impart, to my anxious heart,— I will
Sav- iour leads; And His grace, so free, shall my comfort be, 1 — will
V— — *E£
%-%— F m— a— —
i h- i
1
1
1
1
5 —-?—
F—F—
t=F &=& ? -
Refrain.
$m follow
3-F—F-
I L L
where my Saviour leads.
p±*
I will fol
:s^
*
low all the
I will fol -low, I will fol -low all the
*=* P> fr -J L
B-
fc-£=g
'y —qr
i M— m—m—^-
1 1 ML.
~Sf s~
* *
day, I will fol-low where my Saviour leads; I will
day, yes, all the day, I will
m—m- <Ufl ___ -fee

-£2_
tt -m—* * *-
E=E= r * V* V* \
w=m
fol - low all the way, I will follow where my Saviour leads.
follow, I will follow all the way, yes, all the way,
Copyright, 1906, by N. W. Allpbin. Used by per.

— " — — ! |
No. 40 The Message Of the King,

N. \\ A. N. \V. ALLPHINJ
k * h l.
m^1. Of the great

i
8
sal- va-t ion, Free to cv - 'ry
ji_
5
"
na-t on, Now in tri - umpll
3
:
*=*-
m>
*=^
*
I, Th grace prev:iiling,Thro' a love un - fail-ing, That can conquer. I

11 in .
will your cares make lighter, And your pathway brighter, If un - to

I
it
|
4. "1 Si the aame old sto-ry, Full of deathless glo - ry, That un-to you . "
1. Now
^*-^
i 1 1 t~ b= —P-H 1 b b— # *
X
9 Z l~ m Tm
wesing; Sin-ner, haste to hear it, Come and prove its merit,-
tr*~*
death's sting; Would you have this blessing? Come,your sins confessing,
you'll cling; Seek this priceless treasure, Joy beyond all measure, —
. . . . we bring; Come without de - lay-ing, Its commands o-bey-ing,—
triumph
———• —^—>— ^—JV
-+
'
•» aî
J
» = m m + +
m *=Z: 1—•-
•» J"
^^
\hB>
D. S. On your ear 'tis fall - ing, Yuufrom sin's way calling,
REFBAI1T.
m
>r~ is:
-+-*-
S=*
'Tis the mes-sage of the King! Hear the sto ry
Hew themes-sage of the King!
Hear the mes-sage of the King!
Heed the mes-sage of the King!
£a
ly
'Tis the message
*=* ;>f r 2^
rv bless-ed eto- ry
5- m
+—lr
Wear the ines - sage of the King!
Hear the messagj
that the an - gels And the saints in glo - ry sing

ho - ly an-gels, hap -
py saints
Ul_. *_
gjfrv-^ -v — w- te-r
C**3 !jj pcrniMioo of tho author.

: K F
No. 41. Going Unprepared.

REV. EL18HA A. HOFFMAN. H. N. LINCOLN.
mi t=£=i 2=2 ^
tr^r
1. Go-ing un - pre-pared to the judg-ment throne, Go-ing to be
~ =? r3
2. Go - ing rash - ly on in your guilt and sin, Care-less - ly a -
3. Go - ing fast as mo-ments can bear you on, Know-ing that your
--- I
^»
I
-0 M m :t
ssl=!=t
m—m
i
t
V
i 1 \ !! ,
±
j. a £=£
i
'
IF i
rr^* *
tried at the bar a - lone, Go-ing up unsaved thro' the pre-cious blood,
long, naught of peace within, Trampling on the ten - der Kedeemer's blood,
days will be quick-ly run, Soon will lay your bod - y be-neath the sod,
#^ s
m a 2=2
•* —J K-
-
; ,
c
g=1
ft
1 saa r p
Si 1 *
Go - ing un
•" '
-
-5- -#
3=i
(•
pre-pared to meet your God.
|-«-
5 £3 3t
-zs^
BEFBAIM.
^ y
SU
Go-ing all a -lone to meet your God. Go-ing un-pre-pared,

Go - ing un - pre-pared to meetyour God.
It
-*-»f a
>** E i £ - E i
E
f
S ^FS
fs —— Ps
-K * It H *-*
i ^ 5 :5:5 S
go-ing un-pre-pared, Going un-pre-pared to the judg-ment seat; Going
R C g
3^ 3=*
: fl
B fr_
:
'
g
B >fHg
g &== IP
S F
F S
5
P 17
i*-^ * B
5 £ E B
A -
B
Enr5 I . —rr—B—B *
1
i
tj
*—a-
—F-
r-r
at s=t ^ h
^ > *r
p « --—-*- *^ *
-5--d- p — .
r »~ *r- -*-
unprepared, Going unprepared, Going unprepared the Lord to meet.
*TT-»H
^F
<X4 C"C
8
Ig ^r^Ffg F'C ag g a
f
g CT-g r E
Copyright, 1909, by H. N. Lincoln.
[ r' r f
— ; "
No. 42. Wonderful Story of Love.

J. M. l>. J. .IIS RKV. J. M. DRIVER
w::::* *:**::::: ::r;:.::si

i. Wonderful f I love; Ti it 1 -gain; Wonderful story of I \
2. Wonderful sto-ry of love; 1 ira-wayj Wonderful story of

3. Wonderful sto-ry of I us provides a rest; Wonderful story of
I
- -~' ~
-m~0-w • *
>«
l
* * r
.
V—V-V
A - > -•» ^ » 1- T-g-g-i

i
s s ; .
love; Wake the im-mor-tal strain! An-gels with rap-ture announce it,
love; Still He doth to-day,
call Calling from Cal-va-ryS mountain,]
love; For all the pure and blest; Re.-t in those mansions a-bove us
— . i
». •*: m fe*l
^Â
Shepherds with wonder re-ceive it; Sin-ner, won't you be-lieve it? O
Down from the crystal bright fountain, E 'en from the dawn of ere - a - tion,
With those who've gone on before us, Singing the rapt - u-rous cho-rus,
&±± -T- r -r- -r- t>
-0 — 0- -0 —0:
REFRAIN.
4^-4-
^~~—*—0- n?m *=*-\n
Wonderful sto-ry of love. Won - der - ful! Won-

Wonderful sto-ry of love; Won-der-ful
* jg =^^g E
* ^ j -
-0-0- -0
1
~T ^—j—s—j- j j '
i£r
w —^~Zr~~*— ~~^ '
"v^ '
» * m —«
der - ful! Won - der - ful! Wonderful sto-ry of love!
story of love ; Wonderful story of love
* p IE
\? 0T0-20A 0t!m
V V cr r^=+-
1'ieJ by per. of Ue Author.
V ^ ^ U i> V
J
: )*-)»
J
> -s
>
j
>
|
v v
13
r r ;
o. 43. Vale of Beulah.

E. A. HOFFMAN. JOSEPH GARRISON.
i
23E3S=
3
ll^
3^* S£tri=±S
1. I am pass - ingdown the val - ley that they say is so lone,
2. Not a shad - ow, not a shad - ow ev er dark-ens - the way,
3. So I jour - ney with re- joic - ing t'ward thecit - y of light,
*£
-A:
?=*
m 1mm
—£
F^ 5 \-
3 2
But I find that all the path -way is with flow'rs o - ver-grown ;
For a ra - diance of rare glo - ry shines up - on it all day ;
While each day my joy is deep - er, and the path grows more bright
•m- -m- • -- _ -m~ -0- -0-- • i i
£ E
'Tis
^^ to me the
/
vale of Beu
v
lah, - 'tis
tp
a beau - ti - ful way,
-&-
And the mu sic, sweet-ly chant - ed by the heav-en - ly throng,

And I near the o pen por
- - tals of the king-dom a - bove,
«•
m£=£ -MZ^M
k-
^
1-
^T
5=EE
^
=F=P=
Fine.
33 3 2±£ 3
For the Sav - iour walks be side me, my com-pan - ion all day.
Floats in ca-dence down the val - ley, and it cheers me a - long.
For this high-way leads to Ca - naan, to the king-dom of love.
S. For the love

I* i»
ly land of
tmm
Ca - naan In the dis - tance I
W
see.
Chorus. D.S.
F* — i ^j=g=^|
Vale of Beu - lah! Vale of Beu - lah ! Thou art pre - cious to me
-0-- • -p- -m- -*- -*- • -**- -»-- -o-- -*-
Copyright, 1S83, by E. A. Hoffman.

1 _0_L gn
F
— ; . ;
No. 44. My Thoughts of Thee Are Sweet,

A H. .
-;
f><''lip *-%
r
S 9
*m
think of 'I :. lour, at dawning of the day,!
the
\ ben all the earth 1- Log and the gloaming fadei s-waj ;
i
1 think of Thee at noon-da} •
'i the worldbath'd in ^H t
is 1 i
Q
lad all r God's ore a-tiondi lunbeams with delight;
think of I
Bn the shadows long-er grow;
;: of how they fell op -on my Re-deem-er lona
think a-go,
(And when! turn from toil a - side Just to I** s-while s-lone,
t And leave the world.its trou bles, sndthetri • als I have known, -
-- .•:
*\?\ '
r_r_
' \ * *
Fm —
i b=x.
w •—
i— — — —
tr
*
3=3=£
Thy Love, it
* * »
stirs
w
with -in
m ss my
3ê
soul, low-bend-ed at Thy feet
The Bow-en lift their crimson cups for heav-en's sun - ny heat;
How an gels from the Fa
- - ther came with light and help complete ;
And seek with Thee com-mun-ion at the bless-ed mer-cy-seat,

|
JL JfL. £l -£l km. *-<
P^pff rrrr^nn
-At dawning of
-At flood-tide of
the morning, Lord, mytho'tsof Thee ar^ sweet,
the sunshine,Lord, mytho'tsof Thee are sweet.
*^& s FlNK.
•When shadow's darkly gath - er, Lord, my tho' ts of Thee are sweet.
Then Je-sus, dear Re-deem - er mine, my tho'ts of Thee are sweet.
Jl ££ £X-£
' ' a:
t=t I I 1 -
Chorus.
D.S.
2 4=*=*
i
h i
:« V 1
My tho'ts of Thee are sweet, My tho'ts of Thee are sweet
are pure and sweet, are ver-y sweet
m M^=^ M^
Used by permission of E. A. Hoffman, owner of copyright.
' I
x=t
I I -I
Efe£ i
; N — — —
No. 45. The Beautiful Rose of Sharon.

A T. .
AUSTIN TAYLOR.
1. In the long, long a - go a Rose bloomed In the val-ley just o'er the
2. There's a Rose that is pure and love-ly In the E - den be - yond the
3. O the beau-ti - ful Rose of Sha-ron How its fragrance perfumes the !
£±t
way
sea
;
^^r*^
'Tvvas the
'Tis the beau
beau -
-
ti
ti
-
-
ful
ful
Rose
Rose
EE2%t
of
of
-p-
Sha
Sha
-
-
ron,
ron,
And
And
»1
it's
it's
-r
air! It is grow - ing by liv - ing wa - ters, In the
mz&=fc^| g^£ T=*

A'
(fo»
Vl/.
">
i
S.
"^ J
t ^t=t
m
— 1
m
M
m- —k=N—
=^=*r-P—«N
-^ »
i_pg^
i
— - ,iw
i
1
Chorus.
=^=r h-^
-al -j
«
n
P
2 S
K N
P 2 «
m —«
~ J
P-,
— 1
V 1 1
blooming the same to - day.

blooming for you and me. O the beau-ti - ful, beau-ti - ful
land of the bright and fair.
,s.
^5 T f" "T T * r*^« m ~T~, J — -fc h J g -.
x^r>
'
F F •
' ' '
*" »
\P
1
P
1
""
— "l
1
ff
•
p
• 1
r tV r
V
r
V
tV r
V
-
"b U b
«
l# 1
^^^Ê
*^ *^
*=*
i Rose,
* «
the beau-ti
# at
- ful Rose of Sha-ron ! Of the Rose that is
^ i
' E BE '> > — ! EtEEEr ? £- ^ 1 v — b-
— 5w
^ H H h
? 1 i A
sweetest and fair
^
- est, 'Tis the beau-ti - ful Rose of Sha - ron.
£ t=t T- ,m
*
" " "
r •
r
No. 46. What Shall Our Answers Be?
What wilt thou may when he ahall pmilih thee?" Jer. 13 : 2L
K. K. Latta. l) B. Dortch, by per.
f
i'\-t
l.When we In
ttiT?«8ii';M
the judgment stand, In t lmt mighty t-oni puny, And tbe judge shall question u;|
I. When tin-Lord ha-gathi-r'd th'-reKrom the land and from lheBea,Allthefam-i-liesof men,'
lean tbo't. That we must account tuThee.lu that great and awful day.||.
K fc S * I N fc mM
2 ^w: ^ £
Oh. what shall oar answers be? What for ev'ry tri filing tho't, And each idle word we say?
Oh, what j-hallour answers be? What for all our wantof faith, Whatforall our lack of love,
What shall our poor answers be?Oh, prepare us, Lord, we pray, In the presence there to stand,
•
,M J*wWV £ I
Choius.
When that aw
What for ev- 'ry sin-ful act We may do from day to day. When that awful
Can we hope acrownto gain, And a mansion bright above.
Purge us from each sinful blot,Placeas,Lord,onThy right hand.
fc & * fc l I
*?"£> fr
When that awful day we see, day we see, Oh, what shall our answers be?
J
V-g V g U 9 nm
No. 47 Lay Hold On the Life-Line.
k. h. eu8ha a. hoffman.
*b=
IS:
1.
2.
^^
Unison.
who
3E
are drifting on the swift tides of sin. Near, near is the
ye
See! there is a sig-nal gleaming bright from the shore Hark! voices are
^J^J^
;
3. Soul, you are in reach of safety, help - ers are near;This fai h should your
JEU3±
life-boat Will ye not en - ter! in? Wild storms are around you rag-ing,
call-ing 'mid the loud tempest's roar Look! there is a life-line floating,
—
courage strengthen lo! God is here; While now there is hope of res-cue,
i^HU 11 111
a mriAy- '
rcr t
:z2: 3=t
I 33^5 #-f*
W why then de Why
do you not grasp the line for rescue to-day?
- lay?
close is your only hope, there's no help he-side,
by your side, This
reach forth the hand, Lay hold on the life-line at the dear Lord's command.
I M ln luun ii ni iiii j-j
m**=£=££
v I
*Zz
f
Chorus.
3=£SE2
Lay hold on the
\ Lay hold on the
life-line
life-line
—4=P3
!
1
m —mA—-I
Lay hold on the life-line!
Lay hold on the life-line!
4-
— S
can save the
Christ
Je-sus Christ can
2±: V-
*tr
per - ish-ing from sinking 'neath the wave

res - cue you, for [ Omit
'-,
> He has pow'r to save
%* i i
- i. -w
— *- £ *±S3
=t 11
Used by permission.
m —
No. 48. He's Coming Again.
F. L. K, P. L r.nJLTTD.
± h c i
> > / 1
~r
i. Oh I »ouid you bo numbi of hit fold? B iwitb-in; -
I t known to the moment whtn He shall ap-petr To gather them fa, .
«'i. Th hit ipir-it itjSyieodj then be, O will you be-giu, -

•V Bl k Dot no acceptance of Him in that day, All covered with sin, .
?t> % m mm m
Be watching and waiting that sight to be - hold, He's com-ing a - gain !

The souls who have followed Him faithfully here He's com-ing a - gain — !
If peao" i:i hi- you hope then to one He's com-ing a- gain 1 —
Be robed ami all ready, the Spir-it doth say, He's com-ing a - gain I
R] 1 KAIV.
?=9 =t
r-r-r
He's com-ing a- gain! He's com-ing a - gain ! .
a - gain ! a -gain!
BtgefE
&=&
'%L
E i t= ' ^M
-*—<+— *-
I
-#• -* -m~ V -* -»*-•-•*-
watching and wait-ing that sight to be-hold, He's com-ing a - gain!
.» * m M » m m T
feU^^
i
'
:
1
, ,
F»fry U U U u u [>— fr-fr

-
•
Owned bj June* D. TauguAn. k* U>
Cvvjruit «f f. U KUa&J
r «
ro. 49. THAT WONDERFUL DAY.
i«i^^
J. B. V. J. B. "VIauohaw.
1. The wou-der-ful day of judgment is coming, And we shall soon hear the call;.
2. Poor sin - ner,be - lieve,the judgment is coming, O where will you stand that day ? .
3. The dead in their graves will come forth to meet it, All nations will hear the call .
5t» — —=r#r™
£fepfcpH i
!
*
&T35 y »
•^T-^
*Tis com-ing to 'tis coming to me,That day
you,and is coming to all..
The right-eous will hear " Come, ye blessed of mine," The lost be driv-en a - way.
That speaks in loud tones time on earth is no more, —
That day is com-ing to all. .
Chorus. day;
fete £ h J
fc£
afcd
*-*
+-6h -&-*
i
f^=f
that won-der-ful, won-der-ful day,it's coming,
r r & P^TT*F
coming soon; O that
frir?'-
=5
1
—»- s
C f ^h^ *+ atafe -(g-^-jg- i
rf^p^f^f «>
f day, . ,
J5U-J.
jg^###fg —
h=* Ê^
si •i
won-der-ful, won-der-ful day^t'scomingjcomingsoonjltjs com-ing to you, it's
&rs- —&-t \-&—. &-
to all.
il±=J=bkJ:
com-ing to me, That day is com-ing, yes, coming, coming to all.
^
>
f
WiBdMn at H.»T<a •
jGL.
by pw.
«F
of J. B. Vh(Ub.
nn — fj^fj
=f
. -rj
—
P
No. 50. Higher Ground.

ATM AN. J K. CHAfl. n. GALRIII..
1. I'm preaa-ing on the upward way, New heights I'm gaining ev -

'ry day;
2. My heart haa no de - aire to atay Where doubts arise and fears dia-may;
.''..
I want to live a-bove the world.Tho' Satan's darts at me are hurled;
4. I want to acale the utmost height, And catch a gleam of glo-ry bright;
^rt~'c=?
m Zsr m- '
I 1 » » *
Still pray-ing as I onward bound, "Lord.plant my feet on high - er ground.'

Tho' some may dwell where these abound, My pray'r,my aim is high - er ground.
For faith has caught the joy-f ul sound, The song of saints on high - er ground.
But still I'll pray till heav'n rvefound,"I>rd,leadme on to high - er ground.'
SS V=* VI v — x^:
:!=*:
i r
r
mm Lord,
(HOBCS.
lift me
*U£
up and let me stand, By faith.on heav
z^=&
- en's
^ ta-ble-land;
r J J •
»- : ->- <. f
F£ ^".^
3i v-v-
5 5 5
,
li -u_y 5 h-^3
is
fer ^
^fT7S:
A high - er plane than I have fonnd.Lord.plant my feet on high - er ground.
P£^f
m
Owned by John i. Hood. By per.
., v '
Copyright. 1893, by J.
—— * =>
Howard Entwul*.
y ^^ f
. —
^ — —X P
No. 51. Hallelujah ! We Shall Rise.

- Butif there be no resurrection of the dead, then is Christ n<>t risen "-1COR. 15: 12.
Words and Music by J E THOMAS
7S=m.
1. In the res - ur - rec- tion morning, When the trump of God shall sound,
2. In the res - ur - rec - tion morn-ing. What a meet-ing it will be,
3. In the res - ur - rec - tion morn-ing, Bless- ed tho't it is to me,
4. In the res - ur - rec - tion morning, We shall meet Him in the air,
S ±
E* 9-9- b - u-
vg g
k
4i
t=t
r
P
r
P
m-
n*
— i
*
i
r
P
r
P
i
-m
i*
b>
1
^ We shall rise,
v v v y
:
we
—
HT TS N-i
shall rise!
— 5
lM
Then the saints
When our
1 * N—
J^-^Jl-glv
will
*
fa - thers and our mothers,

come
^
re
<*i
-
M
hr
joic-ing,
g ]
I shall see my bless -ed Sav-iour,

Hal-le- ln-jah! And be car-ried up to glo-ry,
^ **?=* V— v<-
t=t I I
=£=?
•
I *
*
m
\P.
H fs - S K-* -N—
±^tt *l J! .J-«Ug =:g afcat
And no tears will e'er be found, We

D.S.
shall rise,
l> ? *> y
we shall rise!
"OTr
And our loved ones we shall see,
Who so free-ly died for me,
To our home so bright and fair, Hal - le - lu-jahl
s m-m-
P U U
«
U P
m-m.
t=t
P
g* g
JE53E
D. S.— Hallelujah! in that morning we shall

m
V—V- V— i/-
r rise.
Chorus.
J J s-
F3F 1 <P <l N£-
I xzz^z^tz^:
Hal-le- lu-jah! A-men! We shall rise!
^-+-/
1/
»
ft"
M
I
M
We shall rise, we shall rise! Hal-le -ln-jah!
9=^^9m 4 -i &&-
In the res - ur - ree-tion morn-ing, When death's pris - on bars are brok-en,
—«
Im
m ,-« et m m—M.
v
Si=S-g-S-T-»—» m—m-
v \f — * v •
1 1 1
1
' v '* p p p p fcr
Copyright 1904. by J E Thomas. All rights reserved By pc».
No. 52. -from the ftnrdrn to thr ffrooo.
,:l it, r»->««l I U M*w k'
Thatnff 1
i*n«, Aud, what tha
K. K I • 1.1. 1 J. K. 'I H' '
With
* : 2
s '*X''-'.i s"|Se!
1. iii the Gar "den, son op-pree/d, Je - mi at -terM this in- quest:
I, .1 i With trail or
IT, kiss, GiTSS HlBH tO Hlf SO - S - miCB
- Mi conn cil try. And n- v>lvo that He
shall die I
be and crown, in moek «-r - \. And the taunt- ing sot-dien, aael
5. View Him, now; up -on them as, (Ji to save from end-less lossj^
* *
*|
3
i
Fa - ther, if it so may be, Let this cup de- part from me!
See that wild and nois - y crowd They will kill the Son of — God I
Be, of wit >nem false, the prey, Is, to I'i - late, led a - way!
See Him, now, on C'al-v'ry's road, Sink-ing 'neath His heav - y load!
Dy - ing, there, up -on the tree — Dy - ing, there, for you and me!
(lloliis.
:*=&
^5^3! # ^
In the < i:ir - den, how Ilemoan'd, Weeping, there, so bit- ter
-m '. • •- ; - -
*; ~ -^ -.» -* -- -•- • -+- H — — — h - —
I 1
3EE£^
Y.t, the aw - ful cup, would drink, For you and me I
g j
«
Owwrlgbl. 1W1, by J K. Tboma., by

v—
p«r.
^ -y-
H r
El
No. 53. HEAVENLY SUNLIGHT.
Rev. H. J. Zellkt. Q. H. Cook.
J==x 1=3
s=m- SE
1.
1 V
Walk-iDg in sun-light all of my jour-ney, - ver the mountains,
2. Shad-ows a - round me, shadows a - bove me, Nev- er con - ceal my

3. In the bright sun-light ev - er re - joic • ing, Pressing my way to
ig £=*=£
£E^ —m~
m ±=e -m
m
¥ S
WtrMz
+-
thro' the deep vale, Je bus has said I'll

- nev - er f#r - sake thee,
Sav - iour and Guide; He is the light, in Him is no dark - ness,
man-sions a - bove ; Singing His prais - es, glad - ly I'm walk - ing,
^±
**1 i i Irq^ffir-
Prom-ise di-vine that nev-er can fail.

.
n
M g
p
>
g a
s£ REFRAIN.
r-*^ a 1
m
Ev - er I walking close to His side. Heav-en-ly sunlight, heav-en-ly
Walking in sunlight, sunlight of love.
I 9 j g |
^vg:r l riS- :
g.iig P Pir.*-r r r
i» KM * 1-
—
!>>=»r
p —P
— g^
i:j: a
i
sun - light, Flood-ing my soul with glo - ry di

ai - vine : Hal - le -
9^t=st
*=£- ; > P=£i33
r -> i i
gaqg
-H ^
I U"
>— =£fe 3s=EE

•^ g g
i
p: * #>
*±2
w * i
i
t •
lu - jah, I am re-joic - ing, Singing His praises, Je - bus is mine.

*• - -r*- • - . -*- *- -m-
gTg
i^-rrrf
*=l ? v- ——
v 3 U-4
v—y—
t=FP
y-
sat
Copyright, 1899, by H, L. Gilmoor, Wenonab, N. J. Used by per.
!
No. 54. TO THINK WHAT IT WILL BE.

i^t mift Him fm-c l<> fa«v, I h<- living Christ, my Ixir-l,
An.l H | -i jv* , Whmt will be my rew
May every onr ,

hkkc this solemn question home to his or her own heart,
seek v its purpose fully. Amen.
F. L. K.n a.M) A. J. Buchanan.
M..»l» mift iin-<lllnll«il>
m
. S
a=* *=5« -
3fc=T
1. I know that death a- waits ao-count must give, me, And I
L My day id fast, is sink-ing
de-clin low, - ing, — Life's Bun
3. Each morning, noon and evening, Brings whisp' rings un-to me,
4. Shall I, to it go weeping, 'Neath God's con-denin-ing frown,
%>\ m
>
* r-T ^=t
^-g ^-8
i S J J 8 ^g
'
5^ :**
To Him, who will re-ward me, — Ac-cord - ing as I live.

And I must to a judg-ment, All glad or hope - less go.
Which say, not far out yon - der, That I the grave shall see.
And know that I, on wak-ing, Shall wear no star - ry crown?
_m K . .
2=P=3
^f -=r
BEFBAIN
First slowly.
An
+=+ a« is
w * ^-*
W
i * m * £EE* m> \
To think what it will be, To think what it will be !
juet 'twill be, just
,#•*-» ,/,-ff- #•
3
' V F*
NMond BEFBAIN very slowly.
* <l » „«
*4*-^—t- g-j3i 5
s m * .
And my heart is sad as I stop f to-night, ^ To think what it will be

( to-day, j
s i » m m s ^
^=F^
i
-
Owu»J by Juia
SE
9. V*ufh*a.
5=4?= fsp
f O
No. 55. There's a Light Shining Out.
LIZZIE DeARMOND. CHAS. II. GABRIEL.
1. There's a shining out thro' the darkness, A brightness the sun

1 1 i_r 1 1 1
2. There's a light shining out for the err - ing Stay not in the path- I
3. There's a light shining out thro' the darkness, The light that will nev-
m=m *=*
!==£
^r rrr :
* —^— i
:*—fc fer^
S=*z ^^ arzî
can-not hide And wherever its radiance may lead you, In patience and
;
ways of sin Tho' His mer-cy so oft you've re-ject - ed, He died your sal-
;
er grow dim 'Tis the Calvary-cross gleaming brightly To lead those who
;
StJM. t=t y=* £=£

-f-^f-U -v
—Br M v \j
V— ^X 1—— p ?-
V 9
P safe
va -
ty a -bide.
-
^^:t3t—
-,5,
Chorus.
!__, *—M J-
*
tion to win. There's a light shining out, there's a light shining out,
,
s
*. *
s
*
*
irr-trg-
— fr
N
s S
wan - der to Him.
iBSFJJ=?^£f =# 3EE3^±EÊl
And a place in the dear Father's love ; He is call - ing to-day,
.p —^_«
s — * B- h
mil
:£=#
:2:
y y
-
H b»
f^
S
fe
[
S : 9
'
*—j-r*?*^-*^3F&~SL—HH^ ggBl
en • ter in while you may To the beau-ti - f ul mansions a • bove.
r rn>—w^ mF —Fm ' <P
E% g-4-gn
-V 1
W—r-W — i I-
P- V V
f
1
f
h
I r
m~ ~
t
SI
1/ I?
— — — *
No. 56. LET JESUS COME INTO YOUR HEART.

as m. H. Morris.
— -s-
*B
.!•«
-u-^_-^
_g. .g. J£. ^. ^. +—P •
— S~
1. It voai load of your Bin, 1 I I •- sub come
ii - \y now thai , Let J^-euflcomej
:->. If !
.J -come
A. if y«.u would join the glad aongi of the blest, Let Je-suaconie
• p p —
J fofrfcft-
-P—P-
i
p~
I
grgi
1
r
j
*b tt- a r-ne p
i
p —m
in -
•
to your heart;
•*
If
[
you de-pire a
^- P-H .
new life to be -gin,

i . 11 • -h 1—L ^ * • 1— <-
in - to y<»ur heart; Fountains for cleansing are flow-ing near dv,

in - to y<»ur heart; If there's a void this world nev-er can fill,
in - to your heart; If you would en - ter the mansions of rest.
SI
m i , > 1 P P •
•
! P- - P —i p—P— Lp p —*—
< iioki v
Si -1-i- 1
* i
j
* * » « J. •
Sw
Let Je - bus come in - to your heart. Just now, your
-
U y P
-P
V v P t7
p —* t-
m I
p
I
• p
I
— p-
P
i
»
doubtings give o'er; Just now, re
-<»
P
- ject Him no more; Just now, throw

^ . p p
J-tJ
fe
B! P ^-| i g
c r C TT r > p •
te £ S K 1 1
-fe—»r
WL aB
=f
o - pen the door; Let Je - sua come in - to your heart.
m
fe«=^=;
f m -p—p-
ji $ $ + +
I
s=
I
i
Oopjrif ht, 1 sua, by U. U UUmour. Uso4 by ft.
^ — — K ^— r > N — ——
No. 57 Over, Under and Around Me.

A. T. Auitin Taylor, owner. 1913. AUSTIN TAYLOK.
1. Je - sua stood be-side me when my heart was sad, Sin my life all cov-ered
2. Thro' my sin - af- flic-tions all the way His love Stood to own and pit -
y
3. When the day is o - ver and the sun is low, When the evening shadows
5 — W ^ » W W ^ W -PS-r*-
t=t
7=?~i
—
w
l» » <*—% y w
|
y y y
-p
1
—— m
I
«•- 7^-,*
^
j»— k-^g
^ ^ fczfc
n N K N fs N K
i,
J
I
J
I
m m m • 4 J !
«*«*.»* MJ
,
i
J
iLk P •
^ \t
'
r is
i I
l
i/
«r* m is fl * m * 1
J
i
J
i
rm™ P 2
i
fM/ _i -J J
p ^j
I
.J P • I
J • p .5-
_
u/ " -W- * ' sv
and no hope I had; Since I've learned to trust Him all my way is glad,
there, unchanged a - bove; how could I ev - er from His pres-ence rove,
pale and Ion - ger grow, On my Saviour's bo- som to my home I'll go,
J J J -*- -*- -•- -*- -£- ^- J\ > . «n.

4~V
*-}., li
p kU
1 1 P
s |
r i r ii r y p « i r r 4
-^ b 1/ M
1
r \? v M
v 1
' 1 1 J
Refrain. S ^
n i» ^
w e 1m*
LUy n
i
/ b J r* •
7
"4-pI—J^
-d ^ JK a!N— *! !
—— J— —wd— P
*:
N
-i -cS
_±q
!
J
s^ S- -W —
«^_ -P_i—Up -; r*
— 9. — *L—
« |
P
jy - * _^_ _5_ p p -w- ^ -p- 1 u
His love is o - ver, un- der and a - round me.
Hia love is o - ver, un- der and a - round me. the glo-ry
His love all o - ver, un- der and a - round me.
m - - - - - -
* •
K. -P.! -P-
•
-r«- -P-—
*C\* k P S m 2 P p J P !• i* r
-^J*ihP b L
i i
\m U»
/ (? 5f
< 1
v V V '
u -v •
-
^ 12 U y y y v u -
u U i i
j*. L ,
^pt
that His love will bring! the glad-nes 3 of His love to sing! the corn-fort
h
—p ^
i p I
o w I
IP IP p -p
-&- -m~\+- -P-
i
p- — —
rp*=Ei
F
^c
7ft^
— —h -d-H 1 r-
-^h—p- r—IV— — — —K— ^-4 n
1 — —
!
s
-P-
3- -Jt L-pl- -4- p-=2= J
—-p- -p-J 4^
i- i
sv
by Hia side to cling! His love is - ver, un- der and a- round me.
—P-i-p-i-p— -p- 4—
^r^-
-P- -i
-p- pP-
HP- -V- 4= ->-
-XT -ir- -t— H^*=
-te-
-v- -y- -y- -y- -y- -y- -y- -y- rl
U I-
-p-
iri
> p. a Hi
-H
No. 58. There Will Be Light at the River.
Jk.nnik Wilson. A. J. Snow
l. Ait - er the life-paths we'ra treading End up-on time's solemn I
h[ for the spii

n ill be ligl
thr faith-fnl, Whate'er the way they hu\»
i
^ * *
\m * i
*
T-^1-
•
*
Then* will be at the riv - er While the redeemed ones pass o'er.
light
Fadeless 1 i Shi ning glad welcome Oat from the windows of
^r 1 1 1 home.
-
di - ant light aa tney en - ter Peace that for-ev-er shall last.
Glo- ri -
ons light sent to guide them Safe to the cit- y of God.
ICI I R \l>.
^ -*-*
-> +
^
There will be li^rht at the riv - er, There
There will be light, bless-ed light at the riv - er, There will be light,
pg^ will 1>»*
ed
light
light
at
at
the
the
riv
riv-
- er,
er,
There
There will be light, bless
*=*,
will
-
be
ed
ft T £=
|^^^ light Kt the riv - er,

->—
N
^=K
While the redeem d ones pass
% h
I 5
o'er (pass o'er.)
m
I
1
N I
Copyright, 169*, by J. A. SbowaiUr. UmiI by per.

— 1
No. 59. Weighed in the Balance.

B. E. W. B. E. WARREN.
m BS 1. Weighed in the bal

2=5
k
-
«•
U
ance
•-
of jus -
I
tice true,
\f
S;n -
S
y
ful
y
the
2. There it a wound-ing dart, When this dread
will hurt like
8. Weighed by the Word which is giv - en now, Search it and
4. At the trib - u - nal where Christ is judge, Where ev - 'ry
^SlE*
fir*
m- — *-
u.#« at
£==** ^r=?
±
5, [,
-~ U
path thou hast trod Weighed and found wanting, will it
; be you ?
an - swer shall fall, " Weighed and found wanting," 'twill pierce thy heart
know thou art pure Un - to its man-dates in meek-ness bow,
;
deed is made known, "Weighed and found wanting," each guilt - y soul,
ml I tTH~ 6^ *> ^ -=r

T? E E l r 1
tHOKlS. a tempo.
W
y» Fit
Weighed by the word

BUI
of God.
"*" "^cj
Weighed and found
At the last judg - ment call.
Then thou shalt be se - cure.
Stands there be- fore His throne. Weighed by the word,
want - ing, Weighed and found

weighed and found want - ing, Weighed by the word,
^&
&±
m
Tit. PP
2=2:
~~Z £ P Z C Z v v v
want ing, - Re - ject - ed at heav - en's door.
weighed and found want-ing,
^fe
B. & Kama, Springfold, Ohi<* owaoe.
1 P ly- ;
rnrgT
Usodbyfer.
£
i
—— r i —
:
No. 60. Are You Ready ?

w BULUGHENHAUPT D
— —n
J. E. S.
£ S
*-, P
a, -A H ? & \ N-
k
E^
>
J | i
;
1. Soon the eve-ning shadows falling,01ose the day of mor-tal Life;
2. Boon the awful trumpet sounding,Oalls thee to the judgment throne:
3. Oh, how f:i tal 'tis to Lin-gerl Are you read-y read-y now
-
l. Price-less love and free sal -va-tion Free-ly still are of - fered thee
m m fr. f: f: 1£tz„
m *££::£:£:.£: •
r r r r =£
*
$ S i
Soon the hand of death ap-pall-injz,Draws thee from its wea-ry strife.
t ;
»-U—
Now p re-pare, for love abounding, Yet lias left thee not a- lone.
Read-y, should death's i-cy fin-gerLay its chill up on thy brow ? -
Yield no Ion -ger to temp-ta-tion, But from sin and sor -row flee.
£^Z—M— —V— m— r
m 9 » m -0-
*— 4= 0. _ , m - m _
fe^ % J-
f' r
Refrain. r^
& .
A-y
-&—. T-«- -X =*=*=
Are you ready?

TT Are you read-y?
Are you read-y? Are you read-y?
S^
2 J< >J£i
R
-4—^-
^ J^-J- k
s V ^ ^-
T—?-
l^si — — j
h
*—r
/
p
wr
*
J . .ij>
~~*~'~*~ "~5
*
1
:rj
r
K
? 5f U?
r
\
'Tis theSpir-it call-ing : why de-lay? Are you read-y?
Are you read-y'
Arc you read-y? Do not lin - ger lon-ger : Come to-day.

Are you read-y?
h^
: -
-u g=g r r r
V
0- -m-
9-
V V V V
£=* j
Copyright, 1878, by E. 8 Loruix. Used by per.
No. 61. Music In Heaven,
Luke 15:6. 7.
MBS. J. M. HUNTER. Used by permission. T. B. MOSLKY.
1. There is mu-sic in heav-en o'er the saved ones of earth, From the Bi-ble the
2. In the des-ert, 'mid dan-ger, strays the poor wayward sheep; Lo! the tempest is
3. Sin-ner, can you, re-bell-ious, wan-der long-er a - way? Je-sus for your trans-
4S—
m-^t^tm h—h-
f-
mm
1
S I pg5
eto-ry sweet is known When the wand'rer, repenting, makes the Sav-ioar his choice,
;
gath'ring, hear it moan! But a kind eye is watch-ing, and a voice calls in love,
gres-sions, did a- tone; Spot-less angels are wait-ing, how glad-ly they'll sing,
When the Shepherd brings home His own

See the Shepherd brings home His own ! There is mu - sic, sweet mu-sic, up in
When the Shepherd brings home His own
i§±
m—m-
v-± £=£
V * V V
*-4
r*r-M— <-< t3* af=^
a£=at a=at at=at atatzafcc*
heav-en we know, what in-t'rest for err-ing mor-tals shown! Ho - ly
— « m- —N_fc
rj&~
* KZZt P=± £ fczt u u a ~t^

it
4 *-K A-+
h
M=*{
i^3-j-j-;-^ M— Nrat
a! fr
afci3 j-~ 3=i±aj a! ^ s «±a±g £ I

• -5-^t
--• -W- -3-.
»n-gels re-joic-ing in the presence of God; When the Shepherd brings home His own.
m ,f» P
£=£ 5=^5
u i g
i — — —
No. 62. The Rock That Is Higher Than I.

E. Johnson. Wm. Q. Fibche*. By per.
m^z
•-Zz*
1.
f
s -«5*-;
sometimes the shadows are deep, And rough seems the path to the goal;
—«—*-« m ^
2. sometimes how long seem the day, And sometimes how weary the feet;
3. near to the Rock let me keep, If blessings or sor-rows prevail;
gfc=F
IP' IK 11 d &T*r
M » -
»m* ;S=3?
*
r- - .
And sor-rows, sometimes how they sweep,Like tempests down over the soul.
But toil-ing in life's dust-y way, The Rock's blessed shadow, how gweet!
Or climbing the moun-tain way steep, Or walk-ing the shad-ow - y vale.
Chc
—*— K
n — —H
k r
r— r-N "H
—
i
t
1»—
i i
r f J r
1 hen to the Rock let me fly (let me fly), To the 1 lock that is
svy *
"r
r
—,g^_^„S 1
J ^
h—
A?
tl
h
?^r~r — r* r* h b b
Ll 1 LI 1. [> 1
^ U 1
te
E £=* »!=^^£ 2 *=S
high-er than I; then to the Rock let ma
is high-er than I;
-~- -^ g» J
^ J
•—
§5s i^t -)*-
:*:
1 1
BZ *=*
A
teT
Efi E-LU^-jU -a — ar
h-
1
—^"
fly (let me fly), To the Rock that is high - er than L
B m —m
v=t\ \ t€n
F
— K — A + — i — r «
No. 63. TO SEE HIM AS HE IS.
•'Search the Scriptures, for in them ye think ye have eternal life, and they are they
which testify of me." ,
This song Bacredly dedicated to Mrs. Mattie Moore, of Hamlin, Texas, who, though in
is
physical form is weak, is to the glory of God in abundant spiritual bloom.
a*
IizH:
Words arr. and partly written by F.
A—K—tc
a—y^-g
L. E.
A
% —m m —l —
« F. L. Eiland.
—
-#.-^.ir * -*- • 1
3 '
I
— •
[, ff -H
I love to read and think of Je - sua, The pre-cious Lamb of God,

I love to talk and sing of Je - sua, And feel He's by my side,
I want His love to so pos-seas me, Wher-ev er I
- may be,
I want one day to be with Je - sua In that bright home bove,
+ •A— S b b—r d « —.J

— m —d ™—^ "-
fe -^ i
1 1
h
I
1
h
=r
*—*
w . m . i' -h —m—m — — ~*
—M m—
. #1 *. I
m I — I I
*3*^= —M —
J * \
2
_J. d -mi- 3=S*S r*: 1-1
Who came to die for my sal - va - tion, Down from His bright a - bode !
Tho' yet un - seen, His spirit's with me, My fee - ble steps to guide I
That I may show to dy-ing sin - ners, What it has done for me 1
And taste in all its precious fullness, The rich - es of His love 1
w=g ±1 shm
t=f
.
I . h
J> r- .
tt I
s
sr-
s_L _
r m •
J «TJ
4— A—
—^-5-^1 m / ~m m
IV ?==£. . « P « i
(-^ 1' « x
' -
v
He saw me in my cru-el bond - age, And came to set me free,

'Tis sweet in ev - 'ry joy and sor - row, In life's or death's a larms,
Yes, may I read and think of Je - bus, And talk and sing and pray,
my
:
f
I'd go each day
*ff -t
g? —
— V-H
±t—J—
i
h
T
F|F F r-5=J
: UJ £— lVfW^
still near-er to
1
———1
Him, The source of all
\--m mJ-J
m . i. h h \
1—
a—A-
^ hr-»
*<_1 ^ *
^m m
^^
A—
— ?
!z^ Ta
P-*
fcs
He came to die for chief of sin - ners, Yea, Je-sus died for me I
To lean up - on His lov-ing bos - om, And rest with-in His arms!
And thank Him for this great sal-va - tion, I know is mine to day I
and more yet like Him, To see Him as
M j^m
Then, growing more He is!
'
»rtt ft iii\&a \
:
P=P=
^t
^
Owned by James D Vaughan.
—* —' r —
No. 64. Tell It to Jesus Alone.

J. E. Rankin. D. D. R«v. E. 5. Lorenz, by per.
1. Are you wea-ry, are you heav-y-heart-ed ? Tell it to Je-sus,

2. Do the tears flow down your cheeks unbidden? Tell it to Je-sus,
3. Do you fear the gath'ring clouds of sorrow? Tell it to Je-sus,
4. Are you troub-led at thetho'tof dy-ing? Tell it to Je-sus,
w~2— J==^J=^ g
Tell it to Je - sus; Are you griev-ing o - ver joys de-part -ed?
Tell it to Je - susHave you sins that to man's eyes are hid -den?
Tell it to Je - sus; Are you anx-ious what shall be to- mor-row?
Tell it to Je -sus; For Christ's coming Kingdom are you sigh-ing?
v—
Chorus.
irs
£=* *
j •*
» m— .
j^^m^s *=*:
k
M
*
-*
*
m fc
—ar -
r-H
I
— ^~^
Tell it to Je - sus a - lone. Tell it to Je - sus, Tell it to
n k
ibM- — —*-i— —m
w * ——0m— -P —»——
1
1
H I
1
1
m
^
s
i
•
h
'^~
3£r=*:
1
-J
HhhH
i
-1
1
»
1
!
s
.
d
,
s
Je- SUS. He is a friend that's well cnown; You have no oth - er
J J m m ^ m m
tV c
c j P * *
* VWv
)' i
' '
1
1
•
u*
i
" u" t
*
1 1 1
J J
feklg-L-l «=^=*
* r-^
such a friend or broth - er ; Tell it to Je • sus a • lone.
S i — B 3
No. 65. Lift Him Up.
Kev. Johnson Oatman, Jr. B. B. Beall.
2
,
1.
2.
b
4
4
How
Oh!
*—
:>
to
the world
^-^r
reach the
is
mass-es,
hun-gry
men
for
^-^—1^r^£
of
the
ev -
"--*-
For an
'ry birth,
ing bread, Lift the
liv -
mm
3. Don't ex - alt the preach-er, don't ex - alt the pew, Preach the
4. Lift Him up by liv - ing as a Chris-tian ought, Let the
m— —m—?
65
g-j-Lj* fr: S:£=£= &=*- m
an-swer Je - sus gave a key 'And I, if r be lift - ed
Sav-iour up for them to see Trust Him, and do not doubt the
gos - pel sim and
- pie, full free Prove Him and you will find that
world in you the Sav-iour see, Then men will glad - ly fol - low
r*
^
-m-
i
—^m js V S~
+ +f=r: if: _*_ qft
W^ P—W-P-krj: I
Refrain,
-*—^ >, £ W > |
up from the earth, Will draw all men un-to me." Lift Him up,
words that He said, '-I'll draw all men un-to me."
prom-ise is true, "I'll draw all men un-to me."
Him who once taught, "I'll draw all men un-to me." Lift the pre-cious Saviour up,
-*Lf 1*
SEfEEEgEE
Lift Him up, Still He speaks from e - ter - ni - ty

Lift the pre - cious Sav - iour up,
"And I, if I be lift-ed up from the earth. Will draw all men un- to me."
§g^f
Copyright of B. B. B«ill
-6^-fa^-
died bj pu.
y * ^ -
-1*W
EE
I
-*^-«
ZfclEZjE
U> a
feg-Ljg
1 — r i r
1 *
No. 66. We Shall Meet Some Day.

Written In memory of my beloved Mend, F. L. Kiland.
T. 8. T.
b X±- \
TILUT
,
S. TEDDLIE.
.—
M± m—
•m
-^
1
—— ^
s «-
-- '* S
1. How our hearts ache with grief as we say good - by, We shall
2. When we've all cross-ed stream with its r^ll - ing tide, We shall
3. What a glo - ri - ous thought, as we say good - by, We shall
•) r-t **
*=E
fe W.
•g— *-
—
meet some day; Where no sor - row or tears ev - er
meet some day; In the cit - y of rest on the
meet some day; In that beau - ti - ful home that's pre
we shall meet
t=t £
—
i
< IIOKI S.
P
at
P=^ 2
p We shall meet
dim the eye,
g nl
some day.
£=*
We shall meet where no
oth-er side, We shall meet some day.
pared on high, We shall meet some day.
we shall meet we shall meet
r
>->-<*-
i r
^
2Z-H
i —— i
f- f d
5 g *
t
JÊ-ft
s a
r— J .
f, J— c —N—
ffi-U 'r-f '
l
storm-clouds gather, We sh all meet some day; By the riv • er of

shall meet
cv
•* — — —»—— — ——
—F L
b
*
b
«
y
L-
y-
-*- -^- -^-
£=r-
! ' .!
r-^
-^
i» H—^-T—
r
11
gg r
j
* r
1
>
iN £EE*
3£Z
life, spark-ling, cool, and clear, We shall meet some day.

we sha)l meet
r , t u-^f
*
zrz
? p i
By p«r. of T S Teddha, owner
— , — —— ^
No. 67. AFTER ALL.

A. C. BENGE. WOODIE W. SMITH.
§ii
1. Although our
r£Oi^g^§EEg lives be filled with bliss, With floods of joy and hap - pi - ness,
2. Our earth-ly day,
joys shall pass a-way, Just like the fleet - ing of a
3. Tho' oft in sor - row we be
Trust Christ our Lord, it can not last, cast,
4. The darkest night shall turn to day, And sorrow's clouds shall pass a-way,
S 1
^
8-f-
£=P =*=F^
p
F
—b m
F
—
{£ sn j f r -J s 1
— e£
—
— -f-i N- 1
fe^
There'l lbe
-i—-hh-*—
a bright - er v vorld than this,
* *-^ ^=~r — —
Aft er all,
-m-i
E£
aft •
er
m—
4
all.
1
But we with Christ sh all live for aye, Aft er all, aft er all.
For in yon clime 'twil all be past, Aft •

er all, aft er all.
WithC Christ we'll live an end - less day, Aft •

er all, aft er all.
r r r
——
" -<-.
rtr t: S~i r •0 m
y- L >r b V
11 h
> 1
•
r'
1
1
g '
1 i
\s-*~\
> 1
> 1 ' SA/ 1
r,
1
REFRAIN.
«=tf
Aft - er aft er all,

Aft - er, all, aft - er ill, aft - er all,
t=t
I )/ I
rU.
3t=*
There'll be a bright - er world than this, Aft
Bg * * I * — *-?
- er -
er
all, aft all
But we
with Christ shall live for aye, Aft - er all, aft -
er all
For in yon clime 'twill all be past, Aft - er all, aft -

er all
With Christ we'll live an end - less day, Aft -

er all, aft -
er all
jb- -m- -+- -«

1 1 I L m V
s 1
Copyright, 1908, by Woodie W. Smith.
— t
No. 68. 'Tis the Hand of My Lord.

F. L. E. F. L. EI LAND.
A. *
V 'w^m
1. 'Tis the hand of my Lord that is lead-ing my way,
Thro' the world with it3
1
w-
2. Not a tear nor a sigh shall be mine all a-lone, For He'll give un - to
3. And when there I have come, to the riv - er of death, Not a cloud o'er my
mm „
3Pr--V
H^—
sor-row and care; Here my feet it will guide, till my home I shall reach, And the
me of His grace; He will drive from my heart eVry sadness and gloom, By the
spir - it shall roll, He the waves will divide and a - cross I shall go To my
^
^r—
*-^
I *
1
N-H
K -I
P—
m m .
- V-.
\
m g^r ^=**±t 2± tt
wr rm>
I
*±#
cn V-*-
ft *
KEFKAI*.
joys that are mine to be there! 'Tis the hand of my Lord,

show and the light of His face!
home, happy home of the soul ! mighty hand, blessed Lord,
m S=P
d* *
*±f=
* jrrjc
ifcfc I^KV
ij« ees
T~T
That is lead - ing, is leading my way! 'Tis the hand
might-y hand
j - „. -
m t.
?=3=F=5
•-**-
2 r—
ii of the
6*-*-
Lord, That is guid -
^=t
ing my
at *
feet ev
*
- 'ry
zt
it
-
day.
bless-ed Lord,
^t i
m*&
Words and music copyriifhUd 1908, by H
j.
N. Lincoln. rights reserved.

h
*-*-
* , &
« i
No. 69. Where the Shepherd Leads.
J. II. FILLMORE.
1. Thro' the meadows green, in-vit-ing, Where the Shepherd leads I'll go!
2. See the gen-tle Shepherd leading, Where the Shepherd leads I'll go!
3. Tho' my feet be worn and wea-ry, Where the Shepherd leads I'll go!
^4-
-4-^
^ b> 1
V—
^gM
Duet.
X=X-
Tl=i=ti
All.
+- -m- ~d-
m
T&i 1
T
Thro' the shadows dark, ex - cit-ing,W here the Shepherd leads I'll go!
Hark! His voice in mer-cy pleading, Where the Shepherd leads I'll go!
Tho' the mountain side be drear-y, Where the Shepherd leads I'll go!
m —» m . • -T f
s
i
: f— 1
Chorus.
^^"J=J^^^ M *
.
Hark His
! voice is gen - tly call - ing, On my ear its
j
JLl i i i
M^ -n-v-
i
fat =R
dz±* 3 « B( -H H K H ^
* _± w—*-
^ strains are fall-ing, Tho' the gloom may be ap pall-ing, Where the Shepherd
-
t^*-£
T=t
I-
1
- -
t *
w
* ?=£=*=£
-v—
I
— »-
$ b
atzjt
1/ 1/
i^3 ge x
leads I'll go, I'll go, Where the Shepherd leads I'll go.
B£j£
*?—*=e
* ~^-
1
Copyright, 1890, by Fillmore Bros. By permission.
No. 70. Softly and Tenderly.
" Come unto me."— Matt. 11 i 28.
W. L. 'I Will L. Thompson.
m
<"-
*=Z=S
1. Soft - ly au<i ten-der- ly Je- bus call-ing, Call-ing for
is
L'. Why should we tar - ry when Je-sns plead-ing, Plead-ing for
is
8. Time is now fleet - ing, the mo-ments are pass-ing. Pus^-ingfrom
4. O for the won -der-ful love He has prom-ised, Prom-ised for
» m N-
r-f
fc &JV- t;-vu^-i x^ —^l^ ,> K ^zgy^ n,
^ ^ i
you and for me; See on the por-tals He's waiting and watching,
you and for me? "Why should we ling-er and heed not His mer-cies,
you and from me ; Shadows are gath-er-ine, death-beds are coming,
you and for me ; Tho' we have sinned, lie has mer-cy and par -don,
-«»
'
o— •* -N-
W >-T*
-^ m. '•
1-
S
m 5=5=at
Watching for you
Mer - ciesfor you
* s
and for meT^ Come home,

and for me.
i
^--
i .
come home,. ..
m
-
CHORTS.
33 <? — ^=T
.
Com-ing for you and for me. Come home, come home,
Par - don for you and for me. fs .^- ^
£* M—pE *—<*-»-
tt
-OHrir-
fe^TTs
y2
Ye who
>— -
*
S
g
*
K
— B*
are wea-ry,
ft
M s
I LJ
come home;
/T\
-1
-^——
^ .^v^—
IK
—^- ,a l-1s J i
/TS
A
ârn - est-ly,
-K .
ten
m
S
*
der
K N
-J-
'
^ ] - - ly,
s
j£: •£: -fi 2L- it • I iC"
# * h h
It
*
— — —«— ^ ^
\m
^
^
^•t^f?!/
bit/
p>
\? i
J
'
"T
^
J J
j
>
,
— i
*V
'•
^11 *rf
/
>
I
'
* >
i
<•
r J
- J
K
*—g-g:êe*^ ^=^ Si
Je - Bus is call-ing, Call-ing, . sin - ner, come home
L'y per. Will L. Tbompsoa A Co., Eut Liverpool,

„
Ohio, aaid The
„ J
Thompson Music
' '
Co., Chicago, IU.
r^=
d —
No. 71. Beautiful Story to Tell.
F. L EILAND. Used by per. Quartet Music Co. A liTKBS.
—mJ —*~^ h PS
»*"'
1
"
*!
PS
m
2
ft,
* ^ m
1
T J fc
~fy J"h
u
flft
vy o j f*
m
_i
m -~ m m
—w m 2
•
'
—
-•- » • -2- •
1. Sow - ing and reap - ing for Je - sus our King, Beau ti - ful
2. Sow - ing the words of His won - der - ful love. Beau ti - fol
3. Sow - ing for Je - sus, yes, sow - ing to - day, Beau ti - ful
4. Sow - ing, still sow -
ing for Je - sus we send, Beau ti - ful
'
-m>-
cn-a.
*TTir r r
S
i
u
O • • m> m
r ij
V V '*
" s
— j —•ij
is
r
^——
ft N * « IN IS ft»
V i
Jh
yy
_i
"\
• -*— —m
•f—
—^ _gj
--; ^
2 -<• — Mm 4
2
J—
zf~~ —
*
sto - ry to tell! Spread - ing His Gos - pel in

sto - ry to tell! Point - ing the err - ing to
sto - ry to tell! Sow - ing for Je - sus, for
sto - ry to tell! Seed that we'll bar - vest when
• (• • •
rv m W w
—J—
'
is \
w
\
s
-.h
r
1 1
«f
r=J
p i7
— U— 'm
IV* !•
1 H
r ,s . s K N N
V m
• »
_i IS -J
"
k.
m W * H
Jl
m
P» i « • f* « • *. "
*r 1
1? ^
1L j » m m ~m
m J •
i
1
w
1
J J
1
» • • 1
truth as we sing, Beau - ti - ful sto - ry to tell,

heav - en a - bove, Beau - ti - ful sto - ry to tell,
He is the way, Beau - ti - ful sto - ry to tell.
com - eth the end, Beau - ti - ful sto - ry to tell.
--.
CV 9 •" •
ft
w I
m m
J* m '
r» *
P
r
1
Si*
j W D i
r • p "r
Chorus.
•Mr—
* * •
Sowing the seed of the king - dom, Sing it wher-ev-er you go,
Sow - ing the seed of the kingdom, Sing it wher-ev-er you go,
i±£
»e=Ke
t>— j u -
7
v-v-i/- I
Reap-ers shall gath-er to - geth - er, What-so - ev - er they sow.

Reap - ers shall gath-er to-geth-er,
i=t IB -t-^t
— r n —
v !
No. 72. I'll Live With the Rock of Ages.

Copyrifbt. 1Y12. by Ja». J. Bell.
J. J. B. JAS. J. BELL.
l^ggjSS^^^JîilJ
1. Why should my faith grow weak - er, And doubt - ings en - ter in?
2. Each time I read of the com - ing, Of Christ to this earth fer me,
3. What mer - cy God hath shown me, To of - fer a home a - bove
4. No gold or world - ly treas-ure Corn-pares with His book di - vine;
^mBf BE > m
S f s <g
214 *„» a i
* ^S
S
Why should my foot-steps wan -
i
der,
7
From
3=3*
light in -
•
to deep
d
-
a
S
est
'
_^l
sin?
I feel a - new the great- ness, That God's might- y lore most be!
And what am I to mer - it, This gift of His won-dreoa lore?
No oth - er book has giy - en Such peace to your heart and mine.
^^
s t=t
i
1
A-
+
m r
&
Chorus.
J V A [
J*
-*_*-
*—*^~+
m>
*-^n
pi $ SEE5
*--=* «^-
1 — » * d _«L
^--d
^ 3-
I have faith in the pa - ges, That tell of the Rock of A - ges;
^^
S:
1
— fc=t
53
i I I
^TT f t=t
>—
s^ 3 £=£ fcjESzzsC 9
i 1— "t s> V
And then some day, in the far - a - way. I'll live with the Rock of A - get.
iS£ «
_
r
_
>-~fr
-
—
N
9
«—jg:1 ^=5e
S -
sa^s
g
O
—— 1
E
M-
3!
f
I I i i
u-w
e
No. 73. IS Thy Heart Right with God?

K. A. H. ELISHA A. HOFFMAN.
IS *
tm Have thy
i t J.T
tions been nailed to the cross?
af - f ec - Is thy heart
Hast thoudo - min - ion o'er self and o'er sin? Is thy heart
Is there no more con - dem-na - tion for sin? Is thy heart
Are all thy pow'rs un - der Je - sus* con - trol? Is thy heart
Art thou now walk-ing in heav-en's pure light? Is thy heart
-m. —,«_
a
ftgfff t=t r it it r
*=*=£ te=l
i F^Vrh^ i
right with God? Dost thou count all things for Je
- bus but loss?
right with God? O - ver allwith-out and with -in?
e - vil
right with God? Does Je - bus rule in the tem-ple with -in?
right with God? Does He each mo-ment a - bide in thy soul?
right with God? Is thy soulwear-ing the gar-ment of white?
S ^r
^3 r—
CBOBDN.
tm Is thy heart right with God?

^^m g—
Is
g t S -g-Lj^
thy heart right with God,
m
V y 5 L>
L
5tp
;
a
t-=t
P^«
1
a=st 1
t—
S 1
33P
Washed in the crim - son flood, Cleansed and made ho - lyt
J
S^ . -~ r^
>-y-
i
hum-ble and low - ly,
:
^+
Right in
i
the sight
^ of
r
God (of
z r
God)?
^J
L I . j
J-£-±
Qeed. By per. of & A. Hoffman, owner of copyright.
4
No. 74. LOVE TO TELL THE STORY.

" I will tell thee."— Num. 23: 3.
Kate ITankkv. Wm G. Fischer, by per.
1. I love to tell the sto - ry Of un -seen things a- bove, Of

2. I love to tell the sto - ry; More won - tier- ful it seems Than
3. I love to tell the sto - ry; 'T is pleas - ant to re - peat Wha'.
4. I love to tell the sto - ry; For those who know it best Seem
nj r 1
Je - sus and I lis glo-ry, Of Je -sus and I lis love. I love to tell the
all the golden fan-cies Of all our golden dreams. I love to tell the
seems.each time I tell it. More wonder-fui - ly sweet. I love to tell the
hun -ger-ing and thirsting To hear it like the rest. And when in scenes of
*tE
sto - ry, Be-cause I know it 's true ; It sat - is - fies my longings As

sto - ry, It did so much for me! And that is justthe rea-son I
sto - ry, For some have nev-er heard Themes-sage of sal - va-tion From
glo-ry I sing the New,New Song.'Twill be the 01d,01d Sto-ry That
noth-ingelse can do. I love to tell the sto - ry, Twill be my theme in
tell now it to thee.
God's own ho - ly word.
I havelov'dso long.
g^N Ê^p
glo - ry, To tell the old, old sto - ry Of Je - sus and His love.
Ifepiig
— —J I a 2
No. 75. Are You Washed in the Blood?

From "Spiritual Sonet," by permmion.
Words and music by REV. ELISHA A. HOFFMAN,
5 -K F
i
*-^:
1. Have you been to sua for the cleans-ing pow'r? Are you wash'd
Je - in the
2. Are you walking ly by the Say-iour's side? Are you wash'd
dai - in the
3. When the bridegroom cometh, will your robes be white? Pure and white in the
.___.
4. Lay a - side the gtr-ments that are stain'd with sin, And be wash'd
— k —k— i
—i—
1
j
—^_— *>—
i
in the
r* j*
f JEzteu I
I I I
g g g 4 EEjEH
ty i
a§££=*IK f-1 g? . «> jg «LZ

^-"
aT*J— 3—3=£Jj
•—•—•-L S— sJ— J
j1 1 H
-Ps — K-
blood of the Lamb? Are you ful - ly trust-ing in His grace this hour? Are you
blood of the Lamb? Do you rest each mo-ment in the cru - ci - fied? Are you
biood of the Lamb? Will your soul be read - y for the mansions bright, And be
blood of the Lamb! There's a fountain flowing for the soul un - clean, be
N—
I
mm
m t5& ^-*: \ h-m „ t
^ £
Choeub.
K£
I5e± i • M M LJ . ' «»
*t
wash'd in the blood of the Lamb? Are you wash'd in the
Are you wash'd
5
r>i>,t>* i jg w
r FFF
i mb&& 2±£ » st^ rtg
blood, In the soul-cleansing blood of the Lamb? Are your garments
Ha
in the blood,
fcW
r
P 1
N
g f-g
« j BU
L ^ J_
m**-*^
1
of the
U^
Lamb?
Y y U arf — at
i^ spot-less? Are they white as snow? Are you wash'd in the blood
SS|
of the Lamb?
jgj
asgg 5—P- t=t -g g U L> I -fr—v-bjg: I
f-f-*
1 - ) — I —
No. 76.
riLVn HAHT80UGH
I Am Resolved.
J n. FI1LM0M.
fe^H =
i
J 3=Ê$=3=r
4:
1. am re-solved no Ion - ger to lin- ger, Charmed by the
2. I am re-eolved to go to the Sav-iour, Leav - ing my
3. I am re-solved to fol - low the Sav-iour, Faith -ml and
4. I am re-solved to en-ter the king-doin, Leav-ingthe
am re-solved, and who will go with me? Oome, friends, ntk-
6.
.0
I
— 00 0*000
-
K^ —
0— —+
— —— f—r~^
K' » • g
Bycfc 9-
^¥%- m—s «
1
L
h H )•
-i
1#
r r b
m
1 1
V J 1 ' I • V
£?"_
2C
i asN a j B 3
world's de light; Things that are - er, things that are no - bier,
high
sin and strife; He is the true one, He is the just one,
true each day, Heed what He say- eth, do what He will-eth,
paths of sin; Friends may oppose me, foes may be - set me,
out de lay, Taught by the Bi - ble, led by the Spir - it,
fe^ J UJ
F* nioun.
£=*=*
P These have mv sight
He hath the words of life.
will
T=r=5
hast-en to Him
He is the liv - ing way.
Still will I en-ter in.
We'll walk the heav'nly way. I will hast-en, hast-en to Him,
; i * + * * * t.
HI
m^ Hast - en so glad and free, (Hast - en glad and free),
E
m r
-m—^
1
±=i
2£
£3 -*— »
^
i i
.Te - sus, great -est, high -est, I will come to Thee.

Je-sus, Je-sus, ^1
«
••FT***', 1W, by FtUMn am.
t ^^ g=S 9
^ — i —
No. 77. BEHOLD THE LOVE OF JESUS.

Instead of cold and lifeless forms of speech,
And images that break,
Show unto men the cross of Christ, that love
Possession of them, take.
F. L. E. F. L. E1LAND.
i p ,b« K vk--A ,
~j ^~^~-fr—s n
4
—
#-#
1
J rr^ J^X
r
frv^-i
ny 4 c-HW
'
L
^ H
J" «> J" B
r* «h H t m c*
\
vr tf
» »j*HS • -S- * • m m • •
1. Oh, be - hold the love of Je sus! What He did for you and me!
2. Oh, be - hold the love of Je sus! Oth - era none such friend can be*
3. Oh, be - hold the love of Je sus! Sin - ner, look, oh, look and see!
4. Oh, be - hold the love of Je - sus! Lift thine eyes and bend thy knee,
Q; b4
J
m m m m m m 4-J
F4PL' W\m Wm Wm Wm WL A
r VT
i
•
i 1 1
—J— 1 X- •1"
^5"
£ '
*
1?~
£
p—f*
ts
—
^ m m r""
g
-b-HI
'
/ r
1 ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ ¥ 1
F=3 4 i
B~T rs s i
j
-|
i ^gfegM S- 1 3
Suf-fered, bled, and died, on Cal - v'ry, Oh, be-hold Him on the tree!
None such loss would dare to suf - fer, Oh, be-hold Him on the tree!
'Twas thy soul He died to ran - som, Oh, be-hold Him on the tree I
Let thy heart thro' deep e - mo - tion, Feel what He has done for thee!
ÛÎS
! I
* m m m
m f g Z g
v V V
l^^
REFRAIN.
yj:JJjJJlfR
Oh, be-hold the love of Je - sus! There up - on the cm - el tree!
|J5 1 *v \> \j 'v \> )\ j
x i
P^r P ^ E
g
" •! -r-r^jju) ju i -i- jj jj

*j* m^ :^=^
1
I * * J
:
-*-*- S '
*-
*=F=^2*=&
Bleed - ing, dy - ing there for sin-ners! Oh, it was for you and me!
as i u u> u i 1 g i cjgsfl"
Copyright, 1902, by F. L. Eiland. All rights reserved.
B I
— r I r r —
No. 78. HIDE ME.
m
Mrs. E. G. Floyd.
—
?~J—
S F. M. Ferrell.
*=&
1. Fa - ther, hide me from earth's woe, Lest the storms of time a - larm;
2. Hide me from the tempter's snares, Ev-'ry-where a-round me spread;
3. Hide me from sin's 'lur-ingcharms, I'm so weak when left a - lonel
4. Hide me, O Thou bless-ed One, From the chill-ing doubts that rise,
PPI
tc*
1
—
J J
tr) J -_^ „ „
W B
g „L_
m EE?
•r *-
- low, Hide my soul from

isz:
-w-
I -B-
<>-
Keep me, Lord, while here be ev • 'ry harm.

Hide me from life's blighting cares, Till life's fleet-ing day be sped.
Hid - den in Thy shelt'ring arms, All se - cure I trav-el on.
Till I greet Thee bv Thy throne, In that home a - bove the skies.
*=*C
rnoKCS.
1
— r i i
t*
±£
m IV-
^ Hide me,
5 5
bless-
p
ed Je
r
p
hide me,
P
- bus, till
5
t
u y
Till the tempest stay, Hide me,
the storms of life shall stay,
v
—«
v
m-±-m
V~V
dear Re
—a- r r m *
V V V
hide me, Till night rolls a- way ; Hide me, hide me,
deemer, Till the tempest O my Saviomr, while
m m m m m
V V
*
IV IV y y
m *
i
lv
i i
K K s i
p while on earth
•&L
I ptand, Hide me in the hol-low of Thy might-y

&•
72
hand,
here on earth I stand,
T. M
V ferrell,
U V &
owner, Mt. BylT&n, Tex.
iv u
Used by
y
per.
tr-tr-tr
No. 79. Ye Must Be Born Again,
J. M. II AG AN.
*=* $m£ ;
You
'•>
.
1. O soul a-stray from the Sav-iour to - day, must be
2. If you would en - ter kingdom
the of God, You must be
3. All sin - ful pleasure your soul must fore-go, You must be
4. Oh, wait not, soul, till the har-vest is past You must be
jl jl. -m- -*~ -r*- -*- *- -m-
m?M r—r-
t
&^ born a -
m^s
gain Make haste and turn from all e - vil
! a - way
ra-*-^-^
;
born a - gain! For none can en - ter ex-cept thro' the blood,
born a - gain! Or reap a har-vest of pain and of woe,
born a - gain! Or "lost" will be your sad doom at the last,
fflFF
t=#
£
-
W WW
-^rw
Chorus.
4-
^t «
ttB •1 W fc i»
You must be born a -
rrr
gain (a - gain !) Ye must be born a -
Ss
j-tnr-t;
?£$
^3;
ft
S -ij —
ê gain (a - gain),
1
?
Ye must be born
^^
a - gain (a-gain); I ver - i iy,
Û-,J-f f *-
m& 3E=pC
S—"^ £
if
P
^>
fc£
k
fr
•
*
y
dU:
^ =
^^ J!
ver-i - ly say un to thee, Ye must be born a-gain (a-gain)
*£>-
fc£5
.*- -#-
k=£
A.
t± ^ fes
No. 80. He Shall Deliver,
MIRIAM K. ARNOLD. CHAS.H. GABRIEL.
-* "* -
m^ a m* i m *
fe^
1. He shall de - liv - er, thy Kins and thy Lord, For Be has promised it
2. Efo shall de - liv - er from bondage of sin, Grace He will give you the
3. He shall de - liv - er believe in His love Soon in the homeland of
! ;
s^ ^4
hS^ »—f-r
i
r r :
•
r ^
* •/
£
V i
m *e* K
*=t
p
vic - try to win ; Tempted one, trust Him, the 'Mighty to save."'
glo - ry a-bove, Thou, face to face, thy Deliv'rer shalt see, With
p
in His own Word ; Fierce tho' thy trials, O lean on His arm, He shall de-
for thy
in
333 - -
Who
i
Him
liv-er from all that would harm. He shall de-liv er!0 let the words
ransom His life freely gave.
He de
joy for
0- -
ev-er-more to be.
m -f- —H shall
r-r—r
Jfe.-
^l r-p-w -f — — H£ grr^» :
= f=
-jfr? j . SJ Ji J .-
i r Ji*nJ. n n m
1
i u
ringl Blessed the hope and assurance they bring, Tho' you so
let the words ring Blessed the hope and assurance they bring
1
?
W- W w w *-£ -*-^
v v w * V-rV-V-
V~w~V
• «
si +Û a
-
h*- -*^-^1r
* *
oft - en have failed in the fight, He will deliver thee, trust in His might.
Tho' you BOOft-eD have failed in the fight,
n*.
& ? * » ' * t=*3tttttt
v * tV V-U-U-
jljl.
v-c^- 11
VT FT- 1 1 I bj Kirm humiliation PuMishin.- House.
— !! ! ! ;;
No. 8j Come to Jesus.

E. R. LATTA. J. H. TENNEY
5t=5 h— c
^£55335 X i=s «
1. Come to Je - bus! He will save you, Tho' your sins as crim-son glow;
2. Come to Je - sus! do not tar - ry, En - ter in at mer-cy's gate
3. Come to Je - eus, dy - ing sin - ner I Otu - er Sav-iour there is none
-12.
_! 1
$=£ X
=S a^f
If you give your heart to Je bus, He will make them white as snow.
-
O de - lay not till the mor - row, Lest thy com-ing be too late.
He will share with you His glo - ry When your pilgrimage is done.
CHORUS.
% f3=S=te Ps h £
3
Come to Je sus ! Come to Je - sus ! Come to
Come, come to-day Come, come to-day Come ! to
mm ¥
f-j»-j» £-
m Je
1
-
S:
sus !
i
come to -
^?
day, Come
> Rl
ah—
E*EE1
to
-i
Je - - sus
Je - sus ! come, yes, come, come to-day Come, come to-day !
m*3 *r r
Repeat
J=^:
=f=f g-
N ^ i
PP
*E@
1
M *- * 121ZZL1J
Come to Je sus! Come to Je - sus! come, come to-day!

Come, come to-day
T=&
PS
By permission of the author.
*=* FP E£
—
No. 82. When All the Singers Get Home.
J. B. V. J B. Vau«hak. By per.
"J S~y
1. My broth-er, awake, and Bin*; the sweet story, Soon the day of re-
2. No mor-tal hath e'er conceived of the beauty. That a- waits the re-
3. Keep working :uxl sine, press onward, my brother, Till the Sav - ior shall
S N
-> K-
«i * -*-m-
-* -P- "*"
un - come; Then, O what a won-der-ful sing-ing in glo-ry,
ion will
ones at home; Be sure, my dear brother, you live up to du -ty,
deemed
hid you to come; How sweet it will be then to meet with each other,
When all redeemed singers get home.

For soon our Re-deem -er will come. Then, O what a wonderful
When all redeemed singers get home.
wonder-ful singing, When all redeemed singers get home Re ; un-ion, re-
-*=W-
!*=*:
s—y
un-ion, thro* a-ges still ringing, When all redeemed singers get home
^ y—
f %
V >
,£
li
^S
1 * * * 1# |g-^-faF *=t g
»
I
»
'
H
g.
1*
I
No. 83. Lord's Day Worship,
P. H. J. II. F.
Moderato.
$ 1
Oft
^
The Lord
as re-turns
good
is ,
fe
the ho
His mer - cy shines
-
A-r
ly day,
r-r- i
The
Through
Here, bless the Lord ; here, praise His name, And
Lord, in Thy praise shall more and more Be
m *—*r
-P- P w -
k w p £1
%
>
v v i
$
day of
m
sa-cred
a
fc=£
rest,
* h E
Thy house, O God,

3-
T m
Thy peo-ple
out all na-ture
fair, His churches shall with joy re -
here His triumphs sing Here, ye His saints, your homage
fixed our high-est love, Till with the blest o*ur songs shall
£ *=*
t ^—«-
ez£±g
Refrain.
%
i=t
throng,
FFWith
i
t
^m
hearts di-vine-ly blest.
4-
I-»
'S—K-P — f>
at
3=^:
sound, While we His works de-clare. How beautiful His conrts,How

And glo - ri - fy your King.
& y
:::::::: Thy tern - pie bright a - bove.
P5 »g=JE
,
b r-r -
i
p 3=£
-*—*-
ex-cel-lent His truth, How mer-ci
S 5^4=±=1 :2jr
- f ul and just His ways
w^.
;
>»-*
±=*L
All ye, His
&
gl i N i* ?
£3 £=£ fe§E t=t w-
*
5E
saints, to Zi - on
ts
<^
haste .......
^
And swell the notes of
P
praise.
Jm +
-U-V-lÛ-
*
12 * *
wwwtw * W- * ^ i
V-trp-
Copyright, 1S98, by Fillmore Bros. Used by permission.
fHT
— i r
No, 84. Why Should I Leave My Dear Saviour?

REV. F.I.MIA A HOFFMAN J. M HAGAN.
g=*==$==A
*E^t-4 J |_j
*=*±
m m i^sm
1. Why should my dear Saviour? Why should I Je-sus for - sake?
I leave
2. Je - sus itwas who redeemed me, Pardoned my guilt and my sin;
8. Dai- ly His love He re-new - eth ; Moment by moment He's near,
4. No, I will nev-er forsake Him, Nev-er from Him turn a - way ;
*3^£ *=£ '• » w • i

I e
v
!&tj
aH—I* »_
-
f
I
^ — k
h fr
1
c
k — fi
,
1
*
1
i — tf U U U
t-^
^t=* T^=i ?«
U;
]^£~
"Why should I for-feit His fa - vor, And with Him cov-e-nant break?
Cleansed me from ev'ry defilement, And brought His kingdom within.
Strengthening, comforting, cheering, Banishing darkness and fear.
Life would be hopeless without Him, Never from Him will I stray.
^§ ^
5t=r 1
i . i
z=z
i £=* -
i-^t
Chorus.
o ^ ("^
s k N ^ \~ i
?e r^ r^ pv |
* r P r
h
it
p
k_
r m
_J -
3*3# J€3 113

' 1 • •
* j
• '
x,\) 4 ' m m m J J
i d
C
1
'
.
9. '
jt€ 5
«
i
j .
He has been good to me al-ways, He has been faithful and true;
3.33 3 p jp r *
—— — m m m e
/„>
—^~*• . .
IC/*
wi i
y —y \J
'j. ^ V ^ — umm— 1
•
1
P
\m .
• .
_C
"*
— u»p *
5
1/
*
I
5
V
j^_ H
tr
V
—s=H
1 1
g^§ NU r^rrrrri^^ -^
^ze:
S « #• *
No, I will nev-er forsake Him, But pledge Him devotion a-new.
s#^ *^:.& t y
1/
r-r
S< k>
i*
1/
r ^_L-
£=> b * g r"'f"
17=*
i
11
Copyright, 1914, by firm Foundation Publishing House.
% —
No. 85. How Glad I Shall Be to See Jesus,

REV. A. H. ACKLEY. CHAS. H GABUIKL.
^S^g
1.
it* 1
How glad I
?=£
shall be to see
£=tet
Je
—I
PPP3
sus, To
Pf-i
N
gaze on
h N r
^
'
His
2. How glad I shall be to see Je sus, For - ev - er to
3. How glad I shall be to see Je sus, With those I have
4. How glad I shall be to see Je sus, How glad He will
fejjl? 6
^^r) k-Q —
g
i
I g
—
1 ,
-w— i \...
£e£ V—g f-f
f^^ won-der-f ul face

dwell at His side
*?=*
1=^
;
^
To kneel at His feet, con-tent to re-peat The
I know that my soul, while a-ges shall roll, Se
To serve Him above, per-fect-ed by love, He'll
h-4
lost for a - while ;
be to see me, For am His child, by grace reconciled, And
^
I
S5 T^1r- l==l m—m-

s * " T" "P
^#N
Chords.
* N N
S =s=* S3
story of mer-cy and grace.
sure in His love shall a - bide. How glad I shall be to see Je - sus,
welcome His own with a smile.
heir to life's e-ter - ni - ty.
^^£ r T i
E
±T2t
g [iqu v-v- -t^-y-
S=t
k N \ « 1— _h s N
Jh -r m *
ft
U,7 s \ ai'm «
1
fc ft I
J
/ku
l
<•
« f>
L J _!
"
4
m
i
' * iVi^ 1
^ *
b [7*. w ,w * ^«l •
J H * M
tfV * g u4 m p j « s
i
•
VMJ • IP « r * i i
9 i
My heav- en Lead-er and Guide, Hal-le-lu- jah, His name
/•Y h17 * L ~m .'

'
'"
^
w
U-
w
^w ^ '.
i» *
n
N
n
S
m
* » m m
^77 5
(CJ-
r, r
\j
i
V
i
V / / / *
!
'
i
r* w|r l
W \J 'J
1/
P
- - ~i
i i
mA fc£
is for-ev
acta:
- er
Copyright 1914, by Firm Foundation Publishing House.

the same, For sinners
3Efet
He
^=£
suf-fered
&
and died.
P II -1 i
No. 86. The Land is Drawing Near,
I All II MIL MAN REV. L. WHITE.
i/ ;
1. There's a land be-yond the riv - er, Of its beau-ties we are told, All its
2. Tis the land of light and glo - ry,Tia the bright im-mor-tal shore.Where the
3. There a crown of life is giv - en To each sol - dier of the cross.Who has
N
i|±feft±#*£* .**
W?w?
walls are made of jaa - per, And its streets of shin - ing gold; There the
tree of life is bloom-ing, In the sweet for ev - er-more; There the
lived for God and heav - en, Who has count - ed earth bat dross, And a
w * p -=-»-
*
It4c
* % XI t=£ I
g-^s-g-
ft=S
t— A-
good of ev
tt^T
- 'ry na - tion, Shall be gath -
S
ered home
*=*
at last, Robed in
an - thems loud are swell-ing, And the crys - tal wa - ters lave, And the
robe of shin - ing splen-dor, And a palm of vie - to-ry; And the
garments of salvation When the storms of life are past. Re-joice! rejoice!
saints are ev-er praising Christ the mighty One to save.
saved will reign with Jesus thro' a-long e-ter-ni-ty. Rejoice! rejoice! the
land is drawing near; The pearl-y gates are lifting, And the throne will soon appear.
Copyn lit. 188a, by E. k. Hoffman.

i —— i ? ;
No. 87, Come to Jesus.

J. F. M. J. F. Maykieijd.
QE3E
V V
1. O hear ye the message, dear sinner, It comes from the Saviour above,
2. Dear sinner, this message from Jesus In mercy is of-fered to you
3. lin-ger no longer, dear sinner, Your days are swift passing away;
4. To-mor-row may find you, dear sinner, Among the pale nations that sleep,
m—m
s EE
m m
zm
Who died on the cross to redeem thee, 'Twas all thro' His mercy and love.
Re - ceive it, be-lieve it, o - bey it, And ev-er prove faithful and true.
To - day is the day of sal - va - tion, Come, enter His service to - day.
Who died in their sins and transgressions, Who'll rise in the judgment to weep,
m-
m- —m
\
——
(—m
-m- -m- -m-
* — * m #-ng—
-m-
sH 1*
— mm— — , -f*- -m- -m- -m~
F ^
~
m—-m~ ^
gm?
1
r\
m- - I
1
1 1
t— 1
fr— E \ b g ~^" g E
jj
E 1 tst
^ • * ? ^ P
Chorus.
^d^* -N PK-
Then come un - to Je - sua, Why will you now longer de - lay?
•*=*
a -K— *-
«—*
P t=t g g J * »
P?P
rr
Yes, come on, be - liev - ing, And en-ter His kingdom to - day.
to-day.
^£ r rrTTTT-
&£ * Jr J
i i i
t=t rr Eft be
F^
Copyright, 1910,
i/
by Firm Foundation Publishing Co.

t> P "P P P"
^¥
I ;
No. 88. THE GOSPEL INVITATION.

Matt. 11 : 28.
LAI ka I.. NEWELL, J. H. HALL.
bM=& j f, fa
1. Have you heard thein - vi- ta - tion? Je-MM savs,( omeun- to Me, Come to
2. There are hlrm ml mar nyinanBtonj Waiting for the pore and true; Come to
& Hear- y la-den,or a-wea-ry, Je-eui Baya, In Me find rest, Come to
4. Time iaa|>OYt,anddayBarefleeting,Heedthe nseange,ConietolfejCoine to
I f4 C 'C
—^—/ —•—!!!
u —/—
L-LL-C
v—
s *- /- =t*=
fc=
Me,
^™sb O,comcto Me.
^jâft?
'Tis the message of sal-va tion,
!
Me, O.conteto Me. Therein heaven's green expansions

Me, O, come to Me. Does your path in life seem dreary?
Me, O, come to Me. 0, tlie joy of yonder greeting,
Come to Me, O, come to Me.
^-^1 w "mW-
TFfr
*f*-w
y-i/ —/-T ^-7-g-^3
/ /
N fr fr
l
y / " 3
£
That the Master brings to thee: Cometo Me, O, come to Me.
Hear the Saviourcall to you. Come to Me, (),cometo Me.
By His love you may be blest, Cometo Me, O. come to Me.
In the home be-yondthesea; Cometo Me, O, cometo Me.
Come to Me,
Come to Me, 0, come to Me; Je - sus

Come to Me, O, come to Me
i
•• -=E53EEPEE= — • /
Copyright, 1886. by Tb« Ruebuah-HieOer Co. Bj
— per.
—
*
THE GOSPEL INVITATION. Concluded.
says, Come unto me, Wea - ry heart for ref-uge

Je-sus says, Come un-to me, come unto me, Weary heart,
n— 4=t
—r^~ ^ ^ —^ •» —
£-W- ^R
• 1/ <J V
£-§
-
-> V
a m m—
|
Si •-H?-
: %-m *-
1
[> 9
flee Un-to Christ, who call-eth thee.

for refuge flee, Un-to Christ who calleth thee, who calleth thee
v*=t 1 1
t=t e± I
U Pt t ±
No. 89. ROCK OF AGES.

The Lord Jehovah is the Rock of ages. —Isa. 26 : 4.
A. M TOPLADY. DR. THOS. HASTINGS.

FINE,
*%=t
^fc=» g=^ 5^0-
=?
_*L ^ m
i. Rock of a - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee;
2. Not the la - bor of my hands, Can ful -fill Thy law's de - mands ;
3. Nothing in my hand bring, I Sim - ply to Thy cross cling; I
4. While 1 draw this fleeting breath, When mine eyes shall close in death,
!-*
fli
1 1
^1 -+--<?
-0>-
f>
£
-» & t
1 y 1 . 1 1 v
B.C. Be of sin the doub - le cure, Save me from its guilt and pow'r.
B. C. All for sin could not a -tone, Thou must save, and thou a -lone,
B. C— Foul, I to the fount-am fly, Wash me, Sav - iour, or I die.
B. C— Rock of a - ges, cleft for me, Let me hide my - self in Thee.
o. c.
Ppl am: &- mi

Let the wa - ter the blood, From Thy riv - en side which flowed,
and
Could my zeal no res-pite know, Could tears for - ev - er flow, my
Na - ked, come to Thee for dress, Help-less, look to Thee for grace;
When I soar to world's unknown, See Thee on Thy judgment throne,
OL. -*-r<2-
?yr z\f r *=£ t=t
— »
iVo. 90. Jesus Is Calling.

Ccprriftn, I'M 3. by Kirn Kouodauon Publitkiaf Home.
C. K. i\ "Come unto me".— Jesus. CHA8. SDW. POLLOCK.
te3wv
5^^^-TOSi
H
:
1. Come to theSav-iour.no long-er de- lay, Why do ye slight Him by

2. If you Him, your burdens He'll bear, Help you to car- ry your
will let
3. Come to the Sav-iour, no long-er de- lay, Bring Him your sins and He'll
4. Tri - fle no long- er, but come while you may, Farther and far-ther you're
^g^s- E 3*=*- f r r ir r 1 3=t#=g

v=*
£Êî
r-^rn ^ \ 1^ ^ i — —r»—— 1-» ——
stay-ing a - way? It was for you and for me that He died, Suf-fered the
great load of care; Bring them to Je - sua, and bring them to-day, If you would
take them a - way; Tho' they are man-y, and crim-son in glow, Je - sus will
drifting a - way; - pen to - day you will find mer-cy's gate, But on the
9 ^mp~> \~ ?
^ _±
i
p * > w > >

i i i i iiii
y \j v y v i
Chorus.
P^^^ggJgi ÊS; and wound in His side,

nail-prints, Je
fl
call ing.
have them all tak- en a - way.
make them as white as the snow,
mor - row it may be too late. Jesus is calling,
t^t- • —•—•—
;
itf- s g r h -0| | -f-

{? -|
3r7
1
— =4=
L.
m
-* _ — i- h"
N-
—
-4-
i-
*4 » -»4
-•« ^~
Call - ing to - day From the dear Sav - iour

Call - ing to - day, From the dear Sav-iour
t=x |—t
S
§fe£
f
l-l
>—±
fc/ U U
I
i*
I
=&
I
^K •— ~ 1-
— i Ml— (
turn not a - wav;. . . . While He is call - ing, while He is

turn not a - way; While He is call - ing,
m >_ M-
*—*- 53i
-v— t-
>J
Jesus Is Calling. Concluded.
+—*-
i --* — *-* '-^V.
^=z
-£-M=*£*t \\
nigh, "Turn ye, turn ye, why will ye die?"

while lie is nigh, "Turn ye, turn ye,
No. 91 Jesus is Mighty to Save.

Copyright, 1913. by Firm Foundation Publishing House.
C. E. P. "Mighty to save."— Isa. 63: 1. CHAS. EDW. POLLOCK.
m
Persuasively.
h K H
H _m I
*=*
1. Christ died to save poor sinners lost, Je-sus is might-y to save;
2. By faith, He
saves poor sin - ful man, Je-sus is might-y to save;
3. Sal - va - tion free He gives to all, Je-sus is might-y to save;
4. Tis sad to hear the bit-ter cry, — Je-sus is might-y to save;
5. Then, sin - ner, come without de - lay, Je - sus is might-y to save;
^sxm
oyra -»^» p
r=rr=tI £=£=£
f P
fcr ^=T 3*=^ qs=F
g <i at^:
mm #
Their ran - sora paid at wondrous cost, Jo • sus is might- y to save.
Than this, there is no oth - er plan, Je-sus is might- to save.
Who on His name by faith do call, Je - sus is might- y to save.
In sin I'm left a - lone to die, Je - bus is might- y to save.
No long - er wait, but come to- day, Je - sus is might- y to save.
§&£ *=t g W
S±S«=t= EXfe=jt
ffiE l
i
r g r i? r I -H
Chorus.
B•^ d.j rt
ife
t=?
gat
Je- sus is mighty to save, Je - sus is mighty to save,

is mighty to save, is mighty to save;
m m *
im p-v- m p
We
• w w mm -
fee*
w •w
v— s«-
tr-t
B g g
fer
IS —K— *=F g-A:
-fc-t-
£3 1=3* +—M-
s ^- s— * m- m:
^K * V. V
« He
His precious life as a ransom gave, Je- sus is mighty to save, (to save.)
L * S »--»
sHC £ PFJESPE
i
E E f-'PE'C ct C p^ i
l
No. 92. The Mountains of Faith,
McPHAIL.
I'm seek'ing the country where Je- sua has gone, I'm fac - ing the
.abed to the suiii-mit of ho ly de-sire, But on - ward and -
I've 'ft all the fogs <>f

I. tli<' val ley be - hind, And here the bright
see ;ii<* fair cil y where Je sus a-waits, - I see the bright
h
&i
£ :g •
P
i*
I
p-^m
I
I
p - <*-+> •
% \%
=fc
t±
t-v
*M
%pa^S- beau-ty of heav-en's bright dawn; I'm climb-ing
: *^*
the mountains, the
upward my soul doth as-pire; I see in the sun-light some
sunlight for - ev - er I find; The clouds are be-neath me, a-
walls with their wide o-pen'd gates; I'm climbing the mountains, but
B* V-
% r
m -0—*:
* * * £
*-v
z-±
m mountains of
high -er peaks glow, And
my
faith, And now
%
strong
I
Sav-iour, still up-ward I
in
can
see o'er the riv - er of death,
my
go.
home, And Christ, my dear Saviour, in-vites me to come,
%
bove is
soon I'll a - rise, And leave the last peak for my home in the skies.
]_| p— m^
m 1 v —
|
i i g * t
m Refrain.
I'm climb
r
-
t r r
ing,
r
climb
I/
-
t
i-
ing,
r
I'm climb-ing the
I'm climbing the mountains, I'm climbing the mountains, I'm climb-ing the
g
i
i
~V t
^£
t £ P W —p
P P ~
J 1
1 +-nr
Jp_. P.
v-w •
A
Jr-
rtr
—i
d
+m —— -^
*
W
2~
*n
mm -^h
Zt
— i
^ - ^—J i
?r "J
" *
rv- 1
m-3
1
J
N
—>
js
-
-= -N—
€
1
^
Xs\)
moun-tains of faith
T r
;
z p f- •
. fl
Still high - er I climb, to

moun-tains, the moun-tains of faith ;
/»Y
^~l
S P
b
Copyrifht, 18W, by A.
F
IT"
J.
1
-p
4-
—r— —
Show»lt«r.
L
"
r
b
Uted by per.
1
I*
1
•
1
F"
tr-
-*
1
I"
F
P
I/"
•
'
F
-p
-P
— F
ln--p—
— -5
*
1
.
S — —
i ^^îfeB^^
The Mountains of Faith.
re-gions sutlime, On the peaks of the mountains of faith

the mountains of faith.
Concluded.
M
*=Z*E
m ^ZZI
S —— f
^=4 b^-
g I b —U-3»
No. 93. Almost Persuaded.
=
P. P. B.
fer^J=^q J i in e M >J :
'
1 J * n—
P. P. BLISS.
1. "Al-most per-suad-ed" now to be - lieve; "Al-most per-suad - ed"

2. "Al-most per-suad-ed," come, come to - day; "Al-most per-suad - ed"
3. "Al-most per-suad-ed," har-vest is passed "Al-most per-suad-ed," ;
H 0-0 \0 • J I I
lltt-s-l*
t^t 1
r
h
pE pt^Pt
I
t=t
I
Christ to re-ceive; Seems now my soul

to say, "Go, Spir - it,
turn not a - way; Je - susyou here; An - gels are
in-vites
doom comes at last;
i 1 «
"Al-most" can-not a - vail; "Al - most" is
h i
-£-
I
F
*=?=$
go
y^|—
Thy way, Some more con ven-ient day
ling'ring near,Pray'rs rise from hearts so dear
I
S —^S
73^
*=3t
On Thee I'll call."

O wan-d'rer, come
— "Al-most— but lost."
;
r-i S !
but to fail; Sad, sad, that bit - ter wail
*
m i ; W
I-
k
b 1
tr-jr
rt
^^^^
rJV-
1
— i-
i
Copyright, 1902, by The John Church Co. Used by per.
^T^r
Hq. 9 4 Singing a Wonderful Song.
mmm r. u
1.
2.
k.
Nlow nnd
The flow
~m-,
Out on the glad
iu«»<ll
-mi- -mi-
(allvelv
--
hills of God'Bglo - ry,
w -m*-
Coure-ing its wa-ters a-

of life's stream they are viewing,
'*-*-
F. L.
f,
Mov-ing in rap-tur-oua
EILAND.
ft, * ^-
8. The fruit of the tree of God's heal-ing Giv- eth them ec-sta - sy
4. Shall 1 with the ransomed go thith-er, There to be one of that
J J y
mm «y, ^/r\
-^-*-
3*=3C
J. J,
rtt -gf¥
I •r
i
s s
JW&-—^^=* —
n _1 _l
it.
—m
— —mfc— fc
.
i | I
^ N Ki 4±-*--*-*- =4z=4^=
-mt-.
_3 —5Z3 J—§ n •
T\
mt—
z+ m fjl L^s- —• —
throng ; The sj lints are re-hears - ing their sto • ry, Sing ing a
long, In b lias that is ev - er ac - cru - ing, Sing - ing a
Btrong ; The joy of sal - va - tion ap - peal - ing, Sing - ing a
throng ; To try the great theme of re-demp •tion, Sing ing -
a
fc
l! |»i
-f*± "-$-<*--
^ ^—s
* —F—
h
mi— --4-
-*i-
—«l—mh *\
• Jt 1
1
f1
Jt
1
1
1
h
—
J. ,
m m
J!
—^
•
— v
-mt-. m S w w mt— mt— J
'J
KKIKU\
won-der - f ul song 1 Peace is the dream,

Peace is the dream, peace is the dream,
£ .-• - - „ _^
9*£*F
S££
fefe«
E
I I
4=»fc»
¥ • ¥
fc > I
^rt-^r
w irfr—t
3=*: i
Glo - - ry's the theme, Saved the re
Glo - ry's the theme, glo - rv'e the theme,
mv* » i ^^
peat and pro - long; .. . Crown - - ings they bring

Crownings they bring, crownings they bring;
fc* -M r^ EBE *
E CoMrwb*.
«• x^£
1*10. by Krt P. L Sijkad. D»*J by p«.

s* *=*
^ ——
Singing a Wonderful Song, Concluded.
rs -1U-*-*-
\JS
'A rirtv^p
Un - - - to their King, Sing-ing a wonder-f ul song.
Un- to their King, un-to their King.
V
5
^5
^£ ? /.
-k—
at^-^=^
*—*—*
r
^mm*M
No. 95. Let the Lower Lights Be Burning.
P. P. B. P. P. BLISS.
-fra k h ^ rV —\ s c 1 * ———
\ F^ I
1. Bright-ly beams our Father's mercy From His lighthouse ev - er - more

I
^
;
2. Dark the night of sin has settled, Loud the an - gry bil-lows roar;
3. Trim your fee-ble lamp, my brother, Some poor seaman tempest tossed,
mm
^-4- t =t &
K=*
W-
t±r *—« .J h
But us He gives the keep ing Of the lights a - long the shore.
to -
Ea - ger eyes are watching, long - ing For the lights a - long the shore.
Try - ing now to make the har-bor, In the darkness may be lost.
in 1
r
^—
—Chorus
i
Let the low - er lights be burning! Send a gleam a-cross the wave !
h j* J\ ft
F-fr- fag
m^ t=fc
w#=$.
a
— —
i*£=&=* -p -j\ i
m «r-
Some poor fainting, struggling seaman You may res-cue, you mav save.
t=t W=W-
V V '
/ 1/ w
Copyright, 1905, by The John Chnrch Co. Used ry per.
No. 96. At the Battle's Front.
CofyrifLt. 190b. by H. L. Cilmour. Wenonab. N. J.
UmiI by pcrmiition MRS. C. H. MORRIS.
1. I've en - list - ed for life in the army of the Lord, Tho' the
2. With the ban - ner of love and of ho - li - ness un-furl'd, Full sal-
3. Is your name, friend, en-roll'd with the loy-al ones and true? Will you
« ii
§^3m J, _£
-» -•-
:
j^
-*- -•- ^r^j ^cac
fight may be long and the struggle fierce and hard; With the ar - mor of God
va - tion proclaim to a sin - ful, dy-ing world; Tho' the darts thick and fast
dare now to stand with the Saviour's faithful few? Will you join with me now
— m — m-
E* -K—m
and the Spirit's trust-y sword At the front of the bat-tie you
?=¥ -*-w
i
will find
m
mt.
from the en - e - my be hurl'd, At the front of the bat-tie you will find me.
and the cov - e-nant re-new, At the front of the bat-tie you will find me.
^ m—m-
S fc^t
:t=£=t=t:
•
W_k_ k—
•
s*:
m
Chorus, t
gEggfefeâd^ste ' 9
*-*-
3=^
J
Hear the tramp! tramp! tramping of the army, The triumph shouting, the foe we're
Tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp!
I fr 1
*=g ^fe£ Z^M^r ztoSc
rout - ing; Hear the tramp! tramp! tramping of the ar - my, Marching
tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp!
£
At the Battle's Front. Concluded,
— *_fc
: 5s iT-^L
on to vie - to - I'm in this ar - my, this glorious

hal - le - lu - jah! tramp! tramp! tramp!
— -^Ti;
m- * -:. j- ^-
C¥. "*- -f- —P- -m —5—kd 1?
M*
*j
Jm (
— h* ^
B
H—
JL \ 1 L J 1 -1 1*
1 i
1
,
ar - my, And the God of bat- ties will de -

fend me, I'm in this
tramp! tramp! tramp!
r^v»
**-
W
i
-m-
i
-m~
1*
»
_ft
S
-^.
• R
ÎI _^. --•--
1
III
a
i»- i»-
ii*
j- 5
J u
i'
h !•! M R W J* • [ W • <m K
1 U U k P
4-J-
3rt=a
i * *
^ » -»
;
••
S I
i i
^ 3=£
v 1^
ar-my, this glorious army, At the front of the battle you will find me.
tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp! tramp!
No. 97. Tis Midnight, and On Olive's Brow,

REV. WM. BINGHAM TAPPAN. WM. B. BRADBURY.
IM t=z t=t
a=
-&- -- -•- • " -a- -& -&- -&- -+- -m-
1. 'Tis midnight, and on Olive's brow, The star is dimm'd that late-Iy shone;
2. 'Tis midnight, and from all removed, The Saviour wrestles lone with fears;
^
3. 'Tis midnight, and for oth-ers' guilt, The Man of Sorrows weeps in blood;
4. 'Tis midnight, and from ether-plains Is borne the song that an-gels know
I
P=P=$
I I
19— &-
&- t=t m
I 1 I' F
^ 1 9-f
TirT
'Tis den now, The suffring Saviour prays
mid-night in the gar a - lone.
-
E'en that dis - ci- pie whom He loved Heeds not his Master's grief and tears.
Yet He, who hath in anguish knelt, Is not for-sak-en by His God.
Un-heard by mortals are the strains That sweetly soothe the Saviour's woe.
^S F
&
t=t
5-
1—
1 —
No. 98. He Is Coming Again.

II Tim. 4:8.
A.T. CootrollrJ by the Author. 1913. AUSTIN TAYLOR.
N h h J* . . . .
V ft A
JL. *
-
N
*.
+
? m m m M
\ \ \ ± S P r r »\ t
^
rm
vX 4% •m j * m J f -•— « — • — «
m~ m
i
i
| |
%r * • * 40 w' •
1. We in looking t'ward the sky with a hoping, trusting eye, For the coming of the
2. He is oon-ing by ami by, He ia com- ing in the sky, As He promised in His
3. He is coming back we know, with the angels white as snow, And shall gather all His
?-^=3=3=
— s >!- r r r s,-^-i
« M + • • *- ^H
I
—
[
ZiE?E-*-Sg±?E
1 1 1
\
*—m-^wt—+—wr—m w-*
Lamb who once was slain As He went from earth away He is com-ing back some day,
;
ev- er - ing word;

last - the glo - ry it will be when His pres-ence we shall see,
faith - ful to Hirn then; Let us watch and work and pray, and be read-y ev'ry day,
f-ft--*---
1/ v v y y j [
Yes, we know He is com-ing a- gain. He is com-ing,

When He comes to, His faithful, re-ward.
For we know He iscom-ing a -gain. Coming, He's com-ing a- gain,
3=t
V <—m- t=f- <s-
*rt
^ FTTTT1 -* —w
3 3
He is com-ing, Wheth-er morn-ing, noon or night, we
Com-ing, yes, com-ing a - gain,
^l. jtu -m- zfz £: fi -m- n r m m m _ ns

j* _!*»_>,
x. 1
cK
^-£- ^
k «~>~ X 1
" J v f s, \, i
3 3
know not when; He is com-ing.
He's com-ing a- gain; Com-ing, He's coming a -gain,
gigJk^-T-f-
$5«rt= «^^ . i . ,
5S w B u»
— — 1
He Is Coming Again, Concluded,
"3
He is com-ing, Yes, we know He is com- ing a - gain.
com- ing, yes, com-ing a - gain,
2S V=$r *=*- ^=z^: v 1
fr
I V
m
No. 99, How Firm a Foundation,
GEO. KEITH. Arr. by L.
te£F 3=3 a:
^— 2—a- 1 -*
-*
I
1. How
a foun- da- tion, ye saints of the Lord,
firm Is laid for thy
2. In ev - 'ry con- di - tion, in sick-ness, in health, In pov - er - ty's
3. Fear not, I am with thee, be not dismayed; I, I am thy
4. When thro' the deepwa-ters I call thee to go, The riv - ers of
5. When thro' fie - ry tri - als thy path-way shall lie, My grace all-suf-
6. E'en down to old age all my peo - pie shall prove My sov'reign, e-
7. The soul that on Je - sus hath leaned for re - pose, I will not, I
-*~r <S> i —«S»

-.-
•tS •" —• T/5 S" -I & •" • 1
§fegfe ?2=F
r
JL w ^
ITu 7 _J
— H i
' >—
CT— ±~ 5 p ....
AJ — »
V "J r
frTv ?
. ,
* 9. 9. <5>
i
**
p r
Jar 2? *
1
* '
" A i
V & \ r i
faith in His ex - eel-lent word; What more can He say than to

vale, or a - bound - ing in wealth, At home and a - b road, on the
God, and will still give you aid; I'll strengthen thee, lelp thee, and
woe shall not thee o - ver-flow; For I will be * vith thee, thy
fi - cient shall be thy sup - ply; The flame shall not h arm thee, I
ter • nal, un- chang - a - ble love; And when hoar - y h airs shall their
can aot de - sert to its foes; That soul, tho' all 1 lell should en-
J J -2- J -•- -&- -m~ -m~

tfV U
S/•i V P
U'
\y\
,
i i
'
1
S»:
•
^ |
\
p
& <m
m +
j»
V*
1
1
f
i i
i
j
iii
P Pi I*
/ \> ii r- i
-p. i
m 3
s
you He hath said,
M S= &2
Ye who un - to
^
Je - sus for ref - uge have
3fc
fled?
land, on the sea — As days may de-mand, shall thy strength ev- er be.
cause thee to stand, Up - held by my righteous, om- nip - o - tent hand,
troub - les to bless, And sane thee thy deep
- ti - fy to - est dis-tress.
on - ly design Thy dross to con-sume, and thy gold to re- fine,
tem - pies a - dorn, Like lambs they shall still in my bo - som be borne,
deav - or to shake, I'll nev - er, no nev - er, no, nev - er forsake.
—
No. 100. I'M A CHILD OF THE KING.
"Ik-hold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we should be called
the sons of God."— 1 John B : 2
E. R. Latta. J. E. Thomas.
J*-J r-
Efe6
P H * —m-
m ••
1
.
-t r- * K--
1. I'm a child of the King, Who is might-i-er far Than the kings of thia
2. I'm a child of the King, Who has conquered the grave, I'm a child of the
3. I'm a child of the King, And His maj-es-ty own ! I'm a child of the
•Pff^
world In their pal -a - ces are; I'm a child of the King, What a
King, Who is might-y to save! I'm a child of the King, What a
King, And an heir to the throne! I'm a -child of the King, What a
v •
W
to=*
-S-1
:"S:
f PZ~T
won-der-ful thing ! I'm a child of the King,
I'm a child of the heav-en-ly King.
-+- -*-• -+- -J- ---: -+- *- h fc -~- P* ^ hi
5 * • .
r-r=Z=f*—±-*--r—~-?-rti
i*' ¥ i
I'm a child cf the King!

King' What a won der-ful
I'm a child of the King, cf the heavenly King! What a wonderful thinj what a !
m ' ,m \ t=fe=*=t
^cds:
*=F**
m m^TCLW- £± » *rW SE
It 5 N
3 —^ i—
'
—'*-*
i I
**
I fc^S:
thing! I'm a child of the heavenly King! Of His love I'll ever sing,
wonderful thing]
*-
3KZZ
-
^ *=ns:
gf 9 9 i
¥
i
tocpdi
¥ ¥
I
CopjMf hi, lXHi, by J. E. Thatn^. Ail rifhU referred. Uted by per.

;
FM A CHILD OF THE KING. Concluded.
J:
p W j
And I'll make His praises ring! I'm

| i
v
a child
-*-*-*- 3^1 :#
of the King.
1
I'm a child of the heavenly King.
V g l
r
P^^fl
Wo. 101. FARTHER ON.
Jennie Wilson. •Walk while ye have the light."—John 12: 35. J. E. Thomas.
: I 4 .
— p> 1 p* K n «
£^k±
1. When the gloom of night surrounds you, "Wait with patience for the dawn
2. Far - ther on the toil-some journey Ends where walls of jas-per gleam
3. Far - ther on the heav - y burdens, Which have been so hard to bear,
4. Far -ther on re - wards su-per-nal Ev - 'ry tri - al will re-pay;
£=»£ —f-
\Ht
S3 m m
P
-
•
p
m
f V—tr
£
rr
i S03K TTTTTZ jL:4:J J. *
If yon tread the Christian pathway, Light will cheer you farther on.
Far ther on
- the way-worn pilgrim Rests by life's fair-flowing stream.
Will be laid a - side for - ev - er, Where is left all earth - ly care.
Faint not then, O, wea - ry broth-er, How-e'er steep and lone your way.
-m- '
-m~ -+- ' -m~ -+- ' -•- -- -^- • --' -m~ -m- PS
1
r
CHORUS. k. ^ i
h N N
iiiite m
*i£*=.z*zi
m '
n i t=fc
Far-ther on, farther on, All the shadows will be gone ; Falter
Far-ther on, far-ther on,
not, 0, weary brother, Joy is coming farther on.

Fal-ter not, 0, weary brother,
Tl m
**-*-*- t=t m u
mm k * K fr g: j
\
v s
• V '
k • • * •
Copyright, 1901, by J. E. Thomas. All rights reserved. Used by per.
No. 102. Praise the King of the Ages.
LELAN B. HARRIS.
• '• I
1 Praise (yes, praise) ye the Lord for His won - der - ful sav - ing grace,
2. Qreat (yes, great) is our God, more than worthy of praise is He,
8. Come (yes, come) to His presence with of-f rings of love to-day,
\=W-
*££:* -X---
fv
JSL fet
%
Praise (oh, praise) ye His name, O ye peo-ple of ev - 'ry race;
Guid- (oh. guid-) ing our souls, ev - er keeping us sweet and free;
Come (oh, come) and re-ceive what so free - ly He gives a - way;
k
m=t *=*
*=*
He (yes, He) has redeemed us, He brightens the home-ward way,
Out (yes, out) of the depths He has lift - ed us by His love,
Sing (oh, sing) of His good-ness till heav-en and earth shall ring,
^ ^ ¥ V ¥
Show-fing show-)ing Hismer-cy to sin-ners from day to day.
Mak-(ing mak-)ing us heirs to the beau - ti - ful thrones - bove.
Sing (oh, sing) till the un - i - verse praise our al - might-y King.
t=t %±&
m&?:r
x zir 7 *-+ t-^t-
IIOKI S
m
<
ii?" TW t =#=5T
Praise Him, praise Him, Praise Je-sus for-ev - er; Christ, the
Praise ye the Lord, praise ye the Lord, Praise ye the Saviour for-ev-er; Jesus, the great
Oofmiht, 1912, by J. K. Tbomts imd L. B. H*rna.

— J
Praise the King of the Ages. Concluded.
fe*=^=r=te=«
p fci
Sav -
k
iour, praise
i
and a
= e
- dore; Tribes and na - tions

Sing, O ye tribes, nations give praise,
Sav-iour of men,
J. - r 5-±rJ\^
* -^-. hm.'^.
*r :£=£
L rzp-
BE ltd:
p a ^~ » ^r*^. -g
te 3t* frV k *?*
P ? Scsfc
: i*3=£ *?a fe
* V t-r
sing of His glo-ri-ous love, Praise the King of the a-ges for ev - er - more.
^—^ e m—m—m—w*
—
g frfrs t*—a- a- £^c
^£tt=t
t=a p p
g P
p
*
MF ±t~J
m 1
No. 103, Blessed Be the Name. Arranged.
j«
IS
F^g
1. How
sweet the name of Je - sus sounds, Blessed be the
*
I
3-
-~-g? —jtJl
*<—*- 3 name
atot
of the Lord;
2. It makes the wound-ed spir - it whole, Blessed be the name of the Lord;
3. It soothes the trou-bled sin-ner's breast, Blessed be the name of the Lord;
4. Then will I tell to sin-ners round, Blessed be the name of the Lord;
5. There's mu - sic in the Saviour's name, Blessed be the name of the Lord;
J ~*J*
mm.
tO-V4V — V
*==&
n
w
JbH-
ii
J_ "M
P m
|
m
J!- -
H
1
*
1
t"
jg
-1^1
j^
8J ai
1
1
~r*~
d <
1* J *T
-d
h
=
. +
fc
—H
s—J
*i
1
h
•
"P
J
fc
d-irl
4^M
J*
It soothes my
sor-rows, heals my wounds,Blessed be the name of the Lord,
'Tis man to the- hun-gry soul, Blessed
na be the name of the Lord,
It gives the wea - ry sweet - est rest, Blessed be the name of the Lord.
What a dear Sav-iour I have found, Blessed be the name of the Lord,
Let ev - 'ry heart His love pro-claim, Blessed be the name of the Lord.
m • *> m m n m m m • -
2- £
CV
^•l
*
L
K
m
1
\' '
i*
1 L .
L
m *>"~
™ 9
*
1"
L. L S
M •
I
1
•
• 1
i"
j
^
1
>
•
'
y* j
1
\f
1 1 1
V
L> P P u
, w L/ -D" Y-D 1
1 1 1 1 > U
Blessed be the name, blessed be the name, Blessed be the name of the Lord,of the Lord.
m -m-m —y—
=
F^ fa b
g~r^
"
^ — ^
-6-?-
»
-i g -' -
— I ' — ;
;;
104, My Consecration.
McAULAY. CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
REV. N. A.
K ^ * £__. — +>—Jn — ^ —
1.0 God, my life I give to Thee, In ev -ry-thing Thy child tube
2. My voice of faithfulness proclaim The wonders of Thy blessed name
3. IfJ will to be conformed to Thine In ev - ry good and wise design
-•-
m£33 *
'
m m -*—• w
« "T'r %
1 , 1 1
1± * V V- U u v M
:
m ^&
My lips Thy sav-ing grace to tell, The prais-es of my King to swell
My heart Thy love to always show Wher-ev-er I am called to go
'
m
^
;
My brain to plan, that ev-'ry tho't Un to my Mas-ter to be brought -
^5 K5J
s=±t
t=t r~ r
:
b£
wm My eyes to see Thee as Thou art, The hidden treasures of my heart

My hands Thy bidding here to do, In earnest toil and serv-ice true ;
My wealth toon Thy al tar lay In con se- cra-tion there to stay
- -
;
^++
-0~ -0h> •*- -p-« -
f~
-
V-iV-
B=£ p-n*—*L i
. i r
±± u i<
£=F£
f
i
PgÊ
I
»J fe n *
*::
S
My ears to hear what Thou dost say, To guide me lest I go a stray.
«£-i
-lV-*v
«!. d » J J
-
I j 1
My feet to walk where all have trod, Who fouDd the way that leads to God.
My fondest hope, my faith, my pray'r, In life, in death with Thee to share.
tl £: :£:
£s
t$- % » * *r £3*±
Chorus.
v v
^=P«
î^^-^-f-i i ^=?=F* £*
$ To live for
1
Je -
*
bus
P
is my
7
pray'r, His cross on earth to gladly bear,
—g* —tlLI. 1£ *: *m:£:+-

'-^ £ V
g: ^ .£:
-\ *—
icic
m r
'
I h
:
i
' 1*i
1
î :fi î
* *
1
m 1
— \
'
I
-fr-*-
i
Copyrifht, 1014. by n m Fiuocj.Cco Putlial

mmsmm
My Consecration. Concluded.
JiS3 II
To know the f ull-ness of His love, And wear a crown with Him above.
m *3£3i
*=F
IEEEeSr
t— ?
£^ 11
No. 105. Christ in Me, the Hope of Glory.

MIRIAM E. ARNOLD. CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
1. Christ in me, the hope of glo - ry, Is the sum of all dreams my
2. Christ in me, the hope of glo - ry, This a-lone,— all else is vain ;
3. Christ in me, the hope of glo - ry, Strength in weakness will sup-ply,
4. Christ in me, the hope of glo - ry, He will lead me
all the way
ggpt^S
4-y-^>— '» w
t=t i=t.
p zfr
i.i i i =t
3
I, b \> r f
m f*3•=*i A-k
IS
$ Each
III/
my day faith the stronger, brighter grows, And more abundant seems.
S—\
•
L+-— SLJ
f
It was for me He went to Cal - va - ry The Lamb for sinners slain.—

In my temptations give me vie - to - ry, In ev - 'ry need be nigh.
Un - til I see Him in His beau-ty, in The land of end-less day.
+ m * * X if * m~ m + g g g g
7ZV.
ggfcH lT*^
t
\ .
* * MM*
\ \
'
•
g ? =em=e
\
'
r f
i
^
1
Chorus.
*£
m-I
Christ in me, the hope of glo

a-
- ry, This
J
my
N h
M M
4M*-
soul shall ever be
Christ in me ! wondrous sto - ry, That He lived and died for me.
tfefrc
gf=
Ms>-
r > * * » £
gs?*= 1 t=t P
Copyright, 19H, by Firm Foundation Puhlishicg House.
No. 106. Sowing the Seed of the Kingdom.
I'Nd by per. of Fillmore Broa., owners of copyright.
F. A. F. FRED A. FILLMORE.
4 — -i— =;— L-
1. Are youeow-ing the seed of the king-dom, brother, In the

2. Are you sow -ing the seed of the king-dom, brother, In the
Are you sow -ing the seed a-
m^
3. of the king-dom, brother, All
-k— * — fc
m
>
v
*
I at
^5 «T 5=^*5
7F
morning bright and fair? Are you sow -ing the seed of the king-dom,
still and sol - emn night? Are you sow - ing the seed of the king-dom,
long the fer - tile way ? would you glean gold-en sheaves in the har-vest
m t=X s
n 4 h k
chobi n L
—g^J" — —J 133
1
r\ S N
t h
H
1
(
ftr> : ' * i nl J 1 Ml »i-

1
broth-er, In the heat of the noonday's glare?

broth-er, For a har - vest pure and white ? For the har vest
broth-er, Come and join the ranks to-day.
>- *0- J
F— a *^— F—P
-f- *- -f- -^ J* J*
..
fti&T-* —
^*tt-— — —7— hrT
tf J
*
m
?
'
F
b
•' **
1
1 ;
-J-
rij
+
'
F -^-
ir~
—
g; -tt i
— -
i
» -T——f
p m
[
'
"
1 t"
1
IUJJ time is com-ing on,

< g
com-ing on,
And the reap • er's
£
work
r
will
k
1 N N 1
m i=t
f=t
t=c £=§=
m fc±
soon be
2=l*st
done;
-• — <*-
Will your sheaves be many, will you

soon be done;
^ *=*
— ^ % i H ———
—y — ! r — i
Sowing the Seed of the Kingdom. Concluded.
2&=i=sh—?— —B—~\t~ J J J
+ C £
-N fi -N
1
r i
— II
gar - ner a - ny, For the \

*ath'ring at the har - vest home ?
-t*- -m- -m- -m- *- -*- 4*- - J
—E— £ —U—
±gtp- f-— ^ ^ l< -
Ly ^ < fc-
|*_J z-£^±
No. 107. Bringing in the Sheaves.
KNOWLES SHAW. GEORGE A. MINOR.
IS *& fc=r
, j Sow - ing
in the morn-ing, bow - ing seeds of kind-ness, Sow - ing
Wai-ting for the harv-est, and the time of reap- ing, We shall
{
2 ] Sow - ing in the sun-shine, sow ing in the shad-ows, Fear ing
- -
\By and by the har -vest and the la - bor end - ed We shall
*
o f Go then, e - ven weep-ing, sow - ing for the Mas - ter; Tho' the
\ When our weeping's o - ver, He will bid us wel-come, We shall
* m- m m
S V V w Tt
^fcÊ^5£EE
^
3=3
£—J-
in
^ff
» » *
the noontide and the dew - y eves;
*tt|3 3^r
come re - joic-ing, bring-ing
neither ciouds nor winter's chill-y breeze; come re - joic-ing, bring-ing
loss sustained our spir - it oft - en grieves ; come re - joic-ing, bring-ing
25£
nm £
_* S S *
-'
\ £ m
n*Ff=f
I m m m.
i
I CHUBIIS.
in the sheaves. Bringing in the sheaves, Bringing in

s &
a . k i
the sheaves, We shall
mIPS
m h
g= *=£
r I. I : : E
m <g
L *=& -m— &-
lf=X
fcfc=p
— —-•—-d
1 1
fs
d^—?5l
fs
li-j> J =tN=— '
— -« —^ *— I m "fl
—H-^
it^ * zi
«'
v
"i <^
4
id H
wh- '
come re-joic ing, 1 )ringing in thesheaves,bringing in the sheave 3.

IS
*— rf-—P--S g~ —«—Hrr« £ z£ —-—

•——
1?
^t-
1
&—
-£
-»•
1
—w 14—W ^ —-"
i
h 1 -1 1
y
1 1
y
1
11
g 5 i HP IS
V 1
M-y 1^
^
— - — g e
No. 108. The Saviour's Dying Cry.

DAVID J. BEATTIK. CHA8. II. GABRIEL.
—*r
"A
Ar^j li % t t t J ^4*-i-«-*-«=g
irk and cheerless was the night Sin h ad dimmed life's golden light, And my
;
2. Slowly turned my languid eyes, Upward to the starless ski*--.. But no

iok and wretched, sore distressed, Overwhelmed, by sin oppressed There I ;
4. Oh. such Love, that He should give His own life that I might live Breathed my ;
^d|« -ri
»ii
T f -g— *
i
r
i
r
i
g=g:
heart to some safe ref uge longed to flee. Hope had almost died a -
-
light, no ray of mer cy could I see 'Mid the stillness and the
- ;
lay, by Sa - tan bound, in mis - e-ry; And I lis-tened, till a-

soul in
—
si- lent won-der "Can it be?" On the winds the answer
SI^ z&k lil* t

F l|
v^>-
-
g — g—
mi * % j-jjA?^k
way, When a voice reached w here I lay T
i *=*
— 'Twas the Saviour's
— 'Twas the Saviour's dy -
f
ing
gloom. Came the voice as from the tomb dy - ing
gain Came that sweet voice rent with pain —
— 'Twas the Saviour's dy - ing
came— "It is finished! "Praise His name! 'Twas my Saviour's dy - ing
-*-
mm
i ?.
3 i
— ^
CnoRrs * I -
>^Zi^zzjrzzir
• ' ' ' B /
cry on Cal - va - ry. "It is finished!'' "It is
'"It is finished!"
J" t tfr- - *- - - - -^
? , , - * ,
nn-ished !" "W as that ag - o - niz - ing cry. There He
"It is finished !" 1 1 i< dying cry,
U- £: «: A-
fe -L T J—
^— 3*.
"-/
I I
* —— * ? * — —/ —
/
I-
/-
•
" — ' t ;
The Saviour's Dying Cry, Concluded.

H IS K * I
~^ i
— >-^-4=g
* — —r~T»
T=f
*=£ C '
II
pur - chased my sal-va - tion, On the cross up-lif t - ed high.

There He purchased
—*=# » ~
-%_ m H &
« r»-
-&*-=-
rrrr^ II
No. 109. Always Happy.

JAMES ROWE. CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
ss4 3=*
fi
r
r^T ^=g S± 4 j- s -
'
<a
1. My hand is in the hand divine, For I am His and He is mine ;
2. He leads my soul in pastures new And CanaaD's land, by faith I view

3. He guides me t'ward the gates of gold Where, when my sto-ry has been told,
His glo-rieso'er my pathway shine I'm hap-py ; all the while,

"With this dear Friend, so kind, so true, I'm hap-py all the while,
His matchless face I shall be - hold I'm hap-py ; all the time.
S=9EES:
Chorus, h
& V-r? m
I
n
4&
I'm hap-py
r=?
y
•j
r«ta£
"
hap-py
'
all
V
* Xr
V v v
the while, I'm sing-ing
* *
sing-ing
V
free
^FF m
from guile ;
In life's true way I walk to-day; I'm hap-py all the while.
m$& -m — w- i Y'¥ g : *£ j .
t— 1^-2}
a
No. 110. Beautiful Lines of Life and Light.
JL- 12 1",
S I* Pr
1. In the great pag- es are writ-tdn from Him a-bove,

Book of love di - vine,
N J*
1
2. Won-der-fui words so pare and sweet.cheering and blessing the ho-man race,
3. Word af-ter word, as stars at night, light'ning the nations of gloom and woe,
pfe^-f^rif-r r r t r ftf : c P s-fi

b 1/ ' r
=-= l, *-v I
« K
3?e3
l¥
Bean - ti - ful lines of life and light;
Beau-ti-ful lines of life and light;
X
ULM 1 X
£§g ' V •
14
Com
m^^mm^^
There are the gold - en rays of light,glow-ing in won-der-ful words of love,
ing with gladness from the Lord, bear-ing a mes-sage of truth and grace,
-
There is the life of Christ re - vealed, there, is the sto - ry so sweet to know.
rr-r- ^rrr-r
L-\ li I I I I x r L » 'j-|—
t t f T t I M I* U t- 1/ * "
Chorus.
*£ SES Ef * *
^rr g
:*=*:
*=* fc M » -. »
Beau-ti - fnl lines of life and light, (life and light,)Beau-ti - ful
Beau-ti-ful lines,
&U
L it |, », I ,. ^ [
N N ,
|
S_ N ^ .
1 ,
^ .-1 ^=^ 4
lines of light and light, Beau-ti - ful lines

Beautiful lines of light and light, Beautiful lines
&sT-'~" *-=-
-
v v v '-
•
1911 1 y Au •
1 ;
Beautiful Lines of Life and Light Concluded.

— N R I i
'
jO j'
V v m •
1
H1 -!
of
I
truth and right;

. r
V i
won
y
- der-f al joy and peace they
of truth and right; wonderful joy,
Ji
*=£=*-*-
*£ 3^^ £S
^-1,
*=£
1,^,
*^* +
1,,-v
f bring Beau-ti-f ul
T*
lines of life and light,(lif e and light.)
and peace they bring, Beautif al lines,
I ^ N .
*=£
fSf
No. 111. Jesus, Saviour, Keep Me Holy.
W=+' ft
1. Je - sus, Sav-iour, dear Re - deem - er, Pre-cious is thy love to me

2. Let me come.when I am wea - ry, To Thy fount of heal-ing balm ;
3. All the world is drear with out
- thee, All the days are turned to night,
4. Sav-iour, may I nev - er wan - der, From thy wounded, bleed-ing side,
•^ m ?c=W.
E 3EIZiC
r
£
g=5.
#
a ap=3 3=4
P Neath thy sheltring wings,a
3*r
bid - ing,
? S-l-SJ
Sav-iour, let me ev - er be.
Let mebring to thee my trou - bles, For with thee my soul is calm.
Till Thy word, a flood of glo Shines with-in, its gold -en light.
"
ry »
And with - in Thy Father's Man - sions, Let my soul with Thee a - bide.
~w * JL.
>—*r
Jl=t J
18 £ (5*-^-
p. S—When this life of toil is end - ed, Take me home with Thee to dwell.
Refrain. D.S.
_H ,_J N js
N __._,
*=1
Gr I
Je - sus, keep me pure and ho - ly, Keep my tongue thy love to tell.
3E=PC
W 1* w w fr :
s I
I t/ K/ * 1/ •
r r
No. 112. Singing As We Go.

K. M. BJ CHAS. H. GABRILL.
1. I¥« are marching on-ward, Joining hand in hand, Guid-ed by our

2. Tho' the path is Bome times Bough beneath our feet* And our courage
3. On-\vard. v\ - <-r on-ward, Then fronidav to day, Look-ing to our
£Â
^4?T=
IT i i^v-w ;
S ^—V"
Cap-tain, All hap-py band In the summer sun-shine, Or the

a ;
fal - ters As the fo» we meet; Tho' the way is dark - er Where the
j
HH*2 t
Cap-tain,
dt
He will lead the way S«> with hap-py voio- es, Meet we
S3^
tz=5=|:
;
^ N
—N- fc
^H ^ 5*
^p=4
• *
winter snow, We are march-ing on-ward, Singing as
1 \ -
we
3
go.
shadows grow, Still we're marching on - ward, Singing as we go.
friend or foe, We are march-ing on-ward, Singing as we go.
-0- ' -0- •+- _
BEE jE=at fy^=k I* *=£

rîr '> v v v-
Chorus. h N N N N
$
^.
— ——
t? P~n
h* *-
f ? S^^g^jjg
We are marching onward To our home a-bove, Trusting in our
h ^
e& Ff -g-t
^^ ^=— 1
H N 1
—fe-N-*
1
1 —r-J— ^P S
Lead-er, Liv - ing in His love ; He will guide us safe - ly, Well His
m- £
V
t=t
P
1 •
-y—\
Z0
^£
• 9
Copyright, 1914, by Firm Foucd»tion Publishing House.
— —
Singing As We Go. Concluded.
— &-J * — &.-J P —? T > — >r
^j^3 -f* ! r
fr » ^"Lfe^T^
- • -
care we know, We are march-ing on - ward, Sing-ing as we go.
SE -»—*- *Z-
fe£ 5=5
r w^m
No. 113. Alone With Jesus.
REV. A. H. ACKLEY. CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
n# k
d
N k.
a m4 r
|
^
n i
ft
1
Hf 4p
1
: J 3
N J J
! I'i
fc.
J -1-3H
-J
1
1.0 to be a-lone with Je - sus! In His presence I would be,

2. to be a-lone with Je - sus! Is to bid my foes de-part,
3. to be a-lone with Je - sus! Is to live on high-er ground,
r~ &—
-*-
—»*—
— •T rg—p»—
-
*—»—g-
^
frdtu4-i
i£I *
# : *
r —**—?—b-
—r— f*~ — —
—*~ —
-2 f-
|
:
~p i*~ "t
-1
r^
— •
CT"
*-
V V V V V 1
U 1
i/ y ^ ^
1
m When
U 1/ V
-N
hear the trump of heav-en Ush-er in

I
!" i
e - ter - ni - ty.
S •*—*'
I
While the o ver-flow-ing ful-ness Of His spir-it fills my heart.

-
Bur-dened with a love for sinners. Which alone in Christ is found.
m t=t
E £=* -i — *-
F^S-
CH0RU8.
31 J ^rT*3-g3s=*
2SE
s
to be a-lone with Je - sus, From all sin and care set free,
*£ 2=* t=B Ste *->

t=tj
^^ There is where His love

s
is
2£
sweetest, There
J h B _
is
* —
where He's near-est
a J i
i
:z
r
me.
F*i
;£ *=* J- *
gigB ~X W=^\g^*
+s-?

— —
No. 114. Just a Step Across the Line.
A. T.
*4
-«cs
.1 11-
m
1
m
m
S :*
step a-cross the line from the world of
a
S
sin, Just a
S ^=aZ^t
AUSTIN TAYLOR.
w w *
Will you Btep with-iu th<* f<»ld of the bless -ed Son? Tia the
Just » atep will bring jou safe in the Shepherd's fold, .Ju-t a
.Just B Btep will make you free— make you free in-deed; There with
rr
i^^
5
;=r^s
Btep, the lov-ing Saviour waits for thee Just a step a-cross the line
step thai an-gela fair re-joice to see; Just a Btep will bring you o'er
;
: :LJ i
step, your sins will all he washed away Why so near a Saviour's care ;
in the Lord is pleading now for thee Just a step a - cross the line ;
JtL. .JL. .JL. jtL. JL.

—+-F—
m
£+- -£2.
a
sa i i i
1
r r r
*i
i 4 t-f^f-*--
"ST'
brings you safe - ly in, Just a step across the line will make you free,
where a crown is won, Just a step across the line will make you free,
stand you in the cold? Step a-cross the line, O sinner, while you may.
is —
the Friend you need, Step across, O dy-ing sin-ner, and be free.
fi-frHH*
—
-v
u*-
W
i Just
Chorus.
^ a step a -
^b^
cross the line, Just
:•
^
a
S
step from sin ; Just a
m " *"
v * Is
step, the Lord is pleading now for thee ; Why in sin and shame do you
4*
^ u
»Hf Ti^;
u
*
u u -
• M=Jt
v v
Copyright, 1913, by A.stin Taylor.
Just a Step Across the Line. Concluded,
:5=*
there
.
re-main? Just a
3=^:E3EE-S
m v w
step
*
——
a -
—»—
cross the line will
w~ â
make you
sr-
free.
m^ :
&— H
No. 115. Full Salvation,

F. L. EILAND. Author of Chorus unknown. J. L. MOORE.
i§M 1.
2.
I
My
have found a full sal - va - tion, Trusting in my Saviour's blood,
redemption He has purchased. Without money O how free!
i=t
3. I will sing it to the na-tions, Blessed sto ry, O how sweet - I
-m —•Jjm
I
-rr* • * — 9r-rm 0- —•J—•h—r-»

-*-
m + h
%m
±£3±
,
3=3:
"• 9-
And my joy's beyond ex-press-ing, Walking with the Lamb of God.

Yes, He paid it all on Cal-v'ry, And the gift bestowed on me.
And the joy of full sal va-tion, Let my tongue this song repeat.
-
fe
He
gEgEE
> N E
&E^ 1
U l
Chorus
V \ ¥ \ V \ V \ V \ V ¥
the joy of full sal - va - tion ! How it thrills my inmost soul
£=£ l#
"
»
~
—~£h—^h-— ~%^-
<m
fis
—
I
I*—
£
i Spread the news to ev - 'ry na-tion, —Je-sus' love has made me whole!
j >
^£w «=£ :is
s By permission.
r r r > g
i
No. 116. Jesus Pleads,
E EL LATTA. J. M. HAGAN.
1. Je - sua pleads with ev-'ry one, By the guilt of sin un-done,

2. Je - sus pleads with young and old, To be niem-bers of His fold,
3. Je - sus pleads with griefs He bore, That He might the lost re-store
mm * b V
y^-i-v=k
V=£
*}. i
P To be rec
1
-
p—
on-ciled
— m
to God
* -
;
r
Sin
— ,
- ner, hark-en
3=?=^=t i
to His plea,
»
And to share His wondrous love ; Sin-ner, turn Him not a - way,
To their first and blest es - tate ; Shall we slight His love and pain?
h=% p—p—W—pz
5r-t—V u
S i
N A- N N | Nil '
.
1=^=r^ i
While He waits to par-don thee, Thro' His precious cleansing blood.

But ac-cept of Him to-day, And His ten- dernier -cy prove!
Shall we make His death in vain? Shall we bid Him in too late?
-m~ -0- -m- -m- -m~ -0- \
mi m * g mi
Chorus
Jesus pleads with you and me, His dis-ci-ples here to be, Or be
->
m- —m-—* m- —» —
lost e - ter-nal - ly ! E - ter-nal - ly

Or be lost e-ter-nal-ly E-ter-nal-ly,
m *
±J*^*-±:
- * *
.
-M
-n-^
m
I *
*T
l_ ^ ^ ^—y-
Copyright, l'<\2, by Firm Foundation Publishing House.
1
Jesus Pleads. Concluded.

rit.
i !fe
!
?=? mnm r^FrH^
e • ter - nal-ly, Or be lost e - ter - nal - ly.
e - ter-nal -ly,
^=* f=ft^
as -=»-*-
No. 117. In the Shadow of the Cross,

REV. J. W. WAYLAND HOMER F. MORRIS.
i
w
1. Near to Je - sus Fm
a - bid - ing, I will fear no harm or lose,
2. On the land or on the o-cean, Storms may rage and billows toss,
3. If there come a time of sor - row, And I seem to suf - fer loss,
m££ES£
4.
ji & £±£^
'Tis by tri - als we are test- ed, Fire but frees the gold from dross,
* V \\ fc=t
F
* U
I —J? % ?*3 _i _j_
For my soul is
i
safe
j£*=4:
- ly hid - ing
T
In theshad-ow of the
r
cross,
Knows my heart but faith's e-mo-tion In the shad-ow of the cross,
I will think how Je sus suf-fered In the shad-ow of the cross,
Je - sus wrought us life and glo - ry
"J
In the shad-ow of the cross.
In the Sav-iour' s love a bid - ing, I am free from harm and loss ;
m& i . 1 . 1
.
£
r r r £ <*-
J^ &* t=t
*±S:
m 1
my soul is safely hid - ing" In the shadow of the cross
£=£
By permission of
I
Homer
1
t=t
!
— '
F. Morris, Brooksville, Ala.

^
w * -P h
^ ts-z
1
, ^ ^ N —
No. 118. If We Only Understood.

Wonls anonymous. CHAS. EDW. POLLOCK.
With great expression. N N ^ fe
1. C.ulcl ire bat drawback the curtain, That surrounds each other's lives,
2. Could we judge all deeds by motives, See the good and bad with-in,
3. If we knew the cares and tri-aU.Knew the ef fort all in vain, -
4. Ah, we judge each oth - er harshly. Knowing not life's hidden force,
^ 3Jf
2±1
+ * m m •
m
m
+
w
„__
W=ML
See the naked heart and spir it, Know what spur the action gives -
;
Of - ten we would love the sin-ner All the while we loathed the sin ;
All the bit - ter dis-ap-point-ment, Un-der-stood the loss and pain;
Knowing not the fount of ac-tion Is les3 tur-bulent at its source
-0~ • -m~ -*- • •+- -+-
m p i
m ?-m »-7-T{-
9
$=£
i . . u L
-+-
N N N
r\ k \ N IS
^ ^
v ?' ilIK S is t " t
«N 2
•N € •
•
€
^
m
1
/T
v~i/
^ N
**t
N J
5*1
S J
2 *!•
S
*^«
I » '
• m m • m 2*1 1
Of ten we should find it clear-er, Pur - er than we judge we should

-
Could we know the pow-ers work-ing To o'er-throw in - teg - ri ty, -
Would the grim ex-te-rior roughness Seem. I won-der, just the same?
See-ing not a mid the e - vil, All the gold-en grains of good
-
'/•>
l^-^T
-,
{<•>• ?
??h»
m
»
l>
g
•
M
\J
P
•
^
\
r
w
i
• M
\J
S—
U
,
•
w m
U
£—
\J
m m
a
1
*
1
i
L
to
*
r
/j
n
»J
>
r
M
i>
n
/,
?
»
\
r
1 —•
1
1
J
^^T^R=î &-£-
We would love each oth-er bet ter, If we on ly un-der-stood. -

*=** — ?f* * *=*
^ :
We would jud-e each other's er-rors With more pa-tient clar ty. - i -
Would we help where now we hin - der. Would we pit - y where we blame?
Oh! we'd love each oth-er bet - ter. If we on - ly un-der-stood.
: 'y
i i i
> tf g—i-U
Copyright, 1914, by Firm Foundation Pullisbinf House.
! ;
If We Only Understood. Concluded,

('Hours.
• • \j " •
If we on ly u'n-der
- - - stood, If we
If we only un-der-stood, only un-der-stood, If we
Y ? \, *
on - ly un-der-stood,
- We would love each other
on-ly, on-ly, if we on - ly un-der-stood,
-^. .+- 0-»-0- -0***0- -»-•-#- m . -0- m +-'-+- -+-'-*-
bet-ter, If we on - ly un -der-stood,If we on un-der-stood.
I ¥ ¥ . y p v p
No. 119. Asleep In Jesus.
MRS. MARGARET McKAY. WM. B. BRADBURY.
1. A-sleep in Je -
- •
sus! blessed sleep! From which

how
~ -
^ 1/ V
none ever wakes to weep!
i
P J
St I
2. A-sleep in Je - sus! O sweet, To be for such a slumber meet

3. A-sleep in Je - sus! peaceful rest! Whose waking is su-preme-ly blest
4. A-sleep in Je - sus! forme May such a bliss -ful ref-uge be;
A calm and un-dis-turbed repose, Un-bro-ken by the last of foes

With ho ly con - fi - dence to sing That death hath lost its ven-omed sting
- 1
No fear, no woe shall dim that hour, That man-i-fests the Saviour's pow'r.
Se - cure - ly shall my ash - es lie, Waiting the summons from on high.
No. 120. Numberless as the Sands.
LA.URA K newel:,. J. B.HERBERT.
1.
2.
4 : :
*
£
Who can count the mer-cies that our God bee tows Dai -ly on His
Who can count His mer-ciestaa the stare ofheav'n Blessings are He
^ -fe-
Z=£
8. Who can count His m»*r-cics,man-i-fold and great? He who. with com-
4. Who can count His mer-cies to the sons of men Whom His own will
W^rf:
-4 i i
-*—* i
r p r y^Ty
f
1/
peo - pie who

sends us,
I
in Him
s s **»=
re-pose? Trust, in faith, be liev-ing
He who hath for-giv'n
pas - sion, viewed man's lost es - tate,
sue - cor till
All of our transgressions,
Gra-cious-ly re-called us
He comes a - gain? Great His lov-ing kind-ness
i
v—
'
*T
d ' *
^
*= 1 i
* 0—- ^— —w
S|
M-^ M
—
i ~m
4U*-
^3fe
£=& ?=£ j^l
on His ho ly name,Sov'reign Lord and mighty. evermore the same.
-
and our souls set free From sin's grievous bondage, to His liber - ty.
who were lost in sin, To His fold of safe-ty bade us en - ter in.
Sgjjfffc
whose re-ward is sure, And His ten-der mercies ev'- er-more en-dure.
9=p = 5==9
: t
.#_!_*.
£±S EI
Chorus.
= = \
'
p
%
: : ^_ _J_^ tm m m —m . m
Num - - ber-less, Num - ber-less, Num-ber less as the
Numberless as the sands, as the sands by the sea, Num-ber-lessas the
+ J-. J. J
I u u r i > p
^
3±î
sands by the sea (by the sea) ; His mer cies free, for
^
1 J A- 1
H —.
Copyright, 1907, by J. B. HerUrt Ui«d per.
^2S
JL
£
Numberless as the Sands. Concluded.
t&s
?
= -N K-
i %^*-i-4-i *i^f II
you and me, Are num-ber- less as the sands by the sea
3
* —* <> -0- ' -0 0- -0- -J-
»» ^v
'
,^Z-
^ S=£
fr~Ê=fr
-T-
t» - fc
r-
I
No. 121. I Am Kept By Him Alone.
E. R. LATTA. WOODIE W. SMITH.
54
*^* i 5*- ^=i=Z W- -lr
'
-f^_^f~
1. In this world of sin and trouble, Where so ma-ny known, ills are
2. If by faith, in Him con-fid-ing, I will fol-low day by day,
3. AVhat if some should try to tempt me, And my name and home de - stroy ;
4. When my pilgrimage is o - ver, I shall see Him on His throne,

^
t=0z —
& —rm—rs—m—a W —
m * * •
m
*
"-rl
E
^5
4SL
JGL
rrrm
t=x
. a i mr*"j^
• gf-
jz.
-T
If
Hi way
5?*shun I the of e -
-&-
a- lone.
vil, I
:^H-1-
am kept oy Him
s
In pur-su-ance of His guid - ing, the way. He'll go with me all
By His grace 'tis mine to con - quer, What-so-ev - er may an - noy.
And I'll sing thro'endless a - ges, I am kept by Him a - lone.
I -&- 9
1 i
On the cross He died to save me, And He ev - er is rav own.
m T-i-g-g
itz
s: «
fr I
. 0-
h h h
[
I
4 [
3=2
h
\
ft
&-
±J-
Isl
4^-4-
îES
From the sins that would enslave me, I am
I- R
kept by
R H
Him a
-f-
- lone.
w -0
£=£ 0~
S
'0 • >0 *_
IS
i v 1/ v r-^x
Copyright, 1911, by Woodie W. Smith.
— I &i i
No. 122, There's a Home for the Soul.

WILL W. SLATER.
\V.
^—£— h-nr
*^*-
JL'-M.
s E*r£
3 s
Mine no sorrow can come,1 ia tlie land where the
f ( ,r the soul where
iia la borand pray for the cause of the Lord ,Tho' the wav oft-en
-
Borne bright day we shall meet with the Sa\ ioursodear.If we'll on ly live -
Brave-h onward we'll go,tho' the clouds may appear,And our burdens may
f s 9 '
f .f
N ^ J. f p £_* -f"-» ,
Uv I r=±
a-V
£ *• #
£--&-•-
>
L
t
* "_• l
Sav-iour doth reign what joy waiting there for the children of God,
; ( I
- dark and drear: Lf we're faithful to Him He will give us a-crown.
faith ful and true Tig the home for the soul He has gone topre-pare.
-
;
seem hard to bear Blessed hope, how sweet, we will meet loved ones pone,
;
-9- ' m
When they meet on that bright. golden plain. that home
In that home for the soul o - ver there.
And it's wait-ing for me and for you.
In that home for the soul o - ver there. Blessed, heav'nly home,
_*l. m. ,m~ m~ Jt.
-#; -p
——
3E=e=e
p ? y — ^ -??
——— — 7 y r-
for the soul, Where we'll rest by and
home so bright and fair. In that home of rest,
.1r tr -t W 1r
\ v y u>
— *-
I I I
---
^H *— -\ jL_L =^-1-
V V ¥ w I
~ 1/ K U ^ I
by; O what joy it will be

•il sweetly rest ; what joy so sweet, when we all shall meet,
'
±±££
WS3^
Copyright, 1912, by Firm Y nidation Pu hshinr
it.
H.me.
z =fc
•
m
•
n — — r i I — r ;
There's a Home for the Soul. Concluded,

.
*
. M :
ii
Bless-ed Lord,
"XT there with Thee.
Bless-ed Sav-iour, there with Thee, bless-ed Sav-iour, there with
-'
tvrr Thee
»-: £ 1^ =*
v.-
E II
No. 123. Prepare To Meet Thy God.

"Prepare to meet thy God."— Amos 4: 12.
——
MADISON WRIGHT. PREPARATION. GEORGE STEBBINS.
—
J. C.
*-j— — — i
—J—
i_ s ...... _j 1
,v
. 1
..
j r-
f T^-JT « : i
^Hhd . s= «.
—*- .
" *
=1
r-^-*-^ i » -i '.a-
L :
^r- —&-T-
-&-»
1. "Pre - pare to meet thy Gcd." The call rings down the years:
2. "Pre - pare to meet thy God." His plead ing soon is o'er, -
3. "Pre - pare to meet thy God." Still speaks the voice of love,
4. "Pre - pare to meet thv God." Is God's last call to thee
m$=£ 5*
4: ;.
"
M &
'
. \ 1
i
I
1
,— 1
1
1
For brief on earth is thine a-bode, And swift its end - ing nears.
Eich of - fers thro' the Sav-iour's blood Shall charm thy ears no more.
Which hedged with fears thy pathway trod, To raise thy thoughts a-bove.
—m-lii___*i
His mer - cy long has spared the rod, The judgment hour must be.
-*-_.
J*
_,•_.
*r-
£± Z*z
1
Refrain.
I " " I
I
-*-H
"'
'•'
I
JB 9-
Pre-pare (pre-pare),pre-pare (prepare), Pre-pare to meet thy God;
fit-
^s>_ X
-J
r>¥-
l*-v- =fc 5-J-g-J
"H-t
-!
n.
k
1
J. „
vi
=*=
m -1— * 1
~1
1
— fe
h
— 1
I
—
~!
w—
1
-g—*-
ffi
hear the Spir-it's

?;
sol -
9=9
emncall/'Prepare to
?%TrJ*
meet God thv !"
m & tn E
^
1
— 3]
[International] copyright, 1913, by Mrs. Lavinia Wright. Used by permission.
No. 124. In the Morning of Joy,
MRS. K A. KVILSIZER. A. J. SHOWALTER.
1. When the trumpet shall sound, And the dead shall arise, And the splendors im-
2. When the King shall appear In His beau-ty on high, And shall summon His
3. O the bliss of that morn When our loved ones we meet. With the songs of th<
^M I i i I u
^
i
y-r-sr
t=t
5
^%^#i JL
W^
*&
mor -
chil-dren
4f
tal Shall en-vel
U=^^^M=A
op the skies, When the angel of death Shall no
-
To the courts of the sky .Shall the cause of the Lord Have beei
ransom'd We each other shall greet, Singing praise to the I,amb,Thro'e-
&
il 13EEE E
•
t=t
t
-'%
*a s S*£E
, 9 "
lon-ger destroy, And the dead shall a-wak-en In the morning of joy.
t J -l&*=m=f-
I
m
I
all your em-ploy, That your soul may be spotless In the morning of joy.
ter-ni-ty's years, With the past all forgottenWith its sorrows and tears.
*: + £:m
fr
:£: £:*£: Si -+.
— « — «-*_
t=t fS £:=t
\
—*—*- —
»
, i i
-z:
^ "I
1
» !
=s^* F
Refrain.
fe^
I
, „ -
In the morning of joy, In the morning of joy, We'll be gathered to

r— -r
i
•&- #-•<*- -*- -+-
-f-
3=t -s trr£Tr&
In the morning of
i^^H=fai I
joy; In the morning of joy, In the
Copjrnjht, 1S9S, by A J. Show^lter.

£=*
Used by p«x.
*-*+- I** 5 m t
In the Morning of Joy. Concluded.
\]
pg^
3E*
TT
orning of
TT^V^ i|
^
joy,We'n be gathered to glo-ry, In the morning of joy.
l I
aczjc
t=t: t=t
aczit
9 ]
No. 125. Shall We Meet ?

HORACE L. HASTINGS. ELIHU S. RICE.
Moderate). .
K K ^
*?.
<
sj a rrrirarj^s ^ J . J
V
1. Shall we meet be-yond the riv-er, Where the sur-ges cease to roll?
r
2. Shall we meet in that blest harbor, When oar stormy voy-age is o'er?
3. Shall we meet in yon der cit y, Where the tow'rs of crys-tal shine?
- -
SS
m
4. Shall
u
we meet with Christ, our Saviour, When He comes to claim His own?
*
*
J=t
r=Tf
1sr±br-W-.
V \>
# s *_ J^TTHf
r
i
m Where
=fer±
3± £5 ^=*^*
in all the bright for-ev er, Sorrow ne'er shall press the soul?
-
g
Shall we meet and cast the anchor By the fair, ce - les-tial shore?
Where the walls are all of jas-per, Built by work-man-ship di-vine?
we know His blessed fav-or, And sit down up-on His throne?
w rrr
Shall
f P
t=t £ 3E=5Z
r^gr
g •
ti=#±*
1/ V P b
Chorus.
y 35 fe£ 35
Shall we meet, shall we meet Shall we meet be-yond the riv-er?
3EE£
eric
U
& ifc
gl
3 *^Sr^t
WBE
Shall
U
we meet be-yond
P I u
t=t
u
the riv-er,
wocm
1/
MZî
m 1*1
Where the sur - ges cease to roll?
-W-^-w
a
r ;
No. 126, We Shall Cross the Sea in Triumph.

MRS, PRANK A. I'.KK< K. J. M. HAGAN.
1.
I
When we Leave the

u —
land
—
<>f bondage we
Egypt, When
i
from
\,
— are free,
2. When we come to mm of sor-row, And we fear to go a-<
3. We shall croei the tea in triumph. For our God is strong to aid,
j j.
m?f
i
—
-i
m
$
.:-«
Let
-i i-
3^=it
3£* 1
our cour age nev-er fal ter, Tho' pur- su - ing hosts there be.
- -
h S ^§ r
<*
When we dread the dark to-morrow, When we come to pain and loss,
And His love is ev - er-last- ing, We shall nev - er be a - fraidj
g#
J-^l
i=t
J.«,r-
i.
^=W
T
m&
I III
V»:i,
God
the sea may be
is a - ble to
*^x mmbe-fore us,
de-liv-er,
Mountain heights
He is with us
on
±ts=
ther hand,
ei
night and day
-
—
53
'
He will cut the sea a - sun -der, He will make our jour-ney calm,
^nw
- **£ .f^>59
fe*il fr l 1
^3T
8?^=*=*
I Still God's lov- ing care
*2
is We shall
the promised land.
o'er us, reach
"^m
He who ml - eth sea and Js our com-fort and our stay.
riv - er
•And a - bove the wa-ter's thunder Shall be heard the victor's psalm.
m^: as ? S
1
— I-
ST^FEf 1
— r
]
Chorus.
fg^pii^l
N |S ft
We shall cross the sea in triumph, For the waters will divide,
* Jf
S
We shall cross, shall For the waters
£1^"
J
Copyright, 1914,
i
l.y
^
J ..«•» g±g:
Firm Foundation Publishing House.

££ ^J J J^.-g-iîr
~ sv—y V V
i
1 — M 1 — r ;
We Shall Cross the Sea in Triumph. Concluded.

-fck— A-^ » J1
-h— •—'
-=fe — O"
$ And
J „j~rri
the Lord will go be-fore us, Our Commander and our Guide ;
fe ^>-
« s
f=r *z*
&? t=t
— 1
E
3* i T t*—
—N^T i
fc-A
:
^-
t ~^r
&,— 9^35 -?-*— p-
Praise, oh, praise His name for-ev-er, He will triumph gloriously ;
Praise, oh, praise, yes, He will triumph
J J ££*
T=T §ss
i
2?
1
i
TTr^ ?- v-y-
? "
2* t % t :-S-^=ft
at±
Pha-raoh's host shall not a-larm us, Christ will give us vie
£=*
- to -
p
ry!
—
BS
Bt
+ +- Omi
Z=£
£ f 1
No. 127. Prince of Peace, Control My Will.
MARY BARBER. LOUIS M. GOTTSCHALK.
Im=±d * * *
— —^—«<-*-
i
£t
t3
—
*¥=? P
fcrst
P.
1.
T
Prince of peace, control my will, Bid this struggling heart be still
2. Thou hast bought me with Thy blood, O-pened wide the gate of God ;
3. May Thy will, not mine, be done; May Thy will and mine be one ;
4. Sav iour, at Thy feet I fall; Thou my Life, my God, my All!

-
Bid my fears and doublings cease, Hush my spir-it in - to peace.

Peace I ask, but peace must be, Lord, in being one with Thee.
Chase these doubtings from my heart, Now Thy perfect peace im-part.
BS ^
Let Thy hap-py serv-ant be One for ev-er-more with Thee. A-men
3 1 J
flr gfV.fljIX
tp=j* .
m
*?
pfl
No. 128. Will You Come?
JESSIE H. BROWN. J. H. FILLMORE.
m-§^m?m
1. Tnere
There
is rest
sight for
for
£=£
theweu-ry,
the blind-ed and
t
if
jv*
E
rest they will seek, There is

cure for the ill, There is
*1
«
2. is
3 There is peace for the troubled and free-dom for slaves, There is
*=$m—\^~
ft
* ~9T~W
^4*. > • W * * '
1/ 1/ } u If
^^
I
*£
=
w§m^^^
cheer for
balm for
the lone-ly and strength for the weak There is pardon and
—
the wounded be healed, if you will There is rest for your ;
;
hope for the hopeless, and light up - on graves Oh, hear the glad ;
EM t:t i
™ FTF
m —m
bless-ing,and end-less
la -
message, and heed

1
h
bors, and sweetness in rest, There

its
s :
wm
re-ward,There
sweet call! There

i
-h
i i_i
r-^-n
is
is all
is
—
i
per-fect
i/
pur -est, and

that
room and a wel-come with
u
sal
is
j
-
fv —m
va-tion
m
in
J^J-- :£=£: »
-*
*
•
*=£=$
Chorus.
:=>
IEE^
Je - sus the Lord. "Will you come, will
'^r^n
vou come to the Lord?
dear-est and best.
Je - sus for all. Will you come,
-» i It M I
've I i-u- w \
w w
*=TT
*3
*m Will you come?
T^jfef
will you come? Oh, ye souls that have seen Him re-
Will you come?
+£: ^-*- +..+.J2-,

» m— »
*:•£:*: -m-
3^:^
53E =*=f*
I U U
Copyright, 1887, by fillmore Brot. By per.
t r r ;
Will You Come? Concluded.
m
¥
t*
% t t'
£z J J
^m
P* fM
m II
vealed in His Word! Will you come? will you come?

will you come? will you come?
No. 129. We Are Waiting,

GRACE GLENN. J. H. FILLMORE.
V— fS
t-t±9 i
1. We are wait-ing by the riv- er, Strong and weak and young and old,
2. We are wait-ing by the riv - er, And we may not know how near
3. We are wait-ing by the riv-er, And at most 'twill not be long
rEr
ft
U I* , faF
-
— m
I
r
^
1
1 1 f
Till the
j
i
boat-man comes to bear us
iuLim To the far - off streets of gold.
Are our footsteps, glad or wea - ry, To its wa - ters still and clear.
Till we cross the lent wa ters, Till we hear the an gels' song.
si
III
- - -
*_^_ *_ + +. + + I
2£ t=t
-to—tr
!*=£-
1
*:
1- £
22:
Chorus.
A-A
B: E S
*=t
SE i ^ 3=4 F»
FhF
^ TR-
fÊ
We are wait-ing by the riv - er, we are wait - ing,
i
you and I
i
rtrr
wait-ing, you and I;
A
.V:
h n
±$=£ *=&
'B
r> h j
A=* J.
a=& t=t 1
— v u
rit.
P
a s^s
^
j ; I
f—8—j— 4-LJ—g—4-s±s=3- HI
One by one our friends are crossing, We shall join them by and by.
£
m g
tr- tr t
By permission
g I
1
—*=r^
•g
of Fillmore Brot.
? <J i f
1
# I
1"
*~0—0-
^
A £
No. 130. 0, the Grand Old Book!
F. H. FLAVIL HALL.
WUh
—«u —p—-pLpL—
vigor. \
A jl K in rs in in
J— «
I-JM4 J
fo I _f J _s__j
t) m
-
V
-J J
t i —n3 J
8
J
*
m m
f^ -p
-«
•(-
f
i
1. 0, the grand old Book has stood the tri - als of the a - ges
2. K\ rv creed that's made by men will per • iah
-
In e - ter nal
8. Back, then, from the of par - ties, and the con-flicts of wan
the
— F— F m — — y
Bfrf F
-F
"t?
f
t? — f
t?
l? !/ b —F b F M
T~^
i
=fa
u
*-~4«-* ^->-»
y v r ^ V p rf-irT i -•
past Tho' the bat - ties have been strong, Tho' the battles have been strong,
!
night, Heaven's Book a-lone shall stand, Heaven's Book a-lone shall stand,
creeds, To the Word of God a-lone, To the "Word of God a-lone,
Ûh&H r— p-
« i «t
m
«r~g
3=i=<=£ j j j
And 'twillstand the storms un- til e - ter -nal day shall dawn at
'Tis the on - ly light to guide us in the way of truth and
To the blood-bought Church of God, yes, to the way our Cap-tain
. u * m
P P
-F_
P
-P-
m
JL.
m
-f— -P- -P~ »
P
,
r ^ V + -%
p
si
!
i
 \y \j \j " [„l
'"~" "^ * ^ ^
Aoi ""^J
mm h.
s
^ it
*
mm^
I
m m m
\
m '
m * m 2 S * J
4 1^ »L
^
f[\\
^k
cs
i
i
ii'i
U p v p
'
F
ff
i
P
i r
i
_J
-j i
j,
last, And God's love shall be oursong.And God's love shall be our song,
right, And to that bright happy land, And to that bright happy land.
leads,Thu3 in Him we may "be one" Thus in Him we may "be 07H?."
/m\**
^
pj-f
^-^
*
 i/
"pt=*:
O, the grand old Book! Send it forth to ev *ry

the grand old Book!
i * * 3ft —* — —
t?
P:
fe? • F
i
^_LU
Copyright, 1009, by Hall, Hall and Duckworth, owner*.
— , 3 ——— r t
0, the Grand Old Book! Concluded.
±3== * ——— & h *.

IS
~ ^__fN__^_
-A)-«— m J J
* i : 3=î=* *=* J—?--*
land, For 'twill lead the souls in darkness to the light of brightest
m±
fc.
je=* r=x * f
Ftpm
-&—&
^=x^=3=Z 3E? ^P^F
$ > \* * \, • ' I
7T
ii
day, And for evermore shall stand

And for evermore shall stand for evermore shall stand.
y
fr
ggfl 1
% % h%—eg
h— h » t
t-^—'# L L
F 5 t— h rF F
I
; 1
t=t F=F-
1
•
*-*-
i
F=tc3E
. 1
,
• i
.
v V-r
v v v
rr
No. 131. Love, Surpassing Knowledge!
E. A. H. E. A. HOFFMAN.
#*4
fo 2
gf* ^
— >— —— —
————
——
—i
i
' i
.—
«
F
*
*
*
I
J
w—Hrf
| i
J
F
^
I
«
1
L-i-*—
*
-J
—i
5
—-*—
—%d*— d
\~*i
t L£ *\ ^
1. O love, sur-pass-ing knowledge O ! grace, so full and free !
2. O won - der - ful sal - va - tion! From sin He makes me free !
3.0 blood of Christ so pre-cious, Poured out on Cal - va - ry 1
f-rf-H-y-f-fcrt —
gt=P >=t=tt ^-trîrrT
—
p i*i
I
I
j. j
know
feel
that Je
the sweet as - sur-ance,
g^ j
-
i-
sus loves me, And

And
^r~ _j
that's
that's
.
;
—F—F
e-nough for me.
e-nough for me.
F L
^
I feel its cleans ingpow-er, And that's e-nough for me.
pi 9 9 9~t
1 r J=t
D. S. I know that Je - sus me, And that's e - nough for
r
me!
_ n
*
Refrain.
$*—*-
- — -^ l I fr
D.S.
! !J. J J gy^b-#-<- ?d—^5-

i
And that's e nough for me And that's e-nough for me!
—
- !
^2-
@ it
«*=
I S g fr=jfc 1
»-
Used by permission.
— — — —
No. 132. Will the Angels Come For Me?
J. S. T. J. S. TORBETT.
1. When my work on earth is end ed, "Will the an gels come for me! - -
2. When life's sun is slow ly sink-ing. And the soul will soon be free
-
1
3. Will the an • gels bear me upward To that home so bright and fair j
_P__ . JL. _P_ ft '

_P_ _^_ fN
&
iWÊSF *$*îE*^^^^^ *=2
Will they bear me on their pin-ions O'er the dark and stormy sea?
Will the gates of heav-en o - pen, And the an - gels come for me?
There to be with Christ my Saviour, And the ran-sointd gath-ered there?
j*. -0L. JL. . JL. JL. JL_ . .0L. JKL. £l ' M- +. Z£l ^SL
-II r i e= fe=p -*>
PM.J
*± —
Chorus
*
fc
t
^ '0
V £?
0-0-
t/ £
£J
tr
~* V
t=r=T
Will the an gels come for me,
Will the an-gels come for me, oh, will the an-gels come for me,
it .«-
£=£
feT — — — — — — —
u<P
-^~ 9^ v
IP P
v
i
P
v
i
P
*
P
i
k
P P
/ k
F
^
1-
E- JEZZfc
p k V y
u-
k k' p £ y
^-^J ^ 1/ 1/
I
"
When I cross the storm - y sea ?

When I cross the storm-y sea, yes, when I cross the storm-y sea?
*=* *~^
&5S£5—
^^ r r
i
i i i
?_\x ^ ^~
r r^
3*
ir^< * * ? --
Will they take

V-Xr-Xr-\r
me home to God,
\i I ' ' T
Will they take me home to God, oh, will they take me home to God,
w h- i
r
.
i
r
irS
ir r=£=i
p r-j*
£-
—— .
>-rr
JK— JP-
£
> V V f *-
Copyriiht, 1900, by J. S. Torbett.

Will the Angels Come For Me? Concluded,
=^->-
#Si ¥
tst
¥
-f—r
V V ¥
JEE*
\j \j
t=£
/ v S^
II
When the long, rough way I've trod?

When the long,rough way I've trod, the long, rough way, the way I've trod?
~~~
£=£
~~~ ~^~
^^ -*- -^- £~
fe
*££
l> U V
V-^r; a
No. 133. What Will You Do With Jesus?
Anon. CHAS. EDW. POLLOCK.
1. Je -
S33e m£^*
sus
±M
is stand-ing in Pi -
0- *=%=t=i=i
late's Hall,Friendless,for-sak-en,
SI
betrayed by all;
2. Je - sua is stand-ing on tri - al still, Yon can be Him if yon will;

false to
3. Will you e - vade Him as Pi - late tried, Or will you choose Him whate'er betide;
4. Will you, like Pe - ter, your Lord de - ny? Or will you scorn from His foes to fly,
5. "Je-sus, I give Thee my heart to-day; Je-sus, I fol - low Thee all the way,
*q*
WSl
a£
£=£
i
i
%
^
Vain - ly
Dar - ing for

^
Hearken what meaneth the sud
You can be
!
f aith-ful thro'
you strug-gle from Him

Je - sus to
m I
good
m
live
• den
d m
or
call;
to hide;
or
ill;
die;
- \
What
What
What
What
* 0+
will
will
will
will
*=s=»
you do
you do
you do
you do
with
with
with
with
Je
Je
Je
Je
m
Fine.
sus?
sus?
sus?
sus?
Glad - ly o -bey ing Thee," will you say; "This will I do with Je
m -f-r-
"
*
-—r m
I
After hth verse only.

Glad-lyl'll fol low Him all the way, This will I do with Je
wm S s
Chorus. D.S.
What will
After 5th verse only.
you do? What will you
=3=*
3t=at
do? What
t-t
will
J0ZZZW1
you do
3Si
with Je -
m
sus?
S
This will I do, This will I do, This will I do with Je - sus;
-0- -m- .-+- -+-• -0—0-
*=s
N _ . mm*-
¥W* r-^r
^r> m j» je i
V ^ V
By permission.
— •\ — —
No. 134. Trusting the Lord.

A. W. YOl'N'l Used by permitiioQ. AUSTIN TAYLOR.
7 ->4
T i
p '
—— * * '
-* — m~
1. The prom-is.' of the Might-y One Hath come to me thro'
2. He gave His up - on the tre^,
life His blood was shed that
3. I now re-joice in love di - vine, For I am His and
Hath come to me
Christ, the Son, In Him I have a per-fect way, That leads to

I might be Redeemed on earth from sin and strife, And have in
He is mine, And soon He'll take me to the skies, To dwell witk
Thro' Christ, the Son,
H*£*- jm. _*»_«_» :

—
* *-
J V
^
•J I I
Chorus.
-H—
m— 2— i-L _'_ J- —i—m— -0L
life and end-less day. I'll trust the Lord

Him e - ter-nal life.
Him in Par - a - dise. I'll trust the Lord
That leads to life and end-less dav.
vy — «/ > v y u >
y j —\ & m \
* — *- f-6 — *
v +
—•—
— ^-
•-
N
— —
~G frt; : * 1- — " ^ -N K * N.-**- *
N
^~~ -W
-m —^_
X^
W$ sVrK
i
TSU* J 7^ '
*=*
J J MM'E"
L — •
— . —. — m flJ
U P u y
day by day. He leads me in the liv - ing
day by day, He leads me in
-m-
r m- — • — •s • . fp s r -•- H
Sîr*
,
~*
K V I
!•
*
.V «T
7
*
X p
If i> » £. p
^-h£-2 J -V 5* C? 5»
=?Hr-J
way, The end-less day by faith I
the liv - ing way, the end - less day
4. ms ,
*- — ** s
— ,
m
_*
t «
|S
1
•
i§£
SÊ^
J
Trusting the Lord. Concluded.
iii > > • 1/ •

*--*:2-
"T"* ^ ^
1
e, When I'll with Him for-ev-er be.
by faith I see, When I'll with Him for-ev-er be.
N * * I
No. 135, We Shall All Be Gathered Home.

(Words written for me soon after the death of my wife.— F. H.)
Firm Foundation Publishing House, owncn.
MRS. BETTIE J. HINTON, Barnesville, O. Arr. and har. by FLAVIL HALL.
4
8 K —M— i
n 1
1
ai
— 3 — 2 — w— 2 — i
~ 1
h -^ — *f-
1. In that land of light and glo - ry, Where no shad-ows ev - er come,

2. When we cross the Jor-dan riv - er, And be- hold the gold - en shore,
3. Oh, the hap -
py, hap -
py meet - ing On that ev - er bliss - ful shore,
3, Hap -
py in that heav'nly man - sion We shall dwell for-ev - er - more,
We shall sweetly rest

with Je - sus7 When our work on earth is done.
There with an - gel voic-es,
we'll sing Songs of praise unknown be - fore.
Where no storm-clouds ev-er gath-er, And where partings come no more.
With our loved ones gone be-fore us, Safe at home on Ca - naan's shore.
And with the glad im - mor - tals - ver

^ there for -ev-er roam.
-• • = =— !"•— "•
¥$*~^ -\
H
\-.
^
1
1
*
-m-
-m-
1
m — 1
\=
h
\
!-• IT
H > »
u 1
I I
—
No. 136. On To Victory,
KATHARYN BACON.
tf^
1.
2. "To the
4. ti
r
«i
Hark! the bu-gle sounds "To arms!" To the bat

front!" O hear the call, Fiercely now the bat -tie rag - es,
—
•
p^-
g -s-g- «!-
- tie field
J. W. WEST.
now speed you

^
m
8. Fal - ter not, but bravely fight Till the world is peace pos-sess-ing,
m m m m
i r—r~t
t
^•y ri I l
fcrJ* —r—h I K ft
**jr*rrn
•&
On to vie - fry, soldiers, on! Fear you not de-feat or harms,
In God's name the foe must fall,
On to vic-f ry Then at last in heav'n so bright
fc£=£ ifeS*
g .A 5
S=S=*
â
Christ Himself will ev - er lead you, On to vie - - - fry, soldiers, on!

He's the conqu'rorof all a-ges,
^s -«
You'll re-ceive e - ter
&±*
- nal blessing,
m m m
V I
-
On
S±£
to vic-t'ry,
m m •
=F=?=^
*- ^
< IIOKI S.
On to vie
On to vic-f ry, soldiers, on 1 yes, on to vic-t'ry, soldiers, on I
m ~ -r*-" -F- £•• +* -r*- -

'
.
*& £=r^
^ g^ ^
morn of peace will dawn, Wave on high the flag that frees us Till
ens
g
the world
K
is
g
'WLk*Z&±£
m m s—m * m m * * m-±
ttc
— 4 h
T? t> u
£-Kt-9-
Copyright, 1911, by Firm Foundation Pub. Co.
On to Victory. Concluded.
g^fe£5=? - J-fl
won for Je-sus, On to vie - - - fry, soldiers, on!

On to vie - fry, to vie - fry on
m m
.^jd_ +
9& iy-r— V p — 1 i
U J
No. 137. Jesus, the Light of the World,

J. v.c. Arr.
1. All ye saints of light pro-claim, Je-sus, the light of the world;

2. Hear the Sav - iour's ear - nest call, Je-sus, the light of the world;
3. Why not seek Him then to-day, Je-sus, the light of the world;
4. Come, con - f ess Him as your King, Je-sus, the light of the world;
m fe
gzfcjrg
m
rfim
JL.\j J
—^—j— *, M
3*~
M J
1 »_
p J
j ^ i
I—»
i
'1
1
4 J J J •( •
»h 2 J
rnv •i -J J
vl/ * « * * "w 2 m . S • • fi • 2 *i
• » 1
1
I ^
Life and mer - cy in His name, Je - sus, the light of the world.
Send the Gos - pel truth to all, Je - sus, the light of the world.
Go with truth the nar - row way, Je - sus, the light of the world.
Then the bells of heav'n will ring, Je - sus, the light of the world.
~j*~
m m m ~*~ m — ' ~^~ ~^~* — m m • m
r b 1
\s
\ \* ^m
r
w
n
h.
1 1/
fT
U
P
^
U
r u
r . u
f7
ill
2*2
t"H
I- i
3
1
|
i y f 1/ ^
Chorus.
We'll walk in the light,beau-ti-f ul light, Come where the dewdrops of mercy are bright,
— — >— B j£ —
^
r_l ' '
P
|
fc— 1
1 1 1 1 1 !
H 1
H 1 1 1
H H hr
EgE8fe W— »r
Shine all a-round us by day and by night, Je - sus , the light of the world.
-m-r-*-— !*—*
* V fc/ I V V V V V V
—
No. 138. He Saved Me.
GRAOB MAYNARD. FRANKLIN.
——*—m-n
JAS. B.
EME ^^ a==j
5t3t
1. O sing the song of sal - va - tion, Proclaim to ev-er-y na - tion,

2. He's promised ever to lead me, With heav'nly manna to feed me,
3. I'll nev - er cease to a - dore Him, For when my spirit be- fore Him
m % * %
t=X
Sgiî; -r> —r— zt fe

* *
S
That Je - sus is waiting, is will - ing and ready To save their souls.
His coun-cil directs me, His presence consoles me, The whole day long.
At judg-ment is standing, if He is my counsel Then all is well.
m m ——
p m m—m—m m m—P m L
Sg
i * > . tJ
sp
i
, x
1 I I
:
i«=P :
£=£
fcfc
4 IIOKI S.
fc=3
i2=5: SE
He saved me, made me
"VVon-der-ful, won-der-f ul, Je - sus saved me, purchased sal-va-tion, so
^££— -* fi-
1 i i e
H ba —F 1
np
ri •
-i
e
!
i-
f
W » •—
fe^ A=JC
free; What He has done for me, sin - ner, He'll do for you,
full
t* fr>-^+
a P-K
*=E
and so free;
-g" IT
n p p P PC
Êi #
fes 1 —»-
None but He! He saved me,
Won-der - ful, won-der-f ul, Je - sus saved me,
S -*•-
C«j>jri|bt, 1»U, b,
P i »
firm Foundation fub. Go,

fefc£ 33
1
He Saves Me. Concluded,

±
*T.
r
Soon I'll be Sing - ing in
Sweet is the prom-ise that soon I shall be
-*- -m- +-
'
-0
\
—d—0—r-m—m— —
rs in -+-•-+-
.-"—
1/ i
glo - ry the beau - ti ful sto - ry, That "He saved mel"
m^2: -->-
f ^W II
No. 139. Little Ones Like Me.

Anon. (For the Infant Class.) CHAS. EDW. POLLOCK.
Sprightly
1. Je - sus when He left the sky, And for sinners came to die, In His
2. Mother's then the Saviour sought,In the places where He taught, Un-to
3. Did the Saviour say them nay? No, He kindly bade them stay Suffered ;
4. Children,then,should love Him now,Strive His ho-ly will to do; Pray to
fe)* fr-ffr
^54-
yf y m
l
W w -
P P r te r=w
Refrain.
-$~± R
s
i i
j
N
I
s
J I
S N n ^= ==
| fr
rv „ -N —
mer cy passed not by, Little ones like me. Lit-tle ones like me,
-
Him their children bro't,Little ones likeme.

none to turn a - way, Little ones like me.
Him and praisem0Him,too,Little ones like me. like me,
£i z -+- 1BH 'Bz IE:
Little ones like me, In His mer-cy pass not by, Little ones like me.
Un-to Him their childrej bro't,
Suffered none to turn away,
like me, Pray to Him and praise Him, too,
__ gj^
O-
gjfcgjfcg
+ + H (-• * m m ~£: gg m-
1 1 <
t=t
* <-
V-y-
^3ES
Austin Taylor, owner.
No. 140. That Heavenly Home.
A JAMES W. ACUFF.
P $**+-*-*-*+ ^mrTrrr
J. \V.
1. I love to sing of that blest home a - bove, (blest home a-bove),

2. I love to sing of Je - sus' dy - ing love, (His dy ing love), -
3. I love to sing and praise His ho - ly name, (His ho - ly name),

4. I love to sing re-demp tion's sto-ry sweet, (the sto - ry sweet),
at4 «r i I
t=i
|g-
_fr '# fr—fr
t=t
-^rV
£E£
im
^
iss=tg *î=*
Where saints and shining angels sing, And ev - er vie a-round the
And tell the gos-pel message grand, Point sinners to thathomea -
^ î^" -
»
1/
i»
V
i*.
V T
And tell to all the world around Of Him by whom all blessings
And ev er be with saints up there, To walk the shin-ing gold-en
•
wm ik^k-0-
> i/
r—r
> —r—
t=t
$
m *
r
V
r
V +
9
v '
*
-
* m
&
throne (that shining throne), In prais-ing Christ my Lord and King.
bove (that home a-bove) Pre-pared by Je - sus' lov - ing hand,
came, (all blessings came), And do for ev - er-more a - bound,
streets, (the gold-en streets), In
siJ **—*
= m
that ce - les - tial cit - y fair.
i
«±
Chorus.
T
iW m *
*
R
« v v i
.
. 1/ "V
1/ f I
I long (0 how I long) to join, (yes, there to join) That
g=;
-*v
~ £=£ * * I
T- — '
i —— 1> r—
*£ bcz±
V v m - m -s^ ~
.
V V ]/ y
might-y host of saints up there, And praise (for ev - er praise i
my
Copjrriiht, 19M, by James W. Acuff.

—
That Heavenly Home. Concluded,
King (my
Is VP
heav'nly King)
1
And
i^3
er-more his ry
m
share
— —-—-— —
ev glo -
• • •
ffi^
srib»
^7 IT
£EE£
1/ ' 1/
3I
No. 141. I Will Never Turn Back.
"My heep hear my voice, and I know them, and they follow me."— Jesus (John 10: 27).
Note.— This little hymn
free to all publishers
is who will use it to the glory of God and
His Son, our Saviour.—J. E. T. and R. N. G.
?
-----
y
1. Once I wandered in darkness unsaved, Till the Sav-iour came knocking at my heart,
2. Of His love I will sing ev - 'ry day, Yes, I'll sing of His wondrous pow'r to save,
3. In His serv-ice each day may I be Lead-ing sin-ners to Je - sus to be healed,
rrnrtrrrt
? - - - - ^
And I pened.the door,let Him in,
o - Now rich blessings to me He im-parts.
For my Sav - iour is lead - ing the way To those man-sions of glo - ry a - bove.
Thro' the blood flow-ing from Cal-va - ry, Till the light of His love they be - hold.
F=£= L L. L L L, L :
Refrain.
il^St ^ ^t •itr 5ESS

<gj .
£*
I will nev - er turn back, He's my light ev-'ry day;
Never turn back, never turn back, He is my light ev-'ry hour and day;
B E- ^ — ^ ____ -
P P -(*- -f*- -(*-
@5 £*
<
±t±
**
$=£
_
eieen
-
i i i
t-*-tri-tp-/-
Ei: i
-*-*
-N-I-
^ T^*T I
No, I'll nev - er turn back, For my Sav-iour is lead-ing the way
Never turn back, never turn back,
itsr- - - ~ -
* -
*=£ f=fc£
r>
1 f T
I
^ 1/
-u-v-
£±£±fe
-?
p a ; ;
Keep With Jesus.
^
No. 142, In Step
DAVID J. BEATTY. CHAS. H. GABRIEL.
te = *U-^ T
l
1. Keep in step with Je - sus wher-ev - er He may lead; Let
2. Ke«'j> in Step with Je - sus, with ban-nerswav-ing high; Your
&
Keen with Je sus and yours the prize shall be A
3.
*: +
in step
*i £i £:.
-
m if: fz -M—mi
£•:. ?:ti *=*:
fitt. • =tc
L-
come what may Serve Him each day In thought and word and deed,
voic - es raise In songs of praise, As day by day goes by.
cross laid down, A shin-ing crown, For all e - ter - ni - ty.
r —
Chorus.
It
rr v 1 y i
» j^ =]
b/
"£2 17"
Keep in step with Je - sus as thro' the world you go
mm :*=* fr — * ^
±t
3T'~W
through the world you go
Si f~* ~ • ""! *"
^35E553*E^33 m m m- 2r±:
him con-fide, He'll safe-ly guide And shield you from the foe ;
the foe
feÊfe gE#T» p p f fr^M l
:
~2B
-p-m
S^BS Keep in step with Je - sus ! He is your tru est - Friend; Your
i^g-gg.J
f£=£
-JJ^J
3t=I
i--P I*
V
I*
1-
7 :
Copyright, 1912, by Chas B. Ga I

• p.-
F
r — r * —
Keep In Step With Jesus, Concluded,
-*—
cheer-ful light
*=*
l
,
3S3
Keep shining bright Un-to
m? i-
—
the jour
1
ne^ send.
i
-0-
±
-I w —h h — l
h- tt=t j=:
£S t— 1
W^lf~n
1 M II
No. 143. I Would Work For Jesus.

n
4
K. C. M.
V s^.4
/k i i
^j
....
_î
tfd
HI] mK J
Jp PJ II
K.
i
P ^ 1
Ill
9 '
A J
C.
i
MOSER.
N*
j n *J
I
p|\ ? I j j •,
\
«JJ m #P JJ J - J - -
^
4-
1. I
s J
* p *•
would do Thy serv - ice, Lord, while here be low, (be-low),
-*- 1
v'trr rr !
-
i
2. Ma ny tho' the
• pit - falls 'Neath my path-way lie, (may lie),
3. Brighten up my path-way, Lord, that I may see, (may see),
4. Come, dear sin - ner, with me, Cease to blind ly roam, (to roam), -
nil • •
JP
J^J € * m
i
m
i
m
i
*
!
m
i
/»V
(CJ- *
I? 1
« -
-s vm m P • • •%•!
T—TT
? M-
1 L
» P m
P m
P
'
II 1 ' ' H-
1 1 1 1 1 1 i
= 2*w^ 3 Jfe
r
\^
z*n
rrr
Point - ing oth-ers home ward As I on-ward go (I go),
Je - sus safe-ly leads me To my home on high (on high).
Clear the way to Heav en, Work-ing, Lord, for Thee (for Thee),
An - gels hail thy com ing, Come, dear sin - ner, come(come home).
mmr *—* rf-f I ll.-v^

s*
Chorus.
â
P^=r Take me, guide me,
Take me, Saviour, guide me homeward,
In
I^ZÊ
r-f
the nar-row way
nar-row way ;
SB=3
r— i
— f
EE
f^5 fc
m
P iWrTT Crown me, Own me
1
— '
:i
at the judgment day

~TTrr
II
Crown me vic-tor,Own me, Sav-iour,
Used by per.
£=£
1
— 1
— i-
£EEfe
judgment day.
J
^
!" N
•r — a r —
*
No. 144. Wandering Away.

"Resist the devil and lie will ilee from thee." Jab. i: 7.
Copyright, 1903, by J. C. P. Kjfer. Southern Muuc Co. Ft. Work. Tcxaa, .
E. EL LATTA, KNOWLES SHAW.
Wan - der - er a - way from Je - bus, In the wind-ing ways of sin,
Wan - der - er a - way from Je - bus, In the road to end-less woe,

Wan - der - er a - way from Je - bus, Would'et thou not a crown ob - tain?
^s" i
II
E B
k
II
l
k r — ^
-m
E
r*-
SI 5=^
S Turn and
^r-+
6eek the world's Redeem-er, And His Berv-ice now be - gin.
c?
If thou wilt not turn to Je - bus, Whith-er, whither wilt thou go?
Why then wilt thou slight His goodness? Fear - est not the woe and pain?
t=t
C* * r-* m> — : • ~?'\~?
1
—
n s . h
\'f.\f m i
* m .
fc
Jf* J t fc
_n /a *\
S
fc
«r
I
iwb L m If
m'I
Z?
L
i i
•
L L
.
•'i
* J i
J
• "s*
*
m ."J
i i i
tT\?
1$\JW W w 4 mJ m ta i
>
! £ 2 J**"fl
2 » •
fi'
* _^ •
5r r r k •
On Mount Cal - va - ry He suf - fered, On the era - el cross He died;
Broad the road where thou art go - ing, Ma - ny with thee downward move;
Can you bar - ter life e - ter - nal For the plea-sure sin can give?
p m m . m p .
m f3 m m m m • "£>" m • m ~* •
^ V
1
> w '*••(•"• * p p p
•
ft., ;?
L ^
'p
/ ^
" , , r k k .
P
Lr,
• j^ | 1
*
1
\ Ir^-P . .K.r, r i i i
; J *
^
PP
h
1 1
1
N
|
fc
r _r K-
1 1
v P r P i
i
——
/d
*M
•
. 1 t
4
i
b - - 1 * X -A ?-^_^ |1_JL -^Mh

im J -
J _* * «• * S, 3
See His hands and feet bo \ vound-ed, And be - hold His pierc-ed side,
Turn and seek the nar-row |

)ath-way, 1 'hat will lead to bliss a - h ove.
Turn, turn you to the Sav-iour, i Lnd a fade-less crown re-c eive.
m ~^~ "*"* f3 •
P P m m '
m l
^1*1b/ • I'
• • r • X
f
^1
1
i
*
• i
*
• '
'
1
i
1
I
jj K !j
>j H
o \n
r
•
*i
1 1
I,
p ^ b 1 1 r
Chords.
a t —— r -h h K-
iî-i 3t £=£&
Wander ing a-way, Wan-der-ing a-way, Wan-der-ing a -way from Je -sue;
_« —c m— —rM—m—m—m—v m m *
— —
\r\ I
-
'(* P t— I I
I
-tr-tr
!•
^^ KZKZjg p-—p^
9¥¥P
~'p~
¥
Wandering Away, Concluded
Hear His gentle voice calling you to-day, And wander no more away from Jesus.
No. 145. Lord, I'm Coming Home.

W. J. K. WM. J. K1RKPATRICK.
±~+
fgipr^g f=F5=3 n 1
1
I've w andered
T
way from God, Now I'm com-ing home
far a
I* ve wast ed ma ny pre cious years, Now I'm com-ing home
- - -
;
3. I'm tired of sin and stray ing, Lord, Now I'm com-ing home; -
My soul is sick, my heart is sore, Now I'm com-ing home ;
My on ly hope, my on - ly plea, Now I'm com-ing home

-
;
I need his cleansing blood, I know, Now I'm com-ing home ;
m
H
'drs±
frjTîy E m
mm The paths of
I now
zj. • * '
izr—^-i
I'm com-ing home,
sin too long I've trod, Lord,
m com-ing home.
re-pent with bit - ter tears, Lord,
*=*-
^r-zjr-^-^
I'
-i — i—1- zfc*
I'll trust Thy love, be - lieve Thy Word, Lord, I'm com-ing home,
My strength re-new, my hope re-store, Lord, I'm com-ing home,
That Je sus died, and died
- forme, Lord, I'm com-ing home,
O wash me whit - er than the snow, Lord, I'm com-ing home.
^S r=f? r
*=£
t=t j^ F=*
r
Chorus.
^ M=
ML
i 5 >-&-
Com-ing home, com-ing home, Nev - er - more to roam

— & m 9— —&—
&*
-£fr
t=t ^3-r-
i
f T=T T
fefe^ *Tg
3^±E33iEiEiE^^Ê3
— 1
l
O - pen wide Thine arms of love, Lord, I'm com-ing home.
m&E=*t t £ ES
Copyright, 1892, by Wm.
1*^ J. Kirkpatrick. Used by per.
P
1 ; ;;
No. 146. ALWAYS PRAY.

'Men ought alwayi to pray.'— Luke 18 : 1.
K S. KNOWLES SHAW.
mi H3=3
m
5t 2=* ^
«E at*
^ ^=^
i. Pray when the morning light is dawn - ing; Pray when the noon is
2. Pray for the world in sin and dark-ness; Pray for the Church, the
3. Pray for the Spir-it's ho-ly guid-ance; Pray for the grace of
^ i^rrf
WTT E
^14 i i i 1 ,
r
p-W
r 1
I E
- r
i
x
!
i
l
r-^?
i
g g e^
g g
V 9 V V V V 1
u s _s
PS ^^3 -K ?>-
5S at*:
shin-ing bright; Pray when the ev-'ning shadows darken; Pray in the
bless-ed bride Pray for thy-self in humble meekness ; Pray, liv - ing
;
Je -sus, too; Pray for a ho-ly zeal to la - bor; Pray for a
gg^lg
f"f FTrrTrR" tcJ £±S
M ^ 3=3: feBi 33E

dark and sol-emn night
5 ; Pray when the storm-clouds thickly gather
3=^=
near the Saviour's side ; Pray for the sick and all in sor - row
life de - vot - ed, true ; Pray for the lov-ing lambs en-fold - ed
PfU * f 1
*- *
f-rf-r
^ ^ Pray when the sky is bright and clear
F*
S
Pray in the name of Je - sus
Pray for the "watchmen on the wall;" Pray that a bright and golden
Pray for the wand'ring ones a-stray; Pray that the feet of all be
5
;
s
F=^
I fe. * J" J* J
S
^-*-I -*- J\ J
k
u-
^
ev
mor - row
- er,
*r * *
-K — K-
Ad-vo-cate and friend so dear. Let us pray,

Waitethfor us, one and all.
sr
-&-.
Chorus.
3^&
S=£
^f*
al-ways
-V-
mP
$gt _^
guid - ed
g ., re =g
Straight in-to the
_,-^_^.
-^— #t.
^
nar- row way.
i f
£ 1
-
—rrrr Let us pray,
•-*-
By p«rmi«Mon of Sonthern Music Co., ownei, Fort Worth, I«u,

1 — ; ; ; - i
Always Pray. Concluded.

fe
2
s
3±3
j r\ i\ ,
prav, While we la-bor on for ev - er-more Let us

always pray, ev-er-more
ft ^.M.
gg g tg ^ .
S ICS
=.=
: P=Pc:?r
^ ^
N
E*
N
££ f
-V 1/ u *-r
i
P=P=
II
5
a*=*
v
-0—0- -
- —
sbrf II
-&-
pray, always pray, Till we rest on Canaan's happy shore.
always pray, always pray,
No. 147.
C. C. C.
Why Keep Jesus Waiting?
C. C. CLINE.
l^-l
~r
Z=
1. Why keep Je - sus wait - ing, Wait ing - in the cold?
2. W hy T
keep Je - sus wait - ing, Wait - ing at the door?
3. Why keep Je - sus plead - ing, Plead -ing at the door?
4. Why keep Je - sus wait - ing, Knock-ing at the door?
— E£
m w
-r—i
W-
J.
^t
dHh— i
n Jl f^
rf — r=^r- n -
« ^
f*
I r
^ *
m m
2 m 9.m
* m
S 9 4 « A J
• J
is l—*
9 m
i
•
fe ) • m m -* # i
«
_r •
'J •
V
He bear vou gen - tly,
will Gen - tly to His fold
Oft He knock-eth soft - ly, Soft - ly o'er and o'er
He would be your Sav - iour Ev - er, ev - er - more;
Soon Hell cease His plead-ing, Yes, for ev - er - more;
ZSY—
|CJ«#ll
[w ,i,l<f # § *
H
1
II
1—
1
•
,
f
-L
i
U— r>wf
r
i
——
— •
r
' •
m
fl 1 . >« >'i
L*
.
1
-i i
rit. I
Y z
pi ore.
,—,
3S fZXD£ I I ! I
8 *EE£ 1
See Him, soul and o - pen, O - pen, I im - plore.
Hear Him, soul, and o - pen, O - pen, I im - plore.
Love Kim, soul, and o - pen, - pen, I im - plore.
Come, poor soul, o bey - Him, - pen, I im - plore.
S Copyright, 1882, by C. C. Cline.

-f-Tl
Used by permission.
I
Ira
£^RZ
. I
I
-m P # y l r
£
-
No. 148. Blessed Redeemer.
J. W. G. J. W. GAINES.
Wlowly and pathetically
tf^
»«y-
EEfe
i
^
1. Ble8S-ed Re-deem -er, Sav-iour of men, Shield me and keep my
2. Sa - tan's al-lure-ments ev - er are near, They would en-tice to
sm FPFPF
3.
itfiSE m
When I am tempt-ed, pruned to re - bel, May Thy rich grace, thro'
U4
*E*
4 1
E Z 1— jt l
# A «** l-l 1
^r
heart pure witb-in From Sa-tan's snares, dear Saviour, I pray,
;
paths that are drear; O may I ev - er cling to Thy side,

faith, in me dwell Strengthen my cour-age, help me
; to live,
U.
9*? m rit.
ib t=t
BE F BAIN.
f^r
:k
tss^- 23 ^hnp *-
^t
Guide me and keep
jp me
o'er life's dark way.
wav. Bless - ed Re
And in Thy love, dear Sav - iour, a - bide.
That I may hon - or un - to Thee give. Bless-ed Redeemer, Re
» T -J3-E
m$
W£ *£*
* s
**»p
.
fe :fcs
hr *=^ 3±5
v
t-
*Z
deem - er, who died on the tree, Je pus,
S 62
deemer of men, Je-sus, my Sav-iour, my
-w = m
W s
If
Sav - iour, Thy blood made me free] o

Sav-iour and Friend, glo - rv, I love and a
I I
J .
fe :
T=5
Controlled by J. W. Qainea. Used by per.
— — , — F
Blessed Redeemer, Concluded,

m j
P*^=mz
3^
how
U T, U
I
i*
love
"
*
*
m
n
Thee, I'll cling to Thy side
* *
In
v-v
»
F
dcre Thee , I praise Thy great name Thy side In Thy great
rall
KS^*- X^
P ' c c t *
i
r
u *
r^fr
II
Thy great love I shall ev - er a-bide

love, O my Sav-ioursodear, I shall ev-er a-bide.
m—^m— — ———-W • m •• » • m m m-rd —J-±

m&±-^-^^3
5 t=t ?
i .
9 *
m
r^F^ fc
T*
No. 149. Sun of My Soul,

JOHN KEBL2. P. RITTER.
of my soul, Thou Saviour dear, It is not night if Thou be near;

m^-im
1. Sun
2. When tie: oft dews of kind ly sleep My wearied eye-lids gently steep,
-
3. A-bide with me from morn till eve, For without Thee I can-not live;
4. Come near and bless us when we wake, Ere thro' the world our way we take;
n j j c«l, . + + +. *
mEE t=?B
53
*^=t—
J —«—mU-4
— —
I
3=
P
p >d-
fT=*=r
5 i
may no earth-born cloud a-rise To hide Thee from Thy servant's eyes!
Bemy last tho't, how sweet to rest For-ev er on my Saviour's breast. -
Abide with me when night is nigh, For without Thee I dare not die.
Till in the o - cean of Thy love, We lose ourselves in heav'n a-bove.
No. 150. What Will You Say?
Jkr. 13 : 2L
JOHNSON OATMAN, JR. Suggested by W. M. Y. W. M. YOWELL.
I
B-»:• I * ^-
i I i
«—£ — i-
tr=t
;*z±d
* ^
1. What will you say on that great day, When the Son of man shall come?
2. What will you say on that great day, When the judgment throne is set?
3. What will you say on that great day, When the sun is dark as night?
4. What will you say? o - bey the Lord, Till on earth your race is run,
l as^g
nnrrr
m-^-m-
*r~
-^*
rg^-g-
-> j-
i
i j i ±g m —a — -<» -*:
pi Then will you stand prepared to
2=3:
say,
J. J t
Bless-ed Lord, Thy will be done? "

^
Will your bouI be filled with dismay, Will the past bring but re - gret?
When stars are swept by God'sgreat pow'r, And the moon shall give no Tight?
Then Christ will give you your re-ward, And will say, "My child, well done."
m p- p
1
— m w &
V=X
r
CHORUS.
rrrt
i
i
What
TT— 3T y
will you say,
What will you say,
O what
c r r
1
will you
in the judgment day? What will you say in that
PV
1? — '
g^
»
m « -^-
^^
f»- -|*- -t»-
<*'(• *
I
(
5=t 1
•n
§t 3
A 5v-
33^ aa
fTf
say?,
7f
y F
r
How will you stand in the judg-ment day?
great and aw-ful day?
gs v jvj ,i
, l g f utj: *±=^
^
£#-^=- -.0-— i
J.
. K-
— r4-
—*--+—
m-
-*-
9
What..
IN" -*-
you will
•> - i
y
sav
V -JLk 1— —
whj It
i
y
1
y
h—
i
What will yousay in tl ie judgment day? What will you say
r •* - L L
U—^jj_-y—=¥=
1
-£JL_| u> E
Copyright, NU,
-J
by rina Fouad»tioa Pub. Co.

—t
=«=F=
— r
What Will You Say? Concluded.

ibr i. -j-
1 i/- L ii
v~r \
will you say? How will you stand in the judgment day?
in that day, judgment day?
f^f-f-Z&iM -* 1
ii
No. 151. There Is a Fountain.

W'M. COWPER. "A fountain open for sin."— Zech. 13: LOWELL MASON.
—
1.
iHS
1.
ft-
There is
1
9 ' "
n
w 5
I .
"
! rv
-
a fountain filled with blood,Drawn from Immanuel's veins,
* 1
m=i * " "
^* "- $3* +*& 1
2. Dear dy-ing Lamb,Thy precious blood Shall nev-er lose its pow'r,
Then in a no - bier, sweet-er song I'll sing Thy pow'r to save,
4rrr M
3.
m 0£ t=£ -
I p gg j k f ^rti
l*-4
5*
And sin-ners, plunged beneath that flood,Lose all their guilt-y stains.
Till all the ransomed Church of God, Be saved to sin no more.
When this poor lisping, stamm'ring tongae Lies si - lent in the grave.
m teê
1— 1
^m — *=*
1
r* *
Refrain.
Lose all their guilt-y stains, Lose all your guilt-y stains,
Be saved to sin no more, Be saved to sin no more,
Lies si - lent in the grave, Lies si - lent in the grave,
- -*--&-*
-J- -J- • -m-
t=X 4
>=pl
e
^
*=tt
i P
And
S3
sinners, plunged be-neath that flood, Lose all their guilt-y stains,
1
Till all the ransomed church of God, Be saved to sin no more,
When this poor, lisping, stamm'ring tongue, Lies si-lent in the grave.
mw~*GuriTT- ^ fc*
p
r ;
No. 152. He That Endureth

JENNIE REE B. D. ACKLEY.
1/ u
1. IVar not the struggle before you. Val-iant-ly fall in - to line,
2. Bfight-i - ly foes may aa-eail you, Tremble not-, be not a - fraid
3. Comrades are falling around you, They liave been loyal and true ;
i^ms
Ev-er rely-ing on Je - sus, All to His orders re -
^v-
Bign.
^=n:
He that hath moulded creation, And its foundation hath laid,

Now that their battles are over, Vict'rv depends up - on v< >u !
B * $=£--
¥ W W *=m~
i —— i -*KTg- A±tÂ
^S***^
b 1/
^mm
Has He not called you to serv-ice? Is He not calling still?
Knows how the battle is go ing. Views from a-far the
- field ;
Fight the good fight, and remember He will thy loss re - store ;
• /
Is Henot willing and mighty to save All who o bey His will? -
He will not suf-fer thy foot to be moved, Fe is thy Sun and Shield.
He that en-dur eth shall shine as the stars Brightiy for ev-er-more.
.*- ...
^M-
*>:
fc=£ ^=^
Chorus.
^m m ^ w— S m \ w I Vs *-*
Bless-ed is he that en-dur - eth, He shall receive re - ward ;
Copyright, 1913, by Chw. B. U%bri#\. Used by r#r

1 — , r
He
m
He That Endureth.
shall in-her-it the

:*=J*—*i:
lm—w—0- ^
king-dom
-•-
Concluded,
--0-
A
—Promise of God's own

:
Word.
C^T
v —— "^
^^£ y )/
EEB3fE^=k=îfe^
ats
£ —apt &-£- —N— IV —
1 *;
f3-i *ilf«ttf* |- ! f!_yi

Strong in the Mighty One ev - er, Foes from His path shall flee,
„
|S IS fc . .^.. JL. JL. JL_ JL- JL-
g |f 4, 4,4 ±=t=t
^T
^*=*f*$^£J a i]
Un-til the war- fare chang es To glo - ri-ous vie - to - ry.

-0~ -P- -F- -^- _
1
2*. m. «C m. m ~\ T-
.
-f
%
-•-
j^
sS*:;
£fc -f—
r. I—
1
/ 1/ V
Nearer, My
rr
God, To Thee.
No. 153.
SARAH F. ADAMS. LOWELL MASON.
^g= S z^ -*-+«-
1
— 4^ 1
-Z5*-.- T^-
Near-er, my
God, to Thee, Nearer to Thee; E'en tho' it be across
r
Tho' like a wan-der-er lhe sun gone down, Darkness be o - ver me,
There let the way appear Steps un-to heav'n, All that Thou sendest me,
Then with my waiting tbot's, Bright wit a Thy praise, Out of my ston-y griefs
Or, if on joyful wing, Cleaving the sky, Sun, moon and stars forgot,
—^ '
b '
i ^-i
T-^K
r
^15
Near-er,
±jt
my God
r
to Thee,
Fine.
IPPlPE
That rais-eth me, my song shall be, Nearer, my God, to Thee!
Still all
My my dreams I'd be, Nearer, my God, to Thee!
rest a stone, Yet in
In mer-cy giv n An-gels to beck-on me, Nearer, my God, to Thee!
;
Beth-el I'll raise, So by my woes to be, Nearer, my God, to Thee!

Up ward I fly, Still all my song shall be, Nearer, my God, to Thee!
-
A ear T
- €r to 77i€d.
H S-:pil;,iU E*
t=t i
: . .
No. 154. Believing In My Saviour's Word.

F. G. Alt. Copyright. 1914, by Frar.k Grimmer. FRAN iv GRAMMER.
1.
2.
8.
Dear Lord, Thy love
With - in the straight
HA y
And when within
— -j*
in
and
- deed
narrow way,
the heav'nly fold
I need,
J *- •+--+-' *-+-*.
Ev'n
Keep me,
as
A-bove, dear
f.J:
the
oh,
flow'rs, the sun and dew; As I for grace.

me, Lord, I pray, Di-rect my feet . .
Lord, I'll glad-ly sing Thy praises then

I-
-*.£
>
wrm
—p—*—/- m
'
9
mmso
3
humbly
\j u
plead,
z> If b \j
~
y
Wilt Thou my
x
J
'
H^
p
strength
u
while here I stay, To man-sions fair,.
• - ter - nal - ly Ex - toll - ing Teee, . . .
^H-jf
Chokus.
—
tTt 3=
*
^ *r
*-Sr
£r v v •!
$ [/
each day re new Be- liev - ing in my

and end - less day..
my Lord and King. Be-liev - ing in
-*• ^ fS
f.JV JLMJJ. l±
Saviour's word, (my Saviour's word,) mv soul ascends, (my soul ascends,) in love di-
PE231 i m m .
*-Mfr-fr:
Im^ML I
— :
Believing In My Saviour's Word. Concluded.
mm M
vine;
in love di-vine;
JJ
^—
*
Each day
*<-
and
sb=
hour
J-
'-r-nr-i-
Each day
:
and hour,
^
-J. # p.
?
I hum - bly
as * i
py i
* * m * fc>_- S
-
u»
T^
p "L/ h
$ 1" *
U
*
*
P U 5
pray, Keep Thou, dear Lord this soul of mine.
I humbly pray, Keep Thou, dear Lord, this soul of mine.
it
* rV s n
-pran i^
§Si y p
•*-=-»!
>— W*-
?3
tfc£
V—B=P C>
-3-t-
No. 155. He Leadeth Me.

T. P. B. Property of Firm Foundation Publishing House. 1913. T. P. BURT.
1. The Lord is my Shepherd, not want,

I shall He lead - eth me; Be-
2. He guides me to rest, in pastures
of green, He lead - eth me; Be-
3. Yea, goodness and mer-cy shall follow each day, He lead - eth me; I'll
pig i»
g
fr
e
w a
f
» P —w-
1^2=2: k m k
I
Vî>
I
ff-T*- jEd
i»
-U^— kJLU
p
Jfc
r
t==
S
Refrain.
*-*r>-~ :}"•*
^
m m * i 3CsC
s . wt
side the still waters, the liv-ing fount, He lead-eth me.

side the still waters, the living stream, He lead-eth me. He lead-eth me,
dwell in the house of the Lord for aye, He lead-eth me.
No. 156. The Greatest Thing is Love.
C. H.M. Copyright, 1903, by H. L. Gilmour. Uicd by p«r. MRS. C. H. MORRIS.
1. matchless love, how could it be? He took ray place and died forme;
2. In ev - 'ry land be - neath the sun, It makes us broth-era ev - 'ry one,
3. It makes all things with joy replete.Makes strong the heart.life's cares to meet,
4. It sti - fles ev - 'ry sigh and moan, It melt - eth hard-est hearts of stone,
mBBS
g.zHz^d-t=y— I
v
^•-s-
1*
i — tri — ^-r
-**-(*-
2=t
• — h» •• m -m- -*— * m
I from the brok - en law go free, Thro' love, won-der-ful love,
Thro' Christ, the "well-be lov - ed Sod," This love, won-der-ful love,
Turns sor-row's bit - ter in - to sweet, This love, won- der - ful love,
It breaketh ev - 'ry bar- rier down, This love, won- der - ful love.
> — k-
EIS
Chords.
— — »- _
S3£
-N N, -H
^
I
* ; —•-"
1
*—n-^ 1
The greatest thing in earth be - low Is love,
won- der- ful love,
I h J2*o- •-. . -ft

±=X
'»S£
^-V^-^tt- Z :
S
m W
:
** **
P3i
t=t
The great - est thing the

won- der -
^
9§3=
jm. m.
j—I— i-
*5*
F=FT=£ • •
I I J
V If I I
The great - est grace in God's own heart Is love,

won- der ful
n
—< —
The Greatest Thing is Love. Concluded,

*^»
E E:^£ :_-.
In earth and sky, all things a - bove, Is love, won-der- ful love.
teli
5 The stripes that should on me be laid, 6 Where souls in sin and sadness droop,
He bore and suffered in my stead, We go with Him and gladly stoop
Like as the lamb to slaughter led, To lift a fallen brother up,
Through love, wonderful love. Through love, wonderful love.
No. 157. Nearer, Still Nearer.

Copyright. 1898, by H. L. Gilmour. Used by per.
MRS.C. H.M. MRS. C. H. MORRIS.
pm 1. Near-
Near-
4=—f
er, still
er, still
a a:
nearer, noth-ing

-*— 9— -*#-
nearer, close to Thy heart,
bring,
c
Draw
s>
Naught
me,
as
my
an
Sav - lour, so
of- f 'ring to
2. I
3. Near- er, still nearer, Lord, to be Thine, Sin, with it3 fol - lies, I
4. Near- er, still nearer, while life shall last, Till safe in g!o - ry my
ses^s e
frb 4 i i i
*>-HS-
^ ^>=jg:r
t=t
^S
&
pSEg
t 3rt
preciousThou art;
3=F
Fold me,
*-&-
W
fold
»3E
Thy breast; Shel - ter me
me close to
L «$^
2£
Je - 8U8 my King, On - ly my contrite heart; Grant me the

sinful, now
gladly re-sign; All of its pleasures, pomp, and its pride; Give me but
an - chor is cast; Thro' endless a - ges, ev - er to be Near-er, my
a- &-
1 *m
* m
* i
±=t â#=
I
I
•I 1 I
3_ t=± i
H
4
~»*
r-
y^¥ -*-*-
^=^ 3^
g=5
3=3:
i
safe in that "Haven of Rest," Shel-ter me safe in that "Hav-en of Rest."
cleansing Thy blood doth impart,Grant me the cleansing Thy blood doth impart.
Je - 8us,my Lord cru- ci- fied; Give me but Je - sus, my Lord cru - ci - fied.
»
Sav-iour, still near-er to Thee; Near- er, my Saviour, still near-er to Thee.
i—l V
m. miii'w r
gj—
vm !
|a_|«-s>-
j
—— y —
1 — "
No. 158 Victory Must Be Won.

Owned by Vaughan and Proffiti. U»ed by per.
N. W. P. Arr. by JAMEd D. YATciHAN. N. W. PROFFITT.
1E&
"P >s—P— - h— — i
P ~K1
1. We spread the gospel light, We will bat-tie

will for the right, In the
2. We la - bor in
will the field, Un - til Satan's hosts shall yield, To the
3. With our armor shining bright, We will ev - er brave-ly fight, In the
— —
9g ^=
-•-: -* . h ---; ^ -•-
^^S :
SH*
-»— :
king-dora of God and His Son; We will conquer ev - 'ry foe, On this
king-dom of God and His Son; We will press the bat - tie tide, Fight-ing
king-dora of God and His Son; With our Cap-tain we will stand, Till we've
»E V—
bat - tie-field be-low, For. the vie - to - ry for Christ must be won.
sin on ev - 'ry side, For the vie - to - ry for Christ must be won.
con-quered ev - 'ry land, For the vie - to - ry for Christ must be won.
-i
!
- •
•
'
-
—* •— m—r »——• — •——»• —b"
— — I '
IsznÊiX
1
—H-
mmm Vic - to - ry must be won, For the

the vict'ry must be won, Yes, the vict'ry must be won,
king-dom of
7-7- —• %» i]»-M»~|»-*-PHfr —^-^-y-rp-^H^-i 1
— 1~ * 7*t!»'
! * »
£
M^4t^
n
y f^
u i
*
I** i k
*r£ m
^ > m m •
m
T m J.
^
-R-
^
i
v 4 j i I
God and His Son; Press the bat-tie for the right, Spread the
His bless-ed Son;
9^fct=^_^
—r~
"1 r'^Ti
—H*-
L /< ? — —v —
U L
j v v v i
^ £_J
Victory Must Be Won. Concluded.
9=?=-* K K N—"fs S—N

S S
R— P ^r— -n
glo-rious gos-pel light, For the vie - to-ry for Christ must be won.
must be won.
V — *— * V-
No. 159 Asleep,

'Blessed are the dead who die in the Lord."— Rev. 14: 13.
Used by per. of the author.

A.T. AUSTIN TAYLOR.
Duet.
1. Our dear one now has gone to rest, From pain and sor - row free;
2. With tear - ful eyes and ach - ing hearts We speak the last good-by;
3. Sleep on, sleep on thy peace-ful sleep, No sleep hath earth so sweet;
I
The sleep
5=*
- ing form so much
~p^-
JW
I*-""
we
~0~
love
m *=3 ^— m
No more
— —
•m
on earth we'll see.

*r
But soon meet to nev - er part, Where pleas-ures nev - er

we'll die.
Tho' here 'mid gloom we moan and weep, In heav'n a - gain we'll meet.
mm Chorus.
A - sleep,
>
a
- *J _
-
-m-
P
sleep on
m
f»
Je - sus' breast,
75»-
I
*-# P2Z3C
All cares and tri

4 —55
- als
i-
o'er;
9J^ H-T^-g-rfeS
±=± 1 1-
—H*
-y
t=t
F u l-
I I
rflft
IB * «'
r—
— I
*
K-,
>
,
< <
i—
-]
i
— hsM j
i— ^-i—
^ 1
1 N
—\
I
^
-1
/Tv
1
-*- -^. --- ^ -^ -«(-
A - sleep, a - sleep un - til the blest A - wake on Ca-naan's shore.
11
*
.
EJ—
9^-sf^
-
~i— •
!
y
•
N
j —• tpj
in- b=& f~ hr?
? 11—m'1— -F
h
h*-2
-f
-m
I
• I— ~m
I- ^~m
—1
— -I
r
No. 160. He's Pleading for You.

N TAYLOR.
ftl
:
^;mm^^ -s^rg
1. O hear the glad message from Je bus a-bove And has - ti - ly
* N-
2. I Bio
> oer, dear Bin ner, why lon-ger you wait To come to the
- -
B. Ybu wander in doubtings, your way is not plain. And soon un to

4. The Lord is still wail-ing and pleading in love; O why will you
heed it, we pray; He of-fers a place in His won der-ful love, O

Cru-ci-fied One? How sad it wil be at the beau-ti-ful gate, Jf
death you mus. ome; Then sinner, prepare hat a place you may gain U itb
lon-ger de - lay? He of-fers a mansion in glo-rv a - hove To
y s Is V v 7 v I
will you accept it to day? He's plead - ing for you,

- In
there you no welcome have won.
Je sus in heaven's bright home.
-
all who will trust and o-bey. He's pleading in glory, in glory for you, He's
1/ i/ U ^ * *~^f"
S y y j
glo - - ry for you, O turn and to Je - sus be
pleading in glory, in glo-ry for you,
IN N
?S=il
= «ur r r r-**-+ * S=rg—y—
true ; He's plead - - ing for you, In glo
He's pleading, yes, pleading in glo-ry for you, In glo-ry He's
Copyright, 1914, by Austin Taylor

He's Pleading for You. Concluded
?f¥^
r^rrr s * s=318
ry for you, Yes, Je-sus is pleading for you.
rtr ...
pleading in glo-rv for you, for you.
'-
w w = t=t
> '*
•
r=r-
¥ '
¥ ¥ ¥ '
U ¥
m§\
No. 161 Be a Toiler for the Lord.
R. L. LEFTWIOH.
¥=m &
1. Dear Lord, why should we lin-ger here, And with the i - dler stand,
2. The grain is wav-ing to and fro, O hear the tempest sweep,
3. Far down the val-ley i-dlers stand, Not knowing what to do,
4. Dear Lord, help us to labor on In life's great harvest field,
iî —ft
With sic-kle dull, the harvest fair, And reapers in de-mand.

As thro' the harvest field it goes, Haste, brother, let us reap.
O give to them a help-ing hand, That they may labor too.
That when our toiling here is done, A bun-dant be Thy yield. -
gj^rffr I
E *=£
u ^
£ ^=^=
-'^
-r^ f r-t-
—r*—•—» • *
-r^
Chorus.
Brother, go. .and work for .Jesus,

. . Be a toiler for the Lord,
Brother, go for Jesus, for the Lord,
-i
—— i
t?- — nr r#
rT~rr
Labor on .and be a winner,
. . And receive the great reward,
.
labor on a winner, reward.
ft*ft
££»»MZSE
.,J '
* -0 • »i » _
z
'
gfrrsr -P— t/-

V-t^
Used by permission.
-t^L 1
V
/ If
¥
L
r
r
—
No. 162. Volunteers to the Front!

Copyrifbt, 1899, by H. L. Gilmour, Wenonab, N. J.
MRS. E. E. WILLIAMS. U»ed br Per.

Martial «tyl<\ M. PAULINE GILMOUR HATCH.
-a I- k —r ^
Ntrd »
—r~-^
H * — N 1
-
••:*:
1. Vol - un-teers are want- ed! hear the stir-ring call, be swift to
2. Vol - un-teers are want- ed! val- iant men and true, In the ranks, my
3. Vol - un-teers are want- ed! for on land and sea, Sa- tan's starv-ing
4. Vol - un-teers are want- ed! lot the ranks be filled, Soon the din of
——
9^4
Egl * k ^- VV
f=q
h • :
^^^SEÊfS
t-
a
i££ 3£
I
an - swer, com - rades one and all; Gird - ing on your ar - mor,
broth - er, there is room for you; Christ the
is Com-mand - er,
bond - men clam - or to be free; Hast - en to their res - cue,
bat - tie will in peace be stilled; See! the clouds are lift - ing,
-N-
haste to march a way, For the Lord is calling, "to

- the front to - day!"
let us all o bey When he gives the or - der, "to
- the front to - day!"
if you still de- lay Blood-bought souls must perish, to the front to-day!
soon they'll clear away, Glo - ry gilds the heights a- long the front to - day!
m *
m — •- * » — - i
r^-H
fflh 1 1 ^ m *
I— r-» * *-1-
m
2S8 J5
Chorus.
£S
B^S K— tl-
^ 1 1 1
1
.
-
j s^r
A- way to the bat- tie - field, a - way, a- way! The King calls for
A - way, a - way to the bat- tie-field, a - way,
m
sag w: tt* t* w=e-
u i
J±-iJm-
pi sol -
—
diers in
i
—— •- »-L
His ranks
h^
to- day,
I*
Hear the bu
M=*
- gle call -ing,
sol - diers in His ranks to- day,
SI r r r r m E ti u t;
Volunteers to the Front. Concluded.
r-f—Wh1*- * d d . — *=F-* ^ 5/ ^ p ^
in - to line be fall ing, Forth to the bat-tie-field, a-way, a - way
^ FT C>
!
.reft f g
;
r-f fTi^ffi i
No. 163. I Love Thy Kingdom, Lord.

TIMOTHY DWIGHT. L. C. EVERETT.
gj • ~m. m ^ ^ ~ m -&-
love Thy kingdom, Lord,The house of Thine a- bode, The
2. For her my tears shall fall, For her my pray'r as -cend To ;
3. Je-sus,Thou Friend di-vine, Our Sav-iour and our King, Thy
4* w-
Ef I
M *-4.
I S±E?£^5
I 1 -:
I < <-
Church our blest Re-deein-er saved VV ith His own pre-cious blood
& II
;
her my cares and toils be giv'n, Till toil and cares shall end.
hand from ev 'ry snare and foe Shall great de-liv-' ranee bring.
-
—m—mJ s
m*
I I
m-*-• m-
%=% lEEzJEEjEZ
*£.
m ÊEi
M£=
I
s=4=±§ ^&
love Thy Church, O God, Her walls be-fore Thee stand, Dear
& <S>
Be-yond my high - est joy I prize her heav'nly ways, Her

Sure as Thy truth shall last, To Zi - on shall be giv'n The
m* Ct=±
hE=*E*=mmEm^$ m.12.
mm II as the ap - pie
*+=*=?
of Thine eye, And grav-en on Thy hand,
sweet com-mun-ion, sol-emn vows, Her hymns of love and praise,
**
I
--&-
bright-est glo - ries earth can yield, And brighter bliss of heav'n.
_^_ j^.-j^ .*-
m f-T"-T-f 1 — i-
r i
r i . —r — — — — ; —
No. 164. ROUND THE HILLS IN GALILEE.

"Amljeûs went about all Galilee, . preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and
. .
healing all manner of sickness and all manner of diseaseamoug the people."— Matt. 4:23.
T. S. T. TILLET S. TEDDUE.
&*-*- -3= — —-A —~~h~— ——>- — V"
—K-=fr -m—— h
v-
h
~m— — =*-*-
ft. t 1
— hr *r-
¥ ££-m —!** -8+ m -m-^—&r-in- *— 3r^ — \

H 1
pk- i 1 - >-=-
h 1
«9
-9-
i. Thro' the gleam-ing dis-tant a - ges, comes a vi -sion light to me,
2. Tho' a man of ma - ny sor-rows and a rug - ged path to go,
3. Hear Him call - ing, gent-ly calling, like a shep-herd to his sheep,
• m m- • m. m «_• m* ^ J
m.
5
I
9- o 6
2
P ¥feE£ 4 1-
*=?— _J- PS—

—*— —— S
^ S ^
-1-R —m * ——
rW-
k
w-
J
5j
-t"^- =S- -<J—
* •
ft m —
— tr m ar-r-
1
*:
3 pC-
-*-
And I see my Sav - iour teaching by the sea O the
Yet He nev er failed to an-swer ev - 'ry plea; See the
"All ye wea - ry, faint - ing hearts come un - to me," Thro' these
m m • m m . m <• ~ ~ m *3 •
i\"
" Im
* m m m m .
m .
m
* w
1-4.1?.
*
•
V 1
/
.
V
«•
V
.
.
.
5
H
p ^> / V V V J £
1
i> Lf
a=^l 3=
f :
pre
r4=*
- cious words there spoken, come like clar-ion tones to me,
mul - ti-tudes He'sfeed-ing, of His boundless mer - cy free,
words, the in - vi - ta-tion still re-sounds to you and me,
£ t=f.
1 -J0- 3: »~i -Z5^

Tho' He spoke them round the hills in Gal • i - lee!
While they gath ered round •
the hills in Gal - i - lee!

Tho' He spoke them round the hill: in Gal - i - lee I
N ^ _K
m 7—
IS
B=E ff+=ff V"

f^
REFRAIN.
11=2
Round the hills.
ma-jes tic hills
in
*-tr
K—K-
Gal- i -
m
lee,
in Gal - i -
5=*
Je - sus
^ n ps
- lee,
m-m. rt^r
g s :
i
* i j=t
¥ -^-v-
T^
Copyright, 1908, by N. W. Allphin.
i — : r N :
Round The Hills In Galilee. Concluded,
said, "Come unto me;" And with touching, thriliing pathos come these
yes, Jesus said,
„ riff -fur .E.r.f :nv-» -*<

.,r_ir « *--.*
*-*
..
^3C t=t : --fc-

t^-^
r-r-r-tr
P fc— & N N
bless-ed words to me,Tho'

«
t^±t+Z=l=l=£^£
He spoke them round the hills in Galilee
I !
Has
To Us a Child of Hope Is Born
JOHN MORRISON. LOWELL MASON.
4S h
Tous a Child of hope is born, To us a Son isgiv'n:

His name shall be the Prince of peace, For ev er-more a- dored,
-
His pow'r,increasing,still shall spread, His reign no end shall know ;
To us a Child of hope is born, To us a Son is giv'n

h m m i i -*-. ^ ^ ^
Him earth o - bey Him, all the hosts of heav'n:

shall the tribes of
The Won-der-ful, the Coun-sel - or, The great and might-y Lord !
Jus-tice shall guard His throne a-bove, And peace a-bound be - low.
The Won-der-ful, the Coun-sel - or, The might - y Lord of heav'n!
—_ -0- -m- • -*--»- -p- -m- .
1
1
7f=9Z
fi£
-mzÊ.
1
—
A 1-
v
—V
Him shall the tribes of earth o - bey Him, all the hosts of heav'n.
;
The Won-der-ful, the Coun-sel-or, The great and might-y Lord !
Jus-tice shall guard His throne above, And peace a - bound be - low.
The Won-der-ful, the Coun-sel-or, The might-y Lord of heav'n !
-&•
m *= £ E ^y r f
i
No. 166. THE SURE FOUNDATION.
LUELLA MCCUTCHEUN. C. L. CHAMBERLIN.
te*
t fes *^*
fcfc£=K=fc=*: *=*- ^^=;
i.
f* » #
Each one in life is build-ing tem-ple of His own; Seek thenen the A
*=s. Fs^s
;
2. Earth's mightiest works shall perish,Shall crumble and de-cay; The piles of
3. There hath been laid in Zi - on A
sure foundation stone; Build then your
sure foundation.Choose well the cornerstone. Trust not in fame or riches, Nor
Sf#5
brick and gran-ite The years shall sweep away But souls live on for - ev - er In ;
hopesup-on it, On Christ and Him a-lone.\Yhen to the fi- nal judgment We
Jk.
fcgzzjsrrfes
^£* s-^Fs^ liiiig&i^gl
on good works rely Men's best acts are im-per-f ect In God's un-err - ing eye.
;
ormis-er-y, Andchar-ac- ter is destined To last e-ter- nal - ly.

joy
come at God's command. Safe on the Rock each temple All glo - ri-fied shall stand.
Chorus.
n h 1 I > fe. fc ^ N 1 ,
\l _i _i J
1
J/,9 u r J
-
1
-j
/Lb-H^-^r— - -4-4-41-4- —
-4 4 »
<^ -3
m m J *~m
1
x- -<5*
Build on the Rock c fA - ges, ûild

Build on the Rock of A - - ges, 3uild on the Rock of A-ges, Build not on the
> * * h > 1
'
k i,, —— F F » F * F *'X' * —*m < *
f4*ii~f>-tH m
—*-*-£-
1
£^^H*-^
1
* *
1 [
&~*-*-\
1
1
v-
* * * > k-£> U
%e£=m^
— ——— —i 1 1 t-
&-T
*-*- +
o 9 d S +-w
I
A
not on the shifting sand; So when the tempest
shift - ing sand, on the shifting sand; So when the tempest rag - es,
y U —
• * i
The Sure Foundation. Concluded.
ra - ges Safe - ly thy work shall stand,

So when the tempest ra-ges shall surely stand.
No. 167. The Lord is My Shepherd.

Used by per. Quartet Music Co.
H. W. ELLIOTT. Arr. by F. L. E. H. W . ELLIOTT. Arr. by J. E. T.
*< *^=3=&:
1. The Lord is my Shepherd, I shall not want, He lead-eth me night and day;
2. When to the dark valley of death I come, No e - vil then will I fear;
3. The table is spread and my soul shall feast, And nev-er know want or care;
4. For - ev - er to dwell in the house of God, The shad-ows <*:': past and gone;
p p p . p-rP —p— p—p- * r m-
3E
• V V 1/ •
^fc£
I
rV-
^==f5z=r: ^^
rat
In pastures of green, by wa-ters so sweet,He guides me in wis-dom's way.
Thy rod and Thy comfort me there, And make my way bright and clear.
staff will
A-noint-ed with oil, my head it shall be, My cup filled with pleasure there.
With Jesus my king, His praises to sing. While a - ges roll on and on.
~. p p-p-p --« p l f p * p ,S
^&t'
,
\
1
I
— I
——
=SÊ=^=Ê=t=:
I t=t -*
Chorus
—H^« —«—«— (—hi — *— * —*M-

Shepherd di - vine, sweet Shepherd of mine; Lead me in the right way
-p-jp —p—m—m—p-rm—p—p—m—rM—M— m I IS
* p v
_
*— * — .
-*—^—
»--5rl
1 Ê3
fc=
^4 -N—^-
To heav-en a-bove, where Thee I can love, Thro' one e - ter - nal day.
4* -p m P «—r-* P P P ^-r-* (»— • k *=*-
3# t-Ki
p—y—jp.
^ y
s=s:
Bzza
—— m ^
r=t
• • (
i V--I
1
£ —
No. 168. The Call From the Islands.
A.T. Controlled by Aurtin Taylor. I'M 3. AUSTIN TAYLOB.
i-^fc-^-S — —3— 3—3

Pfe^
j_j.
9
j— — •—«—<•-
N „ e
t-^-z^T --s
-3 3 J «US
'
^—^
^
*i
=
1
— J* 1
40
r— 3*3
49
:
l
1. In the lands of There are souls that we should save, Hear the
ev- 'ry nation,
2. While the days are And the soul with vig- or thrills, Hear the
full of glory,
3. There's a work the Lord hasgiv- en, There's a work for ev - 'ry day, Hear the
-wirm-
<5i?*i£ u u
4^*
call from the is - lands of the sea; Ma - ny yet in dark-ness wan-der,

call from the is - lands of the sea; Let the light of truth be shining,
call from the is - lands of the sea; the mil-lions that are dy - ing,
!t=ft 5T3
*=* § 1
D^^r-S-
i
n i
V
L R k.
p
k.
r
"
m m
p S
I
k.
r
fc.
» ^
IL.
mr
fc J 1
a
2
.rh.fc.Nh
^
^
,
N p _,
* * r^ _, _, !
1
1
ft
^ «TJ
—4
#1
m m
mm
tm tm
i
m •
m * m
J
•
i
• •
. m J 2
2
—
J
— #» * "^
c/
•
•" i
wending endless grave, Hear the call from the

to an is-lands of the sea.
till sin it fills, Hear the call from the
the dens of is-lands of the sea.
that have never known the way, Hear the call from the is-lands of the sea.
*- m - m +- % +• m m ~*~ *
m m
„ m m -f- -*- . fc
"•" .
CI' It * 5 « * » m |v m • • '
L L L L.
1 1
+S!•#" r m U 1" ^
1
'J t> i> 1> L> (^
L E £ ^ " • * '
pyJ
Chorus.
-d=
±5
-m^-Tm- -m-^rmr w »
¥ \J " I » '
Hear the call, hear the call, Come and help us,
Hear the call, hear the call, hear the call, the dy-ing call,
n :
AJ* 11^ JJ| ^ s
J^
i— 1 :
Jfc—
•
fcr
*J
^ N —* —Ps—Ps—P —Ps—N
ta= [ fcr
*,
i
s- r —
fcr—
fe— ^W-S-s[-J- r S> 40 •
40 40
—' «
* 49 S "
come and help ue ere we die, is the cry; From the ends of ev-'ry na-tion,
^* ^ y r
-V
r
^
?
* L
r«-
i—— —
_*.
-•
*__a_ ^m-m -*- _*_ .m. M- 4R-
i
r—
m m— -v U—*—v
m—m • r^r-
.
* —
-m-
-J
m
J :
— - — * ;
The Call From the Islands. Concluded.
hear the weep-ing and the wail-ing, Hear the call from the is-lands of the sea.
No. 169, Stand Up for Jesus,

GEORGE DUFFIELD, Jr. G. J. WEBB.
\rir—r-! -V -I -I
±w
1. Stand up! stand up for Je - sus! Ye sol-diers of the cross;
2. Stand up! stand up for Je - sus! Stand in His strength a - lone;
3. Stand up! stand up . for Je - sus! The strife will not be long;
H-f
| F4
-
£EEE m%
Fine.
*
G 1
V \P
w^-^= ^m
J
. -m
-w ^
=1
1
m— -*-
«l_.^_ "•
—m— —J
-^=L^
J
*
—3—•-^-*r*\
i
=
1
i
'
J
1
"
i
Lift high His roy - al ban - ner, It must not suf - fer loss;
The arm of flesh will fail you; Ye dare not trust your own
This day the noise of bat - tie, The next the vie - tor's socg;
r
m •
—m ».. m- r&— —*- — m. — m m h
9i^=r=
J v t— -m—
1
-»
h
1
—*—P=J
^ 1
v— 1-
h
^r^^
1
fcfefd
^-1
D. S.-Till ev - 'ry foe is van-quished, And Christ is Lord in - deed.

D. S.- Where du - ty calls or dan - ger, Be nev - er want-ing there,
D. S.-He with the King of glo - ry, Shall reign e - ter - nal - ly.
D.S.
From vie - fry un - to vie - t'ry His ar - my He shall lead,
Put on the gos - pel ar - mor, And watch-ing un - to pray'r,
To him that o - ver - com - eth, A crown of life shall be;
— —r*-T — • —
i
«
-»
—
No. 170 THE LORD OUR ROCK.

. by J. P. L. J. P. Lane.
h0£=mt3mm
i. o the Rock 'tis a cleft and
1
a strong,sure defense From the
2. o the Rock safe- ly shields from the foes that sur-round,Tho' the
3- the Rock, blessed Rock, wiiat a calm, blest re-treat, will We
%±%
--3- 8
-4-*-|*-ir+r—
g—*——&=£. §
3 £
dark gath'ring tempest so threat'ning and dense In the Rock we are safe, we will ;
per - ils are many, and tempters abound In the Rock,all secure,from all ;
rest in the Shade all secure from the heat In the Rock we're contented.we're ;
Sp=^
=*i
gz ? —*• * l«— ^-^-«— »-^--Vl5—f=Pf-«a

I
suf - fer no fear, But in peace that is changeless, we rest sweet-ly here,
harm we a - bide; Since He shields us and keeps us, no ill can be-tide.
hap -
py and free ; Sin - ner, flee for thy life, to this Refuge flee. O
^zmm
w *
k £ 1
For the Lord our Rock is and is might -

y and
For the Lord is our Rock.for the Lord is our Rock.and is might-y and strong,and is
*=&
*"*" :-':
2±
strong,
IS
And in Him
:
we
2
are safe Ifie our
soui
might-y and strong, And in Him we are safe, and in Him we are safe, He sour
:
~ r~r- p •*
egg ::::;;
A
^ggg^jg |
» *-fr fr-JEfrC
|
=U= p| U.g.
Cc M n EU i*», tj H. N. Uoool*. u|faa |
THE LORD OUR ROCK.
help
abz*_t*
and our song,
help and our song, He's our help and our song,
(5^-
-+ m
In the rock
mm
In the Rock
we will
f-_-p--^"->EL
J=t=F
n^^-
feg^gg
J J J J JB g
i=f
we will rest till the storms all are past; He will guide thro' the gloom,He will
* * 4 p.jm *
guide thro' the gloom 'till the light dawns at last dawns at last
^ £, <«» ^ i k. *. i
t'M the light dawns at last.
h. *
^3t
grt r ~ C2 I
gloom 'till the light dawns at last.
No. 171. HOW SOLEMN ARE THE WORDS.

Montgomery. Kentucky, S. M. A. Chapin.
Which Je sus
- ut - ter'd while on
i§ipi§ii=#s
— earth Ye must be bom a - gain!
No ref - or - ma - tion— 'Tis will suf - fice life poor sin - ners need.
In vain the soul may else -where go — Tis lie a • lone can save.
'Tis on- lyblood-wash'd ones are there — The ran - som'd and for - giv'n.
z* ûL -<,
I± t* IP i
vi gf^pfl
No. 172. SING THE BLESSED GOSPEL.
To all singing teachers and singing evangelists.
H. N. L. II. N. Lincoln.
I
i. Sing the bless -ed gos - pel, sing in ev 'ry land Sing the bless-ed ti- dings
-
;
2. Sing of thy Ke-deemer, laud His ho - ly name; He in wondrous mer- cy,
3. Sing of free sal- va - tion that He brought toman; Let the dy -ing heathen
S5=J^g= g-^^— = y-rf— 1

I
ffz^
v~*
sing, ye ransomed band; Sing it to the lost ones all the world a- round,
to redeem us,came. Sing it to the nations all around the earth,
know the wondrous plan. Bid themjointhe cho - rus — all the wide world,sing,
Sing the sto - ry of the cross wher - ev - er man is found.

Sing a - loud the tones of joy a - bout His won -drous birth.
Praise His ev - er - last - ing name, our match -less heav'n-ly King.
Efefe^
Sing the blessed gos - pel, swell the joy - ful sound, Till theheath-en
lands of earth with gladness shall re-sonncLSpread the glo-rions good news
*• : -T~ t~:
--W-r-W
Cowr^bt, WJO, bj U. N. LinooU. A* Hfhta rteerred.

-
* —^—*—
r — I
Sing the Blessed Gospel. Concluded.
^ in
^ -U~^3^
a chant sublime, Till the Saviour's precious love
?*-j& £=£
is known in
saffil
ev - 'ry clime.
4 When our work is over, crosses all laid down, Endless joy awaits us,
everlasting crown;
In the heav'nly mansions, sweet eternal rest, While the years unending roll,
t~.-fh friends and loved ones blest.
No. 173. 'Tis So Sweet To Trust In Jesus.

"My
peace I give unto you. Let not your heart be troubled, neither let it be
Mas. Lousia M. R. Stead. afraid."— John 14: £7. Wm. J. Kibkpatbick.
|S -I 1 ,
—^— ——
n=z
*> 1 — «'
m
1. 'Tis so sweet to trust in Je - take Him at
sus, Just His word;
to
2. how sweet to trust in Je - trust His cleansing blood;
sus, Just to
3. Yes, 'tis sweet to trust in Je - sus, Just from sin and self to cease;
4. I'm so glad I learned to trust Thee, Precious Je - sus, Sav-iour, Friend;
^
^m
P^t* I I I
£=t
pafi Just to rest up - on

%=*=*
His prom-ise, Just to know, "Thus saith the Lord."
^j-^-gM
Just in sim - pie faith to plunge me 'Neath the heal - ing, cleansing flood.
Just from Je - sus sim ply tak - ing Life, and rest, and joy, and peace.
-
And I know that Thou art with me, Wilt be with me to the end.
f * g
^m rnr-p-
i i
- » J J ,
w=x
rt
« « ,
•
-r r
P=fc
i i fa
VHOBVS.
h^MT^^*=£
L S3 i * r x=x
i tt Je - sus, Je - sus, how I trust
9---m
Him;
1
How
h
I've proved Him o'er
1* -^-
and o'er;
»£ v=x W W £=t
JtZMt 3 A «L :2Z=:
S
8 g d H-JL g *
Je -sus, Je - sus, Pre - cious Je - sus! for grace k> trust Him more.
&e: F P
i— k I 5 ii -I- ^
I 1 l I i i i i
— — I i
No. 174. I'm on the Road to Glory.

J AS. ROWE. J. E. THOMAS.
1. and am free from doubt and sin, I'm on the

I've left the vale of darkness
2. I've lost my
heavy burden and am sing-ing as I go, I'm on the
mA
«
8. The One who made me happy keeps beside me all the way,I'm on the
-m —m-
* g P
m * c
z
^ t r^m
m *
§g^' *_fc- S-h
road to glo - ry,praise the Lord! I've started out with courage.life's e -
road to glo - ry,praise the Lord! The arm of faith defends me and I
road to glo - ry,praise the Lord! I'm going home to praise Him thro* the
S IS _^_ ^ ,^ ^
**-*-' i»-
•**-
' -g-.jg- jt Jh d d d m m
im % +
h s h
V V K P -s !S h k K ,''_/' " " ! 1
J J
k_
*r *
i i
JL.W
8 R -
rJ 1
fm™
"k 2
•
•
J
2 J
m J
*5
m— . m —
m 1
. m m m 2 L.
* 1
1
ter- nal crown to win, I'm on the road to glo - ry,praise the Lord,
fear no more the foe, I'm on the road to glo - ry .praise the Lord.
ev - er-last - ing day, I'm on the road to glo - ry, praise the Lord.
f ! f a ^ f * *
p
* *
m
m m~-±
\ p» 1 • -
b '
^•t ,?
p '!• r •
f* r t
y y
/ j ^
™ • -r if
.
|_ y
V '
w*' u* i • 1
n REFRAIN.
,
^ 1
V v |
SUm
Fr v
T* J
i
J
P
-i^—————
<&
i
-
p n n j ^
&
^ ^
*
I'm on the road to - ry,

I'm on the road to glo - ry, hal - le - t. jah, praise the Lord, I'm
m ~
C|;. i?
^Vis'/
p ,
i
~tl —ii
— — —il —b—L — "U"
1
b.
K
— 1
L.
i
1
b:
r
b:
1 1
'
L.
i
r » S- j«
j
1
1
1 m
1
i
s s *> s * * * y s ff G L> 1
dt
-J If
S=±s:
r< \
glo - - ry, glo - - ry, I'm on the
on the road to glo - ry, hal - le - hi - jah, praise the Lord,
5ffil
Copyright, 1911, by J
I'm on the Road to Glory. Concluded.
^ « «.
m 1
—« DL * PS tv__
1- - -i • >
road to glo - ry,praise the Lord ! My past has been for-giv -

en and my
.
^1:, 17
. ..
» t h «-*—#
—^£ /•y:-s-,'g-; ff-
- I
,y
b
*
b
*h /
h
/
t— —m- — m— -b '
——
!
-1
-V
^_y
!
J E 1
V y
£ ^* *=» —•———»
p -5 . • a ' .
'
sonl is fac-ing heav-en, I'm on the road to glo - ry, praise the Lord.
m—m m—m—m—M—*m—* m—m—

I IS 'IS fc
—« •
Hc^=tcizt fc=E
V XT' f
No. 175. Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me,

J. E. GOULD.
Im *^îgz^rrr;
N=5t
-j+-3~*-
1. Je - bus, Sav - iour, pi lot me

- - ver life's tem-pes-tuous sea ;
2. As a moth - er her child, Thou canst hush the o - cean wild

stills ;
3. When at last I near the shore, And the fear - ful break-ers roar
Un-known waves be-fore me roll, Hid-ing rock and treach'rous shoal

Boist'rous waves o - bey Thy will When Thou say'st to them "Be still !"
'Twixt me and the peace-f ul rest, Then, while leaning on Thy breast,
^fcfc
— r
Or-J
±a TV
3tZS
r
m^=3^ tt _£
^—t*— -si-
Chart and corn-pass came from Thee; Je - sus, Sav - iour, pi - lot me.
Wondrous Sovereign of the 6ea, Je - sus, Sav- iour, pi - lot me.
May I hear Thee say to me, "Fear not, I will pi - lot thee!'
42
pI^zr-g4^±£S
+.
£±=E
g r
No. 176. I Am So Glad,

JAMES HOWE. J. E. THOMAS.
PPr 1.
u
I am
^r^
bo glad sal - va- tion's free to all who will re-ceive it,
2. I am bo glad that I can tell to way ward souls the eto - ry,
8. I am so glad that all heart to my Je - sub I have giv - en,
g
rrtfr?: t
$E
4=-4-
*=* £<¥
V-«- -3- -V- ITtS-
Glad that the news was bro't to me when I was lost and sad;
Glad that by grace from day to day a help- er I may be;
Glad that at ev - en -tide my soul true sheaves to Him may bring;
^=$=S=S=g_-g— =g=Eat g ii
3a
-L-
m
f=£=î
*
1/ u I
Praise Ii is dear Dame, I can pro-claim that tru - ly I be-lieve it,

Finding de-light in serv - ice true, my soul is win - ning glo - ry,
I will be true un - til with all the hap-py throng in neav - en,
£
BEFBAIH.
fe===^ e 1
-^4j 1 J 1 1
3=5 1
i
^.i;;.=£=i
For I am now His child, I know, and I'm so glad. Glo - ry,
Glo - ry for Him who gave His life to res - cue me.
Sweeter and nobler praise I give to Christ, my King. Glory to Je-sus,
m m #-
£E~ =0
1
— J J J \
p hon - - or be to His name for- ev-er, Nev-er a great -er

glory and hon
T '^-S—m —m -or,
,
m m m —* ,* -_
+ — , * m-
"""
j • •
Copyright, 1912, words and music by J. £. Thomas.
L
I Am So Glad. Concluded
h—
?=3C^ **
-jj «; -H
--,
yp
# V V
»-
>
-*—#.
1
Î'lTK
-* »
=
Friend the sin - ful race has had; Love Him, praise Him;
Love Him and serve Him, love Him and praise Him;
Jesns, the matchless Saviour;

*m^ He has' redeemed this soul of mine, And I'm so glad.
1. Ho, my comrades! see the sig - nal Wav-ing in the sky! Re-in-force-ments
2. See themight-y host ad-vanc-ing, Sa - tan lead-ing on; Might-y men a-
3. See the glor-ious ban-ner wav-ing! Hear the trumpet blow! In ourLead-er's
4. Fierce and long the bat-tie rag -es, But our help is near; Onward comes our
now ap - pear-ing, Vic - to - ry is nigh.

round us fall-ing,Cour-age al-most gone! "Hold the fort, for I am com-ing,"
name we'll triumph - ver ev - 'ry foe.
great Commander, Cheer,my comrades.chcer.
V ——
V t/ b/- -"
1
— —y Y-^t— —V— ^ ^ \/ V-
-0-t^- * — ^-N
-Jkh-H—-N-J-—-JV-m , —-J^-fY-A-N-^
m -fer-î-.
d£ H -
#1 -
O- 1
H-
1—
fc^'S-S: 1
* d d
!
=fc*S£fl
J9- sus sig- nals still;! iVave the answer back to heaven. "By Thy grace we will."
m m -*--*-- A--*- -+-:-£- -0t±

. J
-p -G-?-m—+ • — I-* — — — — —« — &
i- i i 1-^ u- u
=^2:^ k/ -U
^ —£ ? -v '
U_ JJ
Copyright, 1912, by John Church Co. Used by per.
No. 178. In the Shadow of the Rock.
Dr. H. Bonar. H. N. LrscoLW.
In the shad-ow of the rock let me

u u
rest, (let me rest,) When I
I J
1.
2. On the parch'd and desert way where I tread, (where I tread, )With the
3. I in peace will rest me here till I see, (till I see, ) That the
is is r\ n s s
£=£
1
r—r-t
&f=f--
^^ =23=1C P
L±±J+±-irMs
§
XJ-
f eel
J
3=? —p—
'&-T- —#—*—*
my breast, (thrill my breast, )A11 in vain the storm shall fweep
the tempest's shock thrill
u£±U
— 1-y* r
scorching noontide ray o'er my head, (o'er my head, )Let me find a welcome shade>
skies a-gain are fair o - ver me,. (0 - ver me, )Thatthe burning heats are past
rs t k r\ r\
cool
* r m
while I hide, (while I hide, ) And my tranquil vigil keep, by Thy side, (by Thy side,)
and still, (cool and still, ) And my weary steps be stay'd by Thy will (by Thy wilL)
trr
m ^
and the day, (and the day,) Bids the trav-el - er at last go his is way. (go his way.
*
J1
way.)
a f t=a± Lin.
*=*:
r
i^Hg
—
XJ
—ij^jj
Chorus.
* —*—-#-#—#
In the
»»*»*»• .
shadow of the rock let

IT-*
0—•
» ——
*-
me
fe
z?-.
r:st,
1
b the
^m^
shadow
/—J-
of the rock let

w
me
*
rest,
#
~r^ r r t£
g^femgs —t- il
fttu u^ u r^ 1
pt 1
Wheal
S@
S N JV—A^
feel the
W-9 '
temper's shoeithnll
I
v
* fv jr*'
my br:::t,
A^
Sp
h
$3^3^5E
t'_8 shadow of the ri let
a
ne rat
'-.
SIS i£S 1 ^-
Copyright, UM, by H7N. Lincoln.
r
In the Shadow of the Rock. Concluded.

Refrain
In the shadow of the rock let me rest, In the shadow of the rock let me rest;
mi^m am »y
» ^mwi
Jî
N-P
_J * Jdgl
î
1
-
* z* «
When I feel the tempest's shock thrill my breast, In the shadow of the rock let me rest.
No. 179. Joy to the World

ISAAC WATTS (Antioch.) Arr. from G. F. HANDEL.
A-4
1. Joy to the world, the Lord is come; Let earth receive her King Let ;
2. Joy to the earth, the Saviour reigns; Let men their songs employ While ;
3. No more let sins and sor-rows grow, Nor thorns in-fest the ground; He
4. He rules the world with truth and grace, And makes the nations orove The
JTrW £E*
-L
r -
-
£" •
, r?
?'^0
• —p-
!feg
E3:
r — f
P ev 'ry
- heart pre-pare Him room, And heav'n and nature sing. And
and floods, rocks, hills and plains, Re-peat the sounding joy, Re -
fields
comes to make His blessings flow Far as the curse is found, Far
glo - ries of His right-eous-ness And won-ders of His love, And
And heav'n and nature
b^ 1
heav'n and nature sing, And heav'n, and heav'n and nature sing,
peat the sounding joy, Re - peat, re - peat the sounding joy.
as the curse is found, Far as, far as the curse is found.
won-ders of His love, And won - ders, won - ders of His love,
sing, And heav'n and na-ture sing,
Kg 1 111 §^ & I
— 1
No. 180. On to Victory.

iL A. II.
HOFFMAN.
FXTSIIA A.
\
tzar
K
2S *»-
i. Chris-tian, gird the ar - mor on, There's a vie - t'rv to be won

2. Let His ban - ner be un-furled Till it waves o'er all the world,
3. When the bat - tie shall be done, And the vie - to - ry
sfttt^
be won
4. That will be an hour of joy, Praise shall then our tongues employ,
*__*_ ^Ê
*
——
I
>r-fc —a '
&£ > 3t3TiC

k •
«l
For the Lord,

r for the Lord; Take the hel - met, sword and shield,
Sea to sea, shore to shore; Till the na-tions all shall own
Con - flict past, con - flict past; In our hap - py home a-bove;
More and more, more and more; We shall stand be -fore the King,
S§
S^
& M—
—*- rV
v-
*T
i^=3C
At-*-
? n , r
I
'&.
- * * '
.j .
^-
S—ar
V* * — 1
-
7Z.
^-
Forth un - to the bat - tie field At His word, at His word.
He King, and He
is a - lone, Ev - er -more, ev - er-more.
We'll re-ceive a crown of love, At the !ast, at the last.
And the song of tri-umph sing Ev - er - more, ev - er • more.
m £3**!•
i
JEEZ
v rrr
t=t
i
*tsi
3HORUS.
m*M On we march to
*£=<&
*—£
vie to -
Zt
ry,
Hi
Je -sus
On we march to vie - to - ry, m a
will our lead-er be, Je - sus will our leader be, On we maith to
On we march
j*—*- -*-=-«- +-
*>
*-»
* •
« * .#:
see ^Sf^==
r
by per. of the Hoffman Music Co., owners of copyright.
— r ^ r
On to Victory,
. *.
vic-to-ry,
_^_.
to vic-to-ry,
To a
f^p J..... j « ?7?"?r?'
fi-naland a glorious vie -to - ry.
^-•^-
tlt^
§SEE -|«-v
It^W"
V >
> 7 —
ft I. 4
J ^ V
No. 181. Under the Shadow of Thy Wings.

MRS. W. J. KENNEDY. Ps. 17: 8. T. MARTIN TOWNE.
S—
i *-*
'+-*
1.
2.
I
Un-der
Un-der
-N
the
the
K
p
r PS
«K
shad-ow of Thy wings, "There hide me -safe a -way;
shad-ow of Thy wings, Tho' storms of life grow wild j
^£=3=3=
3. Un-der the shad-ow of Thy wings, No foe can tne re molest;

4. Un-der the shad-ow of Thy wings, Lord keep me day by day;
* 'f>- i— f- ~ <r^ JJt»-. - - ^.

ra
. 1
s SE5
3 a â
tf<-T
=ps
p p :
E 1
"
Like as the ap - pie of Thine eye, Keep me, dear Lord, to - day.
Thou canst control each stormy blast, And save Thy trusting child.
Rest-ing beneath Thy wings of love, My soul shall ev er rest. -
Trusting Thy grace I will re - joice, A - long my pil -^rim way.

J2^ £L
9S f±tl Hfr
1
REFRAIN.
• F
Un-der
v
the shad-ow
> J
of
sfe
Thy
d^
wings, O
^
Sav-iour,
?=*
let me
-?25L
hide;
-y—|T^-^-^r=)E
-•-
1—
m Un - der the shad-ow

h
of
J *(
Thy
J
ig
wings,
+!—*r
-*^-w
Dear Lord, would
-*---
I a -bide.
:
^t-^ :
§^
i
»
—
— C
1
r-
—
^; it
t=t P-^P==W ^r-i — e^*
1 1
^
Copyright, 1902, by H. K. Lincoln.
I
h 5/
=
All rights reserved.

'
F
No. 182. WHEN THE ROLL IS CALLED UP
YONDER.
J. M. B. J. M. Black.
f» *~>-
i
v ,
/ tx —: _1
:—L^
I
m m—m ^ ^ « .«_
i. When the trumpet of the Lord shall sound, and time shall be no
2. On that bright and cloudless morn-ing when the dead in Christ shall
3. Let m
us la - bqr for the Mas - tCT from the dawn till set - ting
-m-
r^
EBES =P=f
ft—^-g"" ^
Z±^Z
*
*i *_J*
* *
— fc h
3
fe.
3C=^:
more, And the morn -ing breaks.e - ter - nal bright and fair; When the
rise, And the glo - ry of His res - ur- rec - tion share; When His
sun, Let us talk of all His won-drous love and care; Then when
ST
*I=PE >~V g-
£ k -* *
*d^ >— Br-
H H 1 1 1 1
^
K at*
*=s=i
1—4^-4.
saved of earth shall gath-er o - ver on the oth - er shore, And the
chos - en ones shall gath-er to their home be-yond the skies, And the
all of life is o - ver, and our work on earth is done, And the
roll is called up yon der, I'll be there. When the roll is called up
roll is called up yon-der, I'll be there.
roll is called up yon-der, I'll be there. When the roll is called up
* m-
X I* ^-V—^V-
S
£-4* * *
is yon
1
EKîSSa?
F
der, When the
-
roll . . called up yon

is - der, When the
yonder, I'll be there When the roll is called up vonderj'll be there,
Opjrijbl, lfiB, bj CUs. U. Uilr.el. l'**i bj per.

— y
When the Roll is Called Up Yonder. Concluded.
roll is called up yonder, When the roll is called up yonder, I'll be there.
When the roll
-» -*2-
m *g m
z=z£i 5=£ v s—s — y— i/— y-
I
No. 183. Jesus Will Come Again,

Property of S. II. Hall and Flavil Hall.
MRS W. S. STROUD, Atlanta, Ga. FLAVIL HALL.
m* ± 1. Jesus is - a
-K
* *
* -*—
~
*-
lov- ing Shep - herd, And

=L
Zt
He is our faithful guide;

2. We are watching now and waiting, For the com-ing of our Lord;
3. Yes, He's coming back from glo - ry. Com - ing to this world a- gain;
m -+- -m- ^>
s^
-r*.
F* •
mn je±
4- -u—v- J J
\
*-
gi -*-i-
V —*
-K rV- £—£zÎ 1^=32 -* k *-
-K h
:z£n I
Be is com-ing back from heav - en, For the church of Christ.His bride.
He is com-ing for His loved ones, As He promised in His word.
He will gath-er up His jew els, - Safe - ly kept in His own name.
+ *
-•—I*-
mm
Ptf -y— f»
V
<»
y y ig^
Chorus.
N K
fjfelsgig
He has promised all the faith - ful That He'll come to earth a - gain,
mmmmm^ S
4ft
And to glo - ry will re-ceive them, Ev - er-more with Him to reign

-- &- -—
SH
*-- -s-
S6 u .
jgf>
V i/-
17 y • r
| y — »— — —
j
t?
fr
y ft
y ft -fi
—
r r rr r — .
No. 184. 'Twas Grace Divine That Lifted Me.

Word* Mid music copyrighted, 1913, by J. £. Thoiu**.
JAMES BOWK BogfMted by J. E. T. Music and Refrain by J. E. THOMAS.
K>, 1 1 1 .
-r-J 1 1 h-£
3^
1. My heart o'erflowa with a hap-py song, Which with joy I sing to the
2. He found me sink- ingiu dark de-spair, And He lift-ed me in Hi&
3. O wayward life, wont you trail this Friend ? On His lifting love won't you
* mm
'I V I I I
need - y throng, As with my Saviour I press a - long, For His joy is

love-light fair, Be-stow-ing comfort beyond compare To this heart of
now de-pend ? He'll keep your soul, when this life shall end, Just aa He'll keep
-m —m-
nzn: ta
—— —— &£-
I I I
i i
i i
-i r
A-^ m - + •
V 7$^n$*-v-w—9
1 P^-4?-
mtt
i-A — I -1 -I
mine,
»
V^V
I've found the soul' s ev-er-last-ing Spring In Je-ho-vah's Son,
mine, He hid my past and restored soul, Took my wayward life my
mine. He died to save you from shame and sin, And His pardon now
m—*- *=*«
—— i
t— \— i
r* i
i
=fc
the e
^
ter-nal King,
-
*
And now for - ev - er my heart shall sing Of
±9c 2p:
¥ I 1
1
££
7—7
His
nn - der His con-trol, And now I'll sing, while the a- ges roll, Of His
you may free-ly win, come to - day and a - new be - gin, Trusting
iSS
£* i
"i
—
—
1
1
—
— —i— i
:*=^c *=
BEFBAIN.
'Twas grace, grace di
i — 4-grace,
grace di - vine.
FT*
'Twas grace divine that
tti*-
lifted me,'Twas grace. .
0L*. ,
ff ;
m m— m m •—&. —m m-
£^=* <S> <&-
'Twas grace, grace, grace v.

VH
*Twas Grace Divine That Lifted Me.

vine that lift-ed me, 'Twas won drous - grace.
Concluded*
grace di- vine that
1
rit A--*,- +=zk -*~±-*-
^
grace,
r*=*
Wondrous grace so rich and free, that
t
lift
i.
^±=J^
N N IS _f* ft rs JVj. J
m^=.
vine that nft-ed me,'Twas won - drous grace,
^
grace di-vine that
m
lift - ed me,
M=^
SSESE
me, And now I'm liv - ing on a higher plain, And His love is
A ,
._J r T" jSJ g V g g m m ~y jfcjfe ^^,
V If V -M h
lift - ed me,
*Twas grace, grace, grace di-vine and
-i=n r -A
î—Tj— S~LJ~ ^' 1
? *
.1
+ m
v
u (2 '
m
I $
/
Hi
|
*tr-
u J \
- '
^ p (J b ^ u
'Twas grace, grace, grace di-vine and
glo - ri-ous, 'Twas won - d*ous grace, might-y and vie •
P IT-?
fc—
=r -*—>-*
u
%
M
I I
grace, might-y and vie - to - ri-ous/Twaa won - drous

A. ^
^^ 5=3 TL £
r nr
*
I
glo- ri-ous, 'Twas won - drous grace, might-y and vie

to-ri-ous,
*-*—
i
5 3t=3t
£— \j
frtt
T' ~
m > v »
grace That lifted me, And filled my heart with praise, It was grace divine.
j h — . h K ^ h
to-ri-ous,
— — —
No. 185. Wonderful City of God.
Copyright l'J07, by J. E. Thomas _nd J. W. Ferrill. Used by per
I go and prepare a place for you, . . . that where I am, there ye may be also " Jesus*—
John 14 : 3.
J. W. FERRILL. J. W. FERRILL.
1. There's ;iw<>n-der-fui place TO call home, 'Tis a cit - y of

2. () how sweet it will be there to dwell W
it h the Saviour and
8. When the jew - els of Je - sus are brought, There to shine in that
mm
^y*-y-^
s ^ s
-m-i — m—m— m-^m— «• •> m —a <— ' — =J=i^-
flo-ry di-vine, It is built in the gar-den of rest, And that

ath-er of all, In a pal-ace of diamond and gold, Where no
land of sweet song, What a beau-ti - f ul, beau -ti - f ul thought That
mm N N ,K
HT !MrU
m beau-ti-ful
e -
1-4 =g
home shall be mine,

us can be -fall;
vil to
<
9
i
t
i'^3|_^-4^=&^=^j^
that wonderful E-den, so blest,

There no sorrow that home shall invade,
:
Hi
I shall be there in that throng ; Sweetest peace to my soul it will be,
» U \J u
t=t
m m
f—8 —2 —2 '
i
1
1
1 1
1
Where Je -sus, the Mas- ter has eqne To^pre-pare us this

And our loved ones no more there shall die; One ce les - tial, un -
To be- hold such a glo - ri - ous sight, Where the sun and the
US
pzz
3*=^
—*—-t - ' '
-J-. -ml
glo -rious home. There lie bids us a welcome to come,

broken, sweet day, While e - ter - ni - ties' ag - es roll by.
moon neither shine But the glo - ry
_^P_
,
_____ of God
:•
is
W.
the
N
light.
L I
— 1 —
Wonderful City of God, Concluded.

iti:i'Rii>.
wonderful cit - y of God, Jnat across in that boaoti-fal

O won - der - fulcit-y of God, Just across in that
A*. J —* *
*fe
Si
-*—*
«
SC3C
*T
, o-
PpH clime,
-m
_#j_
N
m-K rm-»-m
.«>. .^. _a>-
"Where the angels' sweet ech-o of

———m—«— —a* — —
-*-
r «
-«>.
«»
-«-
w
'
h
*»
ar
^~
_«>-
'
~m-
song
:^£
In
beautiful clime, Where the an - gels' sweet ech-o of song In
9fe£
rrrr f
rs- s s 4;=,
wi* g * €L y
âc
I fl* * * * -S -j
i
I a—
*i
.
-
•
•
• ?
1*
"*-*
mu-sic-al cadencies chime. O . . won-der-ful cit - y of God,. . .
mu - sic - al cadencies chime, O won - der - fulcit-y of God,
J* •«>-*-
K P l
y ^ feSz*:
v-v-
W
PL' >
9—±
1m 35=T 5 g a^
By faith in the dis-tance I see, There's a man-sion pre-

By faith in the distance I see, There's a man -
BBBI
'U
Ê l< l* i T7 r
o-ver there, Yf s, a place in that cit -

rrrTr
y for me.
sion prepard over there, Yes, a place in that cit- y for me.
^
SB j j j
^c-rcr
1
——— — — i
No. 186. He's Just the Same To-day.

"And Jesus went about preaching the gospel of the kingdom, and healing all manner
of bickne.^."— Matt. 4: 23.
Words and Mus}c by J. E. THOMAS.

Tlit »ii(; lit fully.
'_*;_
m Mi
m '
rz
1. I am com-ing with the sto - ry You have oft-en heard be-fore;

2. Yes, you've often heard the Bto-ry, How He walked upon the sea,
3. You have heard the wondrous sto-ry, How He prayed in Gethsemane;
*.'. •*. fc r». h 6 fc h. ^ -.- -*
^fc^z^
zîL
Its the sto-ry of the Sav - ior, Whom the an-gels all a-dore;
To His dear dis - ci-ples, toss - ing On the waves of Gal - i - lee;
You have heard it o'er and o - ver, How He blest the blind and lame;
-• W±-\ H 1 . i 1
. I
i
i ! ^—
T=X — 1
.
9*£
53
e J <
"5—^
3ZIZE EEE£
*^t^
And it tells us how He blest and Saved the people on His way, And,
How the wind and waves their motion Quickly at His will o - bey, And,
You have heard it since your childhood, How He died up on - the tree, And,
5?S
w— r m .
-5
<?
—ml m—m —^
P-
t m
'
f m— 1
1- |- 1
g g g
B^
I£*
^Tff^^l m -9-1 -0-. •&•
sinner, I'm so glad to tell you He is just the same to-day.

O sinner, I'm so glad to tell you He is just the same to-day.
sinner, I'm so glad to tell you That this story's new to-day.
&£S
ESS &=f
£
*T
Copyright, 1901, tjj K. Ibomu. All nghU rtMTTtd.
He's Just the Same To-day. Concluded.
. MOKI s.
K
^fe m
i
?E* =52
3 *~
sin - ner, O
• *
sin
— -
ahizr
:sr
ner. Won't you be-
sin - ner, won't you be-lieve?
•g- g- -g-- -
|S
J
S
J
S
# #- -*-
2*££
-
h* — P-
- .
— —— v
W^r-rlieve it
^
g
i - 1
i.:
we pray ? How can you
- ' —
~m
-*
ifc=i£=3£
g5 m "i
-N
.j.
*-
*
h
1-
h
gr- 1
heed-less-ly slight the sal

p_
-*S
W—»
PS
P.
W-
*
-
_*P
va-tion
PS
He
*
.N .N N
£*=* !&£ 5=5:
S
gjJEll > y y-
a v. a v y
L £
L p
1*
-y
p
y
g^
p& .£ K fs- ^
f-
-p •>
-r*-
u ^ u
* * y Py y»
-P
-y — *-
———— pc
I-
of-fersyou so free? Judg - ment's com - ing,

Judgment is com-ing, its com-ing to all
-m—»—m—
^^
s y 5 y y
e^ y
t=t
y y
L L *
—
yp py-
3 -I*- -P-
-
^
-^-
-y-
-^- -^-
fea^t -* N-
5p— p —P~ SE*
-*
Judg - ment's com - ing; What will youranswer then be,

Judgment is coming, its coming to all;
^ ^ s
i 3 3
—y—ly—LVrr
S£
Hz
y —y— v-
-y— t*-^-
-S—
:p=P-
v y — y-
SEE y—
V y-
—P^=£
S— s
/?*.
Tv ^
sa—-
tt~=^=A=Z^ -N
—S—
Z3fc m 3J
H *-
£ p. 1-
*.
^ -^ J
-m —•- 3 i4 o
3
When the great Book in the judgmec* is opened And Je - sus calls for thee ?
s -y
s
—— y
n
y-
,s
j j
o
j s
3
* s s
3
j
. .-. at fr at- _^_ _£
i
No. 187. In the Kingdom of the Lord.
I'ai.mii'. Hxr.TPorr.H. F. Clabk Perby.
IMtT Alio nnrt Tenor-
1. In the kingdom of the Lord, I'well the good, dwell the blest, In the kingdom of the
2. In the kingdom of the Lord, Finds my tho'ts its em-ploy, In the kingdom of the
3. In the kingdom of the Lord, Toro' the bow'rs I shall roam, In the kingdom of the
i P\
fc
Lord, There is peace, there is rest. To that blessed land

Lord, Is my hope, is my joy. Of that blessed land
Lord, In my bright heav'nly home. To that blessed land
To that land my soul shall
Of that land so fair and
To that land are my de-
* »•
SE
i: HF?
^^M
?*m
Pfe^ m w » 'i
glad my soul shall fly,

w-w
:
F*-
When this
eeS
pilgrimage,
m- m
pil-grim-age is
land so fair and bright, Trav - el - ing a-long, trav-el - ing a-
Thine are my de-sires, Sav-iour's blest a- bode, Saviour's blest a-
fly, When this pil - - grim-age, this pil-grim-age is
bright As I'm trav - - el- ing, am trav-el-ing a-
sires, There's my Sav - - iour's blest, my Saviour's blest a-
K
t ft J ft J
Dwell be-yond the sky, dwell be-yond the sky,

*^f*
o'er,
long, Al - most catch the sight, al - most catch the sight,
bode, Thee, my heart as - pires, thee, my heart as-pires,
o'er, I shall dwell be-yond the sky
long, I can al most catch the sight,
bode, Un - to Thee my heart as - pires,
»
Wfei 1
"woed and controlled t/ Perry Btm.
In the Kingdom of the Lord. Concluded.
i
='•;
With
-N
my Sav - iour
Al - most hear the song,
ss N —
t=S=f$^
blest,
PK-
^z V.t-S±
blest ev - er - more.
for
al - most hear the song.
m
With my Sav
I can
Home-land of my God,
al
...
i our ev - er - more
most hear the song
home-land of my God.
Dear - est home - land of my God

N S N S N «i
When the sun is sink - ing low, So oft I

When the sun is low, sun is sinking low,
sing, so sweet - ly sing, that

then so oft I sing, then so sweet -ly sing,
-m —*- f* *
-m— * m \m * -
l» '
if P
*f
V >-
Z> J V J
land, to which I go,

land, that bless - ed land, land to which I go,
f^fcr
Pr
'
F F F F • •
; „ r r£=fc=£
t?=tc
I
m Kit
3fc±s
ard
s *-&-4 i
Where my Fa - ther is the King
the King.
ku£*££$
ft
N
'
m
— !
No. 188. What a Morning That Will Be.

mrs. i>- m. beal i '.at i.man. J. H to '
Iborus.
m £
(
__i K ft
6 .\
i~-Z
5^
What a morn-ing that will be, hal - le - lu - jah! What a
What a
J1J.
^7d t>-4-fr:
I ,
S
ii
^ *ô A P
morn - ing! what a morn ing! When our eyes the King shall
-
morning that will be! what a morning that will be!
&?5=*
^
jt^_*.
> —•->
P • # jP-
V—*-V
• m
•y-yir
*< J~
-J- *-*-£
3B^3J-
^
-< *-i-.
p3=*m
see, hal - le-lu - jah!
S±s
What a morn - ing that will be!
&
What a morn-ing that will be
-m- • -m- -<?-
m - m m - m M -*--&-•
BE5
^2:
£ * #
v—/-
* —g:
Solo or Unison.
1.
**
|
When all
ga^^ the clouds of darkness break, When all the dead from dust awake,
2. The dreams of eart li will soon be o'er, And death and sorrow come no more,
3. >w> waking doubts, no dark'ning fears, No long good-bys in grief and tears,
4. Oh, come a-way to that bright land, Before the throne of God we'll stand,
J-J. -I 1- -I V -0—0-
&vV 3t=*I *=*=*
~&=- CE
I I
Copyright, 1£90, t y F llmore Bns. By per.

A !
What a Morning That Will Be. Concluded.
W
i*£
p^^-£HhNîp
And all the just His likeness take, Oh, what a morning that will be 1
When we a-wake on yon fair shore, Oh, what a morning t hat will be !
But joy supreme thro' endless Oh, what a morning that

years, will be
And sing with all the ransomed band, Oh, what a morning that will be 1
*
i^
\-
i
r
Full Chorus.
IS
-N — i—
^
Then a - wake and swell the song, Hal - le - lu jah! Joy - ful
t
$^^ m --»-••
m « rr^ «k-«fr
notes of praise prolong, Hal-le - lu

Si
- jah !
:a}=at
When we join the ransomed

*
_
JUI5-
«
^WE EJEZZfcZZte=)B==^
= k t-r-t W
fctc: -p— ^- 5=1 f=E
p— V
«cfcj -*v—4- -V-
pthrong, Hal-le
-^rr-t-^fT^rtt*.
- lu - jah !
t—ferf-
What a day
^=3==^ =t
of love and peace that will be.

&Z I
J_ -ft- -ft-:-*- **- • -P- **- • -r*- -r*- £= *

-r*- -^
No. 189, Just Over The River.
ROBT. SPURGIN. J. H FILLMORE
%Z • * * * -J.
* * W—WT-+ • » f 1 '
S
1. Just <> - ver tin 4
riv - er, just o - ver the riv-er, J'ni told 18 the
2. Just o - ver the riv - er, just o - ver the riv-er, The cit • y thai
8. Joat o - ver the riv - er, just o - ver the riv-er, I'm told la the
- rs
r r ,
u ) t— -
cit -
y of God ; It's gates are of pearl and its streets are of gold,
knoweth no night ; It need-eth no sun, neither needeth the moon.
cit y of God;
- It's gates are of pearl and its streets are of gold.
m >-f^H-
And by glorified beings they're trod. And Je-sus, my Sav-iour, has

For the glo-ry of God is its light. In that cit-y are loved one- a
And by glorified beings they're trod. And Je-sus. my Sav-iour, has
s
s h h
h I
I
3=^t :l
gone to that cit - y, A place for pre
his own to - pare;
wait-ing my com- ing, Ex-pect -ant they stand on the shore;
gone to that cit - \. A place for his own to pre - pare;
N rs >s rs "rs >
m m * m
Us
Copyright, 1S-6
0.
by Fillmore Bros.
Si
—
r <I — ,
Just Over The River. Concluded.
In the house of the Fa-ther the mansions are many, And one is a -
when shall I en - ter my mansion in heav en, A pil-grim to

In the house of the Fa-ther the mansions are many. And one is a -
m —
i
/ V 1/ V V V V
Chorus.
ttfct f^-N- -I*— *- f>—tt
aptpi »— # m +—*l £S i
wait-ing me there. Just o - • ver the riv - - er,
roam nev-er more.

wait-ing me there. Just o - ver the riv - er, just o - ver the riv-er,
s WW* =fr:
v v v
-
m •
1
k k
1
k k
*=£
v
y—l ^—k—^—^ ia
fr
v b V V "
V
That beau-ti - f ul cit -
y I see; Just o - - ver the
And Je - sus, my Saviour, has
*-r*
/ v. r
—» —*—« r»—*—+:* m * — *—« —*—- » m—
&$ w[ ±-^t? —
,
» -E— r S=fr=^
f m f
\
i
i i i
*M>
\
V If
\
f j
r
, |
g y f i -
<j )j n ^ rr n j n 5
V p
v i/ ]/ ]/ ¥ V V
aj=it
*
3
k k k k • *
4 *^*
~
riv er, A place in that cit - y for me.

gone to make read-\
g W w- ? m w-
f| \j W
No. 190. Come Unto
yc thut labour and are are hear? laden, and
Me.
you r -
1
onto mc, all I will give
Matt. 11 .
C. P. J. CHA&LES 1'. J
^r r j, J j i p
^=s=
X -*'
1. Hear the blen-ed Sav-iour (rail- ing the oppressed, "0 yeheav-y
2. Are you dis - ap-point-ed, wand'ring here and there, Dragging chain.- ol
3. Stumbling on the mountains dark with sin and shame, Stumbling t'ward the
4. Have 'nil cares of business, cares of press-ing debt? Cares of so- cial
\
* f=3*
la - den, come to me and rest Come, no Ion - ger tar - ry,

;
doubt and loaded down with care ? Do un - ho - ly feel - ings

-
pit of hell's con-sum - ing flame? By the pow'rs of sin de -

life or cares of hopes un - met ? Are you by re-morse or
:=:
—&
~m
"C * »• m-
|sl W V 1/ V
E
I your load will bear, Bring meev -'ry bur-den, bring me ev -'ry care."
strug-gle in your breast? Bring your case to Je - sus, He will give you rest.
lud - ed and oppressed, Hear the tender Shep-herd, "Come to me and rest."
sense of guilt depressed? Come right on to Je - sus, He will give you rest.
m *Z=*J=4
:t=22
< IIOIM S.
Come un - to me, I will give you

Comeun-tome, come un- to me, I will give you rest,
irâEZi
33BE zkztezft
Copyright, 1904, by John T. Eeusoc, Nashville, Tenn. Used by f<r.
Come Unto Me. Concluded.
P
-A
b
rest;
V b
pgH Take my yoke up-on you,
I will give you rest; Take my yoke upon you, Take my yoke ap-OD you,
-m
V
•
m r —f—m-
V V 9 I
"j
Z —j— X> 1>
'
6 gzz Sfesgzg
— v * i
-F— o
i
a —J-^—
J. *-*i-3—
{;
¥ -fctzz^
Hear . . me and be blest ;
Hear me and be blest, hear me and be blest, For
^-v V- b
m '
m
4
m
'
55 r ;r;
-U— — £ ^ £ c r•+-&
^-J-
1*"
=u=y
«
q:
3F
I am meek and low - . ly, Come
I am meek and low ly, lam meek and low-ly; Come and trust my
-
A j-. — . N n r>
j j-^h^
fc fs s
m— ak-^-SU-&\f
Ijg tfS
' t- -4 -j
^^_j_j^_2-_
and trust my might; Come,.... my yoke is
might, Come and trust my might; Come, come,
1
CV m r
U ^
y!• i
"4
*
i
(• • *
P
\m
i
i
.
y
'
^»
^
L
p !
ft «
!
«s
1
*
u*
1/ > i i i
rit. "^
-ft— *-J*r-
HI r.-*
2Z
-*-*-*-- ll
eas - - y, And my burden's light.
Come, my yoke is eas- y, Come, come, yes, Come, my burden's light
S -p— ?-
3S£
n=^=
-*-.!.- m-
rzzx
i ^
No. 191. When the Day is Full of Gladness.

Words and music bf the lute VV. T Tomson, Marietta, O., and brother of Ja8 F.
Toium.u, Carmiehael, Miss., and the sou of J. EL D. Tomson, Greeley, i olo.
Slowly.
jt=— —,— h= ! N k— i
rV
-i
:-*
1. When the day is full of glad-ness, When the sun shines bright and
2. You have heard the old, old sto-ry, How the Say • ioor died for
3. He has prov en how He loves you,
- Won't you love Him in re -
clear, When the heart is free from sadness And the cares that vex us
you, And I'm sure you must believe it, For the dear old sto-ry's
turn, And o bey His just commands?
- Can you still His mercy
w+ *=£i
N s \ |
s * *
^2 4^-ft
^—
wr-+
Û
here, Don't forget a-mid earth's pleasures,There is One who died to
true; He as-cend -ed in - to glo - ry To pre - pare for you a
spurn? He has promised peace and pardon, All your sins He will for-
r
Us«d by permission of J. H. D. Tomson »n<l s n, owners
When the Day is Full of Gladness. Concluded
s is n *__^ _^!L *>
save And you'll need His tender guidance "When you cross death's cold^dark wave,
home, And he calls you, "Come un-to me." O my brother,won' tyou oome?
give, If you'll love Him and obey Him Won't you come to Him and live? ;
P -*-
L
r* i i
X
^5 2- -* +—£
*?
J
5
i
f r r
Chorus. A Utile animated.
—
^ H
$
f-
Won't you come. un - to the Sav - iour?

Won't you come un-to the Sav-iour, Won't you come un-to the Saviour?
$m He a -
'\&-
lone
1
±r—S
M
hath pow'r to save,

IV, M
You can
1
nr TT— n IV—
He a - lone hath pow' r to save, He a-lone hath pow'r to save,
^ rg g —g —g—g 1—*—
—
v—y gErEt
• V V \S
i/ v
-
V —
—«- JL
rit.
—
I
-*-*--
-m
1
S S
1
— :
m m=zz£
-£-A-
a
* s
fv
it i
t=t
trust and lean upon him, dear brother, When you cross death's cold,dark wave.
m
m m 'I
t=4:
w ffi it -h
J — r r —
No. 192. Why Will You in Bondage Stay?
J. B. Vauf kkn, •wner.
LAURENK HIGHFIKLD. SAMUEL W. BEAZLEY.
Mkt. J-10S.
P=£ «-
1. Why will you

2= $
in
+-
bond
ir-z
- age stay? Fol - ly in its chains has
2. If the Son shall make you free, You are free from sin and
3. Why will you in bond - age stay? Sin and death no hope can
i
~*~ m. • J, ^
§St3
p^^^m bound you, All the wag - es

sor - row; Christ can give you
it
lib -
will
er - ty,
'—L£
pay Will
If you
be death and woe.
will o - bey.
of - fer Of a bright-er, bet - ter day, Why to e - vil bow?
§§ £E£
1
— P
n
7
tF^-W— 5
tw>-i£
J
J i
i.
\
}
tf
m
1
H
.
m
1
,^
• ks
i
h
J
J
-fl
\d
m
1
— ——4- Jlil
•
i
_F
¥
3
«
AJ
s*— -H
-* N
*
«'
m
•
*-
•- -n—t
-<i*
tr
J 1
——
J
*
1
'
-
>w
i
c*
1
Je - SU8 Christ can set you free, If you will His serv - ant be,
He your shack - les will remove, He your friend will er - er prove,
Pris - on doors are o - pened wide, By the Sav - iour cru - ci - fied,
+- -r«- -*- J . J* J »
cv > r
L P •
u IIP
IS Z
P F 5 M L
—E—
T'i
-J WP r m
i
1
Z
t .
1 l>
1 '
'
,
1
'
1
1
L|
m m
1
l~
r3
L 1
at
p I
He re - demp- tion will be - stow, Come, His f av - or know.

Way will you in bond - age stay? Ask His help to - day.
Rich - ly He will you en - dow, Seek sal - va - tion now.
» P
-m m-
1 —
p Chosus. mf \
U > h 1 ,
1
~ — •r * 4
JL.W
ffn™
*
N 9 t\ ft.
inj P « a a?. » • £
Why will you lin - ger here in
*~P 7
Come, come, come, come, come, come, come,
• • - • •.#"•»••.• •»• m ^
Why
mm t
in bond
•»••»!
- age
m
m
^ t
ff *
•»
'
m 7 L U \m
L m m •
*
l
!
1 . 1 .
>
G h- i
1- 1
) . «
Why Will You in Bondage Stay? Concluded,
rfc± =£
1 i
Tr^r^ '?
i <"t r^'
bond - age! Sin rules in the dark ness,
will yon lin - ger? Sin rules in the drear - y dark- nes3,
2*2 -9-f?-3- S *i'
3
^=h: =*=£
fefc ^=*
Je - bus will re - deem you, Come in - to the light while it is
Je-sus Christ will now re-deem you, Come, come,
* F P m—m—m—m-
fL^L ^ tr^
• • • •
3
d=
s
day. Why will you
r 7ff
lin
7
ger
r 7
here in
^frv bond
if
age?
7
while day, Why in bond age will you lin ger?
—
'tis - -
-• £ m —m m
g^ g^r,
y=t=t r * 71. 7
*
•±ft« ——— j«
I
*
I
gj-lj y 7
I
» rfi^ s
IT u *
Let Him loose your fet - ters, He o - pens the
SS
F=£
Won't you
7
•
r 7
^
let Him loose your gall-ing
m p-
-»— g -
1
fet
1
- ters,
-I-
He now o - pens the
fc±
^=* -<»—^-
a
i^T7
pris - on wide, Then come un - to the Lord while you may.
come, come, while you may.
9* fr
j
I.
? . * * I I ^ 3=W=2: 1
*
No. 193. The Bugle Call Is Ringing.

MSB ROWS. ChonubjOBO. w.
^m
GEO. W. STAPLETON.
J.v s.
1. Soldiers, pal
'.unii'Mbi
your armor on and boldly march away, Clearly rings the
2. Sinners need the gospel in the dreary vales of sin; March away with
8. (rolden crowns are waiting for the faithful of the Lord, March away with
t
? • * ms--* . : Ig- , m -ii
-ft m - m
A jgt-*-4gt—b-M»—^-^-^ —i» '
» ifc ' P> *
I
V ? J 7 V 7 S ? * V V
K —r —
vitydix 3 ^ Hit r jt jit gN±3
3, j
bn- gle call a-cross the earth to-day Jesus, our Commander, needs His ;
Je sus, help to lead the wayward in Long their souls have pleaded for the
-
;
courage, try to win the great reward ;Then in yonder cit-y, where the
.* • m m . .^l_42 0..
X
—
soldiers on the field, There to fight for glory and to never, never yield,
precious light of love Lead them to the mercy-seat and point their souls above.
;
an - gels Him adore, We shall share His glory and be with Him evermore.
Cnoaus.
T ft» -.1- £"'f~ft»
S . -
£ *^*
-.#-<•-.-
Mr* i
I I
-M-0-r-S—m:.
'• W^%
1/ 9 1/ V \ I
1/ 1/
Hark! the bu-gle call is ringing clear to-day; _Up,

_», ye
Hark the bu-gle call ! is Up, ye soldiers,
g^=t=t=t=±=t -»-
J- r
*ti• ^S= f
t=3 p^ r
; b *
£*by^* =&^-vj
T I
-
sol-diers, to the bat- tie field a way, Bear the cross of Cal - va ry, -
to the
*_• m , »_: * -
p —m—
' t=t H=t t==t
"
m^-rt ? • ? • •B-r
Property of Geo. W. Stapltton, Eustman, (ia. Usui 1
y j er.
—
The Bugle Call Is Ringing. Concluded
V N
jU -*—& ft
s
March ye on to vie- to - ry, In the strength of Christ, our Captain, let ilfl
±=
i H
t r 1 b *
l i/ $ i
on - ward go. For - ward, on-ward, see the

press bold-ly. Forward, on-ward, see the
—-* — _ m : i * : m ,
•
(f
—p ; m —m m
£
£=£=*
J*I*
m
foe is draw - ing nigh Raise ; the ban - ner till it
Raise the ban - ner till it
r^fr^g
iEBt^->
X f
*^
reach the vaulted sky, Then in realms of heav'n above We shall dwell with
-F-- P F --=-*— »- ^_^_«__#_^ m.
i — - m —M.
i i
m p m
r=B5
.»
rv
,
*^ ^
Christ in love, There for
*±atzz^=^z;natzS: jtn^z
ev - er-more to praise Him,
at
King of kings
^m
we know.
r—r m- £:
-<=.
2^-m- i—m W ' i
h-Tl
U> - 1.
—
1 I
fH r* ? g
* tf—
v-
r . . .
. ..
No. 194. God's Wonderful Redemption Plan,

Copjrrifbt, 191? , by Firm Foundation Publishing House.
C. E. P. CHAS. EDW. TOLLOCK.
754
i
U I. tf Û fci
1. God sent His Son down from on high,

2. This won- der - ful re demp-tion plan,
-
3. All who up - on His Son be - lieve,.

4. Not one lost soul need ev - er cry, .
£ is fc L- - |S
ft^. J 1
t-
IM
i. God sent His Son
3
down from on high,
m
iî a i/
m ^=r-
^ ^ |S-
-<£?-
-*-^—-£-*-
^ « « ^g
*»-;
To save lost souls, con-demned to die;.

Shows God's great love for sin - ful man;.
Full par-don for their sins re - ceive;.
"I'm left a - lone in sin to die;".
S I
JJr
?tW-»— f-;
r » ' rf — I*- 4? —*- m
gap
His blood was
Thus to pro -
To save
7-W-
shed.
vide.
lost souls,
3^3
on
for
£^=M=
Cal
sin -
va
ners
-
con-demned
ry,.
lost,
.
^ to die;
It is a gift . . to one and all, . .
Re-demp-tion's price. the Lord hath paid,
^h fc n fc J^
»S§ H*
If
His blood was shed
U
»
r *
H
g 0*-
on
-i-»
Cal
X
- va - ry,
»
r
*
""*
I
£*»
b
-^ (•
I
L> I
IS
To pur - chase life for you and me.
A Sav - iour, at such dread ful coat.
Who on the Lord for mer cy call.
Ac - cept the terms that He hath made.
fc
f* K \
g»E f^
To pur - chase life for you and
d w . ^ . u
God's Wonderful Redemption. Concluded,
m
Chorus.
^
VTZm
> s >.
9 \
/ S i • _.•
*r
God's won - der - ful re - den
demp-tion plan,
God's won - der-ful re-demp-tion plan,
feg
52
7 l> u -
i
-7-
y L >
—
-v u-
i
te 7
L I Hi,
N-i— r-
ii
Pro
?ro - Tides
rid for ev 'ry race of man;
Pro-vides for ev - 'ry race of man, race of man;
J J* Ji Jt-m
£
_^_. ,*_
t=t
gj» -^
V
P
*<
•
fr -P-M^
* *-
f-^f-v
-K— rN- -fe-li i-:

Me ^-^-
w —m- =% 4 s:
m—W m —m-
I n j» p • m
¥ V * * *t¥'
•
¥ ¥
Sal - va - tion is . . . a gift to all,
Sal - va - tion is a gift to all,
jl.lJr =zz: tyC î :*>
e
=:
m^
e
^h»-i»-
v — f ¥ — P-
7 u u/
—
P—
te
!-
tee F gk
jtzM 4 *-—+-
^
Who on the Lord for mer - cy call.
for mer - cy call.
Jj j..^ J: 2.^2.1.^.^1.1^
^m yy P p P
v—* ?— — P—-P-
"
Pi "'
Who on the Lord for mer - cy call.

— r
No. 195. Closer To Thee,

AUSTIN TAYLOR.
-
%&F*=^ 5
1. Clos - er to Thee, near to Thy side, Clos - dear Lord,
er,
2. Clos-er to Th -e, near to Thy breast, Clos - to Thee,
er
3. Clos - er to Thee, clos - er each day, In from the world
4. Clos - er to Thee, hap - pv and free, Grant me, Lord,
o •
m * —* f 9 '
i
^
i ,
fcsfct i- I I j
a
F F
V 5^3
^^
rfe :->•
i Msi-w^ * #
I would a -bide; Hold me in Thy em-brace/Neath ev - 'ry
Lord, let me rest; Guide me when I would stray, Keep me from
draw me a - way ; Let me a - bide with Thee, Blest Lamb of
ev - er to be; Hear me in ev - 'ry cry, Stand near when
•?•
g&^-r I
--
S3 X=l I
smile of j:race, Grant me. Thy chid, a place Clos - er to Thee.

sin each day, Draw me, dear Lord, I pray, C.os - er to Thee.
Cal - va - ry, let me ev - er be, Clos - er to Thee.
I must die, Then take me home on high Clos - er to Thee.
&± —
— 1
II
'
; i '
No. 196. Must Jesus Bear the Cross Alone?

<; N. ALLEN. AARON CH A PIN
pm 1.
1. How
^SW=W>=3
Must Je
hap
-
-
py are
St—nt*!
:
sus bear the cross a

the saints a -hove,
-
u
lone, And
t=n
Who once went

all
*
£
5
the world go free

sorrowing here!
!
The con se-crat -ed cross I'll bear, Till death shall set me free;
—
3. -
4*. û m ^, _ , rs m.
i — i ;
Must Jesus Bear the Cross Alone ? Concluded.
$
>Jfl|«l
I
JiJ
"
mmm
J- *-
& <
f
2 5311
No: there's a cross for ev - 'ry one, And there's a cross for me.
But now they taste un - min - gled love, And joy with-ont a tear.
And then go home my crown to wear, For there's a crown for me.
r"!
fr 0^ 22 0*1
£P ±
r(
<, I
1 T t i=n i U- :fe^fe
HI
No. 197. Nearer and Dearer Is Jesus.
A. T. AUSTIN TAYLOK.
g^-M^JZjJTj
1. Near- er and dear-er is Je-su's to me, Sweeter His sto-ry of love;
2.0 - verand o-ver I heard His sweet voice,Sweet as the mu-sic of song;
3. Near - er and dear-er He's growing each day, Near-er and dear-er to me
-n- v n « JJ YIF ^ r -r-F * s * * A=^r l^> 1 -i
More in His like-ness I ev - er would be, More like my Saviour a - bove.

Woo-ing my spir - it to make Him my choice,Now I am one of His throngl
As I learn more of His sweet,gen-tle way, More of His goodness I see.
jl. jl_ _^_ .*- %. .f«-
i —— i ,
—
i
— » •
p
± tJ~ rit.
M_ d i
Pre-cious and gracious

ah
Re - deem - er,
—
Near-er and dear-er
3=5
^.—
to
^^
rpzr me.
fr-f-F r±*
r-r-r h h h- * l
r r
No. 198. Coronation*

Rev. E. Perronbt. Oliver Holden.
hail the
chosen
pow'r of
seed
-r
of
rael's race,
Je-sus' name! Let
Is -
sw^s
Ye ransomed from the
t=t-
an -gels pros-trate fall,

fall,
1
ev - 'ry kin-dred,evry tribe, ?
On this ter-res - trial ball,

that with yonder sa-cred throng We at His feet may fall;
Bring forth the roy - al

Hail Him who saves you
^=&**
'
di
?*
a - dem,And
-
by His grace, And

crown
crown
fw—^^m
Him
Him
1
Lord
Lord
7z
of all;
of all;
To Him all maj - es ty ascribe, And crown Him Lord of all;
We'll join the ev - er - last-ing song, And crown Him Lord of all;
Bring forth the roy - al di - a - dem, And crown Him Lord of all.
Hail Him who saves you by His grace, And crown Him Lord of all.
To Him all maj - es - ty ascribe, And crown Him Lord of all.
We'll join the ev - er - last-ing song And crown Him Lord of all.
^^r- -
I I*
:£*:
EE£ i — m
No. 199. 2>i& Cbrist o'er Sinners Meep ?
Benj. Beddome. Dr. Lowell Mason.
3- t=t
*=f: i=* &E& Jfrt
i. Did Christ o'erweep? And shall our tears be
sin-ners dry? Let
2. The Son of God in tears The wond'ring an - gels see; Be
3. He wept that wejnight weep Each sin de-mands a_ tear; — In
p# T^- a? Q m
1
1
—— i
-
±=t
"P a:
£3£ 2=* 1
tears of pen - i - ten - tial grief Flow forth from ev - 'ry eye.
thou as - ton-ished, O my He shed those tears
soul; for thee.
heav'n a - lone no sin is found. And there's no weeping there.
fs — *t
*=F f P 1
v — .
No. 200. THE SWEET BY AND BY.

See No. 325.)
m
(
S
S. F.
j£-~
Bennet.
j'l t=n
m§
Jos. P. Webster.
-W~- —IT
1. There's a land that is fair - er than day, And by faith we can
2. We shall sing on that beau - ti - ful shore, The me - lo - di - ous
3. To our boun - ti - ful Fa - ther a - bove, We will of - fer our
J :*=P£
E3^ * ¥=£=- :*=*3=|*
1/ k
tod-*: 3=* *=$?
see it a - far,
3
For the Fa
-*— *-
- ther waits o - ver
^# —
the way,
*-
To pre-
songs of the blest, And our spir - its shall sor - row no more, Not a
trib - ute of praise, For the glo - ri - ous gift of His love, And the
Refrain.
3=* £=S -&- &-T

-*—*—*- B>
pare us a dwell-ing place there. In the sweet by and by,

sigh for the blessing of rest.
blessings that hal-low our days. In the sweet . by and by,
S 55
^-^-#-4 = «-*
1/ u*
-|> ' .eg— 1*H*- w
&s * ^
Jh « N
ntt %. IS
Ayi*
k. 1 1 1
m J J JH
\s ->i
A » fl
* 9 fl
9
•
m
g g « •
_l
«
* ^ •
irh
vLJ fh
# ^S *
• * g
#
•
J .
1
We shall meet on that beau-ti - ful shore, In the sweet
m\^k
\-^
1
.^_.^_
!
u
1/
r
L"
^
III
Jl
W"
'
1
-
-*- ^L. .^. ^L. -^_
W W W W V
w W 1 IT IT
r
by and by,
*- j^.
III!
^l. ^ 1 N- ^
*
by and by,
1
•
r
1
1
m
I
> > k 5 " r 5 3 r
—*-4— " <a-

*=* :j:
1
—Jf
*—*—*> Jj
J iJ
5 f Z
l
' .
-JJ
by and by, We shall meet on that beau - ti - ful shore,

by and by,
-*—*-
£=
—5=£t=t 1
—^->-i—^~
-» #•-
t= *E=jff=jff=^
r r
gement with Oliver Bitaon Compacy, owneil of oopjiigbl.
ed b j orrang
No. .201. ©nvoarfc, Christian Solfciers!
Sabine Baring-Gould. Tune:—Onward. 6. 5.
i. Onward, Christian sol-diers! Marching as to war, With the cross of

2. Like a might-y ar - my Moves the Church of God, Brothers, we are
3. Crowns and throes may per - ish, and wane But the Church of
Kingdoms rise
4. Onward, then ye peo-ple! Join our happy throng,Bknd with ours your
Je - sus Go - ing on be - fore, Christ,the roy-al Mas - ter,

treading Where the saints have trod; We
are not di - vid - ed,
Je - sus Con-stant will re - main; Gates of hell can nev - er
In the tri-umph song; Glo - ry, laud, and hon - or
Leads against the foe; Forward in - to bat - tie, See, His banners go!
All one bod-y we, One in hope and doctrine, One in char-i - ty.
'Gainst that Church prevail, We
have Chrisfsown promise, And that cannot fail.
Un-to Christ the King, This thro' countless a - ges Men and angels sing.
îiW -p—-p -**-*-?- -cr
Onward,Christian soldiers! Maching as to

' < -
war, With the cross of Jesus Going on be-fore.

~
]/
^"^ ^P p W — sm —
siSi&ft
"*
, -,-
frrr
No. 202. Work for tbe mtQbt is Coming.
1 Work, for the night is coming; Give every flying minute;
Work through the morning hours; Something to keep in store;
Work while the dew is sparkling; Work for the night is coming,
Work, 'mid springing flow'rs; When man works no more.
Work, when the day grows brighter; 3 Work, for the night is coming,
Work, in the glowing sun; Under the sunset skies;
Work, for the night is coming, While their bright tints are glowing,
When man's work is done. Work, for daylight flies.
2 Work, for the night is coming; Work, till the last beam fadeth,
Work through the sunny noon; Fadeth to shine no more:
Fill brightest hours with labor; Work, while the night is darkening,
Rest comes sure and soon. When man's work is o'er.
— 1 ;;;
No. 203. Sweet Hour of Prayer.

" I will therefore that men pray cverywuere."— I Ttm. 2t 9.
XV. W. WALFORD. W. li. URADBURY.

j— r—2-^q
1
^^m**mm%&&ts$
And bids me
sweet hour of pray'r! That calls me from a world of care, 1
Sweet hour of pray'r!
at my
Father's throne, Make all my wants and (Omit ) J wishes known;
2. Sweet hour of pray'r! sweet hour of prayr! Thy wiugs shall my petition bear,
To Him \vhos3 truth and faithfulness Engage the waiting ( Omit. souls to bless:
3. Swe?t hour of pray'r! sweet hour of pray r! May I Thy consolation share;
Till from Mount Fisgah's lofty height, I view my home Omit
ne and ((Omit ) J take my flight;
-£L- JL.*L.4k-jL. JL. n i

hj
D. C. And oft escaped the tempter's snare, By thy return sweet ( Omit ....) hour of pray'r.
J). C. I'll cast on Him my evVy care, And wait for Thee sweet (Omit. .) hourof pray'r; . .
D. C. And shout, while passing thro' the air, Farewell, farewell sweet (Omit. .) hourof pray'r. . .
psm In sea -
i
sons of
J
dis-tress and
-h-m
grief,
i£
My soul has oft - en found re- lief.
And since H9 bids me seek His face, Be-lieve His word and seek His grace.
This robe of flesh I'll drop, and rise To seize the ev - er - last - ing prize.
cK ft .f ig— s s r
Wk
t
No 204. Blest be the Tie that Binds.
Behold how good and how pleasant it 10 for brethren to dwell together in unity."— Pea. 123 : L
John Fawcett. H. G. Nagell.
1. Blest be the tie that binds Our hearts in Chris- tian love
2. Be - fore Fa - trier's throne We pour our ar - dent prayers
3. We share our mu - tual woes, Onr mu - tual bur - dens bear;
4. When we a - sun - der part. It gives us in - ward pain
k 1 K
The low - ship

fel - of kin - dred minds Is like to that a- bove.
Our our hopes, our aims are one, Our com- forts and our cares.
fears,
And oft - en for each oth - er flows The sym - pa - thiz - ing tear.
But we shall still be joined in heart, And hope to meet a - gain.
rJ. r~
\-m--m — Sim
•- _ nJ-*. Jr*
m
¥
i
3:
1
1 _
n
itfc
r
a
— 1 J—
No. 205. What a Friend We Have In Jesus.

. I.N. * .
1
/
S
(
1
'r-^-M - A J"
S I*
s
I
1
h~
— -
M*- -r—J-*-~-~-z-
;
h) hJ — 1-
^^=
J
f
.t-» J J J * -J
1. What a Friend we Lave in Je fUB, All our sins and griefs to Dear! -
2. Have we tri- ale and tempta-tions? Is there trouble a- ny-wher

:;. A re w e weak and heav-y lad - en, Cumbered with a load of care T
o
7^-7
^Z_ > 4.-

v ^—
4 *
f~^
* »
b
*
— — — —,^_ —r«—^-
»
^
*
£
1
;•
£
• f^
"i
>>
h
—
— -*
r
1
•-?
•-= —«• —«* —^« —»m—
^
—«
— —^
^ ^ ^
r+-
^ . X
.
£
^
n
Fine.
* ig
What a priv lege to car ry
- i - - Ev -
rything to (iod in prayer!
We should nev-er be dis-cour-aged, Take it to the Lord in prayer,
Pre - cious Saviour.still our ref - uge, — Take it to the Lord in prayer.
P
I I I •
'#
/
*
• / /
1
D.S. All be-cause we do net car- ry Ev -
J
ry -thing to God in pr. 8.
Oh, what peace we oft-en for - feit, Oh, what needless pain we bear,
Can we find a Friend so faith-ful, Who will all our sorrows share ?
Do thy friends despise, forsake thee ? Take it to the Lord in praver ;
r~W^Wrrrrr=& -*--+
^ . «»' -^~ -+- -+• -+ •&-.
I P 1/ V k V
M. H. (Methodist Hymnal). B. H. ( Baptist Hymnal). P. H. (.Presbyterian Hymnal .
206. Precious Promise, 207. All To Christ I Owe

Key of G. Key of E-flat.
1 Precious promise God has given 1 I hear the Saviour say,

To the weary passer-by, Thy strength indeed is small,;
On the way from earth to heaven, Come to me— I'll be thy stay ;
"I will guide thee with mine eye. Find in me thine all'in all.
Refrain. Chorus.
Iwill guide thee, I will guide thee, Jesus died for me.
I will guide thee with mini All to Him I ov —
On the way from earth to heaven, Sin had left a crimson stain ;
I will guide thee with mine eye. He washed it white as snow.

J When temptations almost win thee, 2 For nothing good have I
And thy trusted watchers fly, Whereby Thy graoi to claim-
Let thi> promise ring within thee, Jesus died" my soul to -
"I will guide thee with mine eye." And blessed be His Lame.
S When thy secret hopes have perished 3 When from my dying bed
In the grave of yean gone by, My ransomed soul shall rise,
Let this promise -till be cherished, "Jesus died my BOUl t«» save."
"I will guide thee with mine eye." Shall rend the vaulted slues.
g
No. 208. Hark! Ten Thousand Harps.

LOWELL MASON
iEd -r-T.-^ EjgE

f
Hark! ten thous-and harps and voic - es, Sound the notes of praise a- bove;
Mi I jm:.
Je - sus reigns and heav'nre- joic - es, Je sus reigns, a God of love, •
\
Je - sus hail whose glo - ry brightens All a- bove and gives it worth, /
Lord of life, Tby smile en-light-ens,Cheers and charms Thy saints on earth,
K rn
\,
gfrff rir ''

hm 1
f'
£&ft
i
l==f f =f
i i
h, Hal- le - lu - jah, Hal le - - lu - ja/<, 1 - men.

D. C.
See He sits on yonder throne Je - sus rules the world a - lone;
When we think of love like Thine, Lord, we own it love di - vine;
3 King of glory, reign forever, 4 Saviour, hasten Thine appearing,

Thine an everlasting crown; Bring, bring the glorious day;
Nothing from Thy love shall sever, When the awful summons hearing,
Those whom Thou hast made Thine own, Heaven and earth shall pass away;
Happy object of Thy grace, Then with golden harps we'll sing,
Chosen to behold His face. "Glory, glory to our King."
No. 209. I Will Arise.

Arr. by H. N. L
F*=t « £5
u
1=t 1—4— 4-
l
d:
I 4-» V-^-h *— ^
1. Come, ye sin - ners, poor and need-y, Weak and wounded, sick and sore;
2. Now, ye need-y, come and welcome; Gods free boun-ty glo- ri - fy;
3. Let not conscience make you lin-ger, Nor of fit - ness fond - ly dream;
4. Come, ye — weary, heav- y - la - den, Bruised and man-gled by the fall,
1 S d
Cho. —I will a-rise and go to Je-sus, He will em-brace me in His arms,
Je- sus read-y stands to save you, Full of pit - y, love and pow'r.
True be •
and true re pentance,
lief Ev - 'ry grace that brings you nigh.
All the fit- ness He re quir- eth, Is to feel your need of Him.
If you tar - ry till your bet- ter, You will nev - er come at all.
J
i
•
i
J ! j i n
In the arms of my dear Saviour there are ten thousand charms^

No. 210. Lead, Kindly Light.
JOHN H NKWMAX JOHNB. DYKK>.
Lead, kindly Light,a-mid th'encircling gloom, Lead Thou me on; The night i-
I was nut ever thus, nor prayed that Thou Should'st lead me on; I lov'd to
So long Thy pow"r hath blest me.sure it still Will lead me on; O'er moor and
dark, and I am
^^
far from home,
choose and see my path, but now Lead Thou
fen, o'er crag and torrent, till
Lead Thou me on;
The night
me
is
on;
gone,
Keep Thou my
I
7^%~*r\
lov'd the
And with the
feet;
gar
morn those
-
I
ish
TT-?nrasr
do not ask to see The dis- tant scene one step e - nough for me.
;
day; and, spite of fears, Pride ruled my will; re-member not past years,
angel f ac - es smile. Which I have lov'd long since, and lost a - while.
,^
?"3
No,*211,
~*—f*~
Retreat,
±=&
C T&T-
m
H STOWELL. THOS. HASTINGS.
1. Fr^mev-'ry stonm.-y wind that blows,From ev - 'ry swell-ing tide of woes,

2. There is a place where Je - sus sheds The oil of glad-ness on our hra —
3. There is a scene where spir-its blend.Where friend holds fellowship with friend;
4. Ah, whith-er could we flee for aid, When tempted, des - o - late, dismayed;
6. There. there on ea gle's wings we soar, And sin and sense seem ail no more;
-
-t&- -m- -<&-
—3 -i h—
1ST-
1 ft:
m
^t=&=3t=fL --U-
*1 1-
m
There ii a calm, a sure re-treut; Tis found be - n.-ath the mer - cy seat.
A place than all be-sides moresweet.lt is the blood-boaght mer - cy seat.
Tho' sun-dered far, by faith they meet A - round one com-mon mer - cy seat.
Or how the host of hell de-feat, Had suffering souls no mer-cy seat?
And heav'n comes down our souls to greet, And glo - ry crowns th- mer - cy seat.
— p — — — 1
No. 212. My Soul, Be On Thy Guard.

GEORGE HKAl LOW L MASON.
ll.
— —i
*5
1
1
r —4* 1-4- -
DR.
*=3 —
El
=c= i
—• — •• —W
1. My soul, be on thy guard; Ten thou - sand foes a - rise;
2. watch and fight, and pray; The bat - tie ne'er give o'er;
3. Ne'er think the •
vie - fry won, Nor lay thine ar - mor down;
4. Fight on, my soul, till death Shall bring thee to thy God;
—~ffL —r•—f- —
-•- ••- -•- :
rv
y=i *
a m
1
9
-^
—
1
i
j
1
—
— ts
pfe
1
—
1
r^
1
*" — LY — *-
1 1
1
i
lil
-U-J
r-
k — 1
I
-1
-5-"1
^^=^=5 —
-I
I-
The hosts of sin are pressing hard To draw thee from the skies.
Re - new it bold - ly ev - 'ry day, And help di - vine im - plore.
Thy ar-duouswork will not be done, Till thou ob - tain thy crown.
He'll take thee at thy part -ing breath, To His di - vine a - bode.
lei
No. 213. My Faith Looks Up to Thee.
RAY PALMER. DR. LOWELL MASON.
£M~^4saB^Bgiiiffgi
1. My faith looks up to Thee.Thou Lamb of Cal- va - ry, Sav-iour di-vine Now hear me !
2. May Thy rich grace impart Strength to my fainting heart, My zeal inspire; As Thou hast
3. While life's dark maze I tread,And griefs around me spread,Be Thou my guide Bid darkness ;
4. When ends transient dream, When death's cold,sullen stream Shall o'er me roll, Blest Saviour,
life's
-fif-r-fS
-P-P-
tz±
r t—\--\
£=5
S^rizSES 9-ft
while Ipray,Take all my guilt a way; 0, let me from this day Be whol-ly Thine,
wmm$ I
died for me, 0, may my love to Thee,Pure,warm,and changeless be,A living fire,
turn to day, Wipe sorrow's tears away, Nor let me ev - er stray From Thee aside,
then, in love, Fear and distrust remove, 0, bear me safe a- bove A ransomed soul.
mmmm !
I
J h
No. 214. Just As I Am. (Woodworth. L. M.)
m
CHARLOTTE ELLIOTT. W'M.B. BRADJilKi
*=**-*-+
—
£==£ T=t
ÎL^^^S^^ggE£Tg=
I gr
E^g
I
2_
1. Just as I am, with -out one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for me,
2. Just as I am, and wait - ing not To rid my soul one dark blot;
of
3. Just as I am, poor, wretched, blind; Sight, rich - es, healing of the mind,
4. Just as I am, Thou wilt re-ceive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve;
9 j££
:
9 ?±
f* fn
£
-fa* 1 1 i I
•I
U L—
—
^=5E
m
And that Thou bidd'st me come to Thee, Lamb of God! I come, I come I
To Thee, whose blood can cleanse each spot,0 Lamb of God! I come, I come!
Yea, all I need in Thee to find, Lamb of God! I come, I come!
Be-cause Thy prom - ise I be - lieve, Lamb of God! I come, I come!
-m- -&- -- I.
s-f*~ _**" I
Jl- & •
g
is
i^ffi
g p m»v-
1 I I
££ EZPZBC
I 1 I
rg»,
(
g- t»
No. 215. Where He Leads Me,

"The meek will he guide in judgment."— Psa. 25: 9.
E. W. BLANDLY. Arr.
85SE £=«: a^=-p H g f

9=
a
-*-*-
3^
1. I can hear my Sav-iour calling, I can hear my Sav- iour call-ing,
2. I'll go with Him thro' the gar-den, I'll go with Him thro' the gar-den,
3. I'll go with Him thro' the judgment, I'll go with Him thro' the judgment,
4. He will give me grace and glo-ry, He will give me grace and glo - ry,
i. J*.
9^34
fry 4 BBS
a
£±£ 13:
r
m
Cho.- IMiere He leads me I will fol-low Where He
, leads me I icillfol- low,
D. C. for Chorus,
i 7—I
SJZ
E X
»(^-g-
I can hear
1 —
-^
p—
my
—
r-
r^-
*S=
I
-*?-*
tat
^ S_
Sav- iour call-ing, "Take thy cross and f ol-low, fol-low me.'
K^ "*>
+=- a
-<5>-.
I'll go with Him thro' the gar-den, I'll go with Him, with Him all the way.
I'll go with Him thro' the judgment, I'll go with Him, with Him all the way.
He will give me grace and glo - ry, And go with me, with me all the way.
Where He leads me I will fol-low, I'll go with Him, with Him all the way.
— ; J— — : * — - ; ; H1
No. 216. Amazing Grace, How Sweet the Sound.

14
By giace
S
are ye saved."—Eph. 2* 6. (IIARMONY GROVE. C. M.)
JOHN NEWTON.
Moderato.
2g=«t:3= ^ WM. WALKER. Arr. by H. N. L.
1. A - maz
ing grace, how sweet the sound That saved a wretch like me!
-
2. that taught my heart to fear,

'Twas grace And grace my fears relieved
3. Thro' ma - ny dan-gers, toils and snares, I have al - re.:d - y come ;
4. The Lord has promised good to me, His word, my hope se - cures.
5. Yes, when this heart and flesh shall fail And mor - tal life shall ceasev
J.
How
was lost, but now am found
once Was blind, c
but now I see.
pre cious did that grace ap-pear,
- The hour I first be-licved.
'Tis grace that brought me safe thus far, And grace will lead me home.
He will my shield and por - tion be, As long as life en-dures.
I shall pos - sess with - in the vail, A life of joy and peace.
No. 217. Jesus ! Lover of My Soul. (Martyn. 7s.)

1
Thou art my refuge."— Ps. 142: 6.

Rev. Charles Wesley. Simeon B. Marsh.
Fine.
n J 1-
—
1 1 I
| i i i | |
l~ 1 1 1
4?^-
, i
^ -<s«— -<s—
L£b *1
*H *1
-(5h <Sf-5 e). . &j
-zd-^-H-^— *-d
. |-25l *
— «j
70 • -Z^-s—
Hide me, my Sav- iour! hide, Till the storm of life is past;
J.
g— 0— g gv g —w— _g^_g^ri
g):
^%i
v \
\
— 8| H
r" rb;~ —=-#- -g
-f-^j 1
1
:
1
,..,.
—
1
s &
1
1
1-
l
H
-1
P
r
r ^
H
#-
i
rî ii—
i
i
1
i
;
s Other refuge have I none 3 Thou, O
Christ, art all I want;
Hangs my helpless soul on Thee j All in all in Thee I find ;
Leave, ah leave me not alone,

I Raise the fallen, cheer the faint,
Still support and comfort me. Heal the sick, and lead the blind*
All my trust on Thee is stayed; Just and holy is Thy name,
All my help from Thee I bring; I am all unrighteousness
Cover my defenseless head Vile and full ofsin I am,
With the shadow of Thy wing. Thou art full of truth and graet»
) I
No. 218, Happy Day.
z2t=:
1. O hap py
^
day, thai Bxed my choice On Thee, my
Well may this glow - ing heart re - joioe, And tell its
m -&-- -•- -*
m m -+-
— *
2
:S:Chokus.
-I — 1
rl J . m 9
Bay iour and my (rod !

\
rap - tores all a -broad. /Hap-pyday, hap -
py day, When Je - sus
j2_
W ttx g±
Fine. Z). S.
*— 1-
t=F J L
^=* *—^
# wash d my sins a - way,
I
f
: m *
He taught me how
* [
& .
to
m ~m
watch and pray,

. ; ||
\ And live re joic - - ing ev - 'ry day.

^2-
m ^m^ i— h-
ii
2 happy bond that seals my vows 4 Now rest, my long-divided heart ;
To Him who merits all my love! Fixed on this blissful center, rest ;
Let cheerful anthems fill His house, With ashes who would grudge to part.
While to that sacred shrine I move. When called on angel's bread to feast ?
3 'Tis done: the great tranaction's done! 5 High heav'n, that heard the s:lemn vow,
I am my
Lord's and He is mine ;
That vow renewed shall daily hear,
He drew me, and I followed on. Till in life's latest hour I bow.
Charmed to confess the voice Divine. And bless in death a bond so dear.
No. 219. Varina,

ISAAC WATTS.
(There of pure de -light, "Where saints im-mor tal reign; 1

is a land
\ In day excludes the night. And pleasures ban-ish pain.
- fi - nite
Sweet fields beyond the swelling fiood, Stand dres ed in liv-inggreei>n;j
I
;
- I So to the Jews old Canaan stood. While Jordan rolled bet wee i
O could we make our doubts remove.Those gloomy doubt; that rise. 1

(
\ And see the Ca-naan that we love With un-be-cloud -ed eyes. J
_ +•-£.*! . . „
& ?>:3 *
afetr-ty—*
« u i» i •
-
! — ^ r
Varina, Concluded
r^yy^sîi
There ev - er - las t-ing spring a-bides, And iiev - er-withring flow'nj
: I
But timorous mor-tals start and shrink To cross this narrow sea,
Could we but climb where Moses stood. And view the Landscape o'er,
Wi.
g==i
^
-±2
Death, like a nar

And lin -
J
i=^ m
row
E TTn
sea, di-vides This heav'nly hand from ours.
-
ger, shiv'ring on the brink, And fear to launch a - way.

S II
Not Jordan's stream, nor death's cold flood, Should fright us from the shore.
s
£H»-h£
No. 220.
- -jr.
Rejoice and Be Glad,

***
m
H. BONAR. J. J. HUSBAND.
3:
^ I
i —•—lil — g -«— ~# 0h
1. Re-joice and be glad the Redeem-er has come, Go look on His

2. Re-joice and be glad for the blood has been shed; Redemption is
3. Re-joice and be glad for the Lamb that was slain, O'er death is tri
4. Re-joice and be glad for our King is on high, He pleadeth for
5. Re-joice and be glad for He com - eth a - gain He com-eth in —
* &- 4=£=*
-r ^
m^m
Refrain.
w
era - His cross, and His tomb.
die,
ffi ^
finished, the price has been paid. Sound His prais-es, tell the sto - ry,
umphant, and liv eth a gain. - -
us on His throne in the sky.

glo ry, the Lamb that was slain.
-
_*_ JL _*_ J3L
-» —W
Of Him who was slain; Sound His praises, tell with gladness, He liv-eth a-gain.
Far last verse. — He cometh a-gain.
^1 g w i
02.
l f
?£-*
w~w w •
l W
1
-
—*
-%
i
\m ^
....
INDEX.
No. No.
A Soul Winner for Jesus 34 Hide Me 78
After All 67 Hold the Fort 177
After While 14 Home on the Banks of the River. 10
Almost Persuaded 93 Hosanna to the King 7
Always Happy 109 How Glad I Shall Be 85
Always Pray 146 How Firm a Foundation 99
All Hail the Power 198 How Solemn are the Words 171
Alone with Jesus 113
Am Resolved 76
I
Amazing Grace 216
I Am so Glad 176
Are You Washed ? 75
I Love to Tell the Story 74
Are You Ready ? 60
I Love Surpassing Knowledge 131
..
Asleep in Jesus 119
I Love Thy Kingdom, Lord 163
Asleep 159
I Must Tell Jesus 1
At the Battle's Front 96
If We Only Understood 118
I'llLive with the Rock of Ages. 72
Be Sowing the Seed 31
I'llFollow Where He Leads 39
Be a Toiler for the Lord 161 I'm Kept by Him Alone 121
Beautiful Lines of Life and Light. 110
I'm a Child of a King 100
Beautiful Story to Tell 71
I'm On the Road to Glory 174
Behold the Love of Jesus 77
In That Crowning Day. .'
36
Believing in my Saviour's Word. 154
.
In the Shadow of the Cross 117

Blest Be the Tie 204 In the Shadow of the Rock 178
Blessed Rock of Ages 6
the Kingdom of the Lord
In 187
Blessed Be the Name 103
In the Morning of Joy 124
Blessed Redeemer 148 Is Thy Heart Right ? 73
Bringing in the Sheaves . 107 Is It Not Wonderful? 3
Christ in Me, the Hope of Glory . 105 It Is Well with Soul My 9
I Will Arise 209
Closer to Thee 195
I Will Never Turn Back 141
Come Unto Me 190
Come to Jesus (Tenney) 81
LWill Uphold Thee 26
Come to Jesus (Mayfield) 87
LWould Work for Jesus 143
Jesus is Calling 90
Did Christ o'er Sinners Weep ?. . . 199 Jesus, is Mighty to Save 91
Draw Me Nearer 35 Jesus, Saviour, Keep Me Holy. ... Ill
Farther On Jesus Pleads 1 16
101
Jesus, the Light of the World 137
Flitting Away 22
Jesus, Saviour, Pilot Me 175
Footsteps of Jesus 28
From the Garden to the Cross Jesus Will Come Again 183
... 52
Free Waters 24 Jesus Paid it All 207
Jesus, Lover of my Soul 217
Full Salvation 115
Joy to the World 179
God's Wonderful Redemption Plan 194 Just Over the River 189
Going Unprepared 41 Just as I Am 214
Just a Step Across the Line 114
Happy Day 218
Hark Ten Thousand Harps
! 208
Keep in Step with Jesus 142
He Shall Deliver 80 Lay Hold on the Life Line 47
He is Coming Again 98 Lead, Kindly Light 210
He Saved Me 138 Let the Lower Lights be Burning 95
He Tftat Endureth 152 Let the Song Ring Out 20
He Leadeth Me 165 Let Jesus Come into Your Heart. 66
He's Pleading for You 160 Lifted 18
He's Just the Same To-day 186 Lift Him Up 65
He's Coming Again 48 Little Ones Like Me 139
He's my King 2 Living in the Glory of His Love. 27
Heavenly Sunlight 53 Lord's Day Worship 83
Higher Ground 50 Lord, I'm Coming Home 145
. .
.
[NDEX.
No.
Mountains of Faith 92 The I.<>r<l Our Rock 170
Music in Heaven (il The Rock that is Higher than I. 62
Must Jesus Bear the Cross Alone? 196 The Saviour's I lying Cry 08
My Consecration 104 The Sure Foundation 66
My Thoughts of Thee are Sweet. . 44 The Truth of God is Winning. 29
My Faith Looks Up to Thee 213 There is a Fountain 51
My Soul, be on Thy Guard 212 There Will be Light at the Rivei 58
There Will Come a Happy Time . 23
Near the Cross . . 5 There is Sunlight 37
Nearer, My God, to Thee 153 There is Sunshine in the Heart. . 13
Nearer, Still Nearer 157 There's a Light Shining Out 55
Nearer and Dearer 197 There's a Home for the Soul 122
No One but You 19 'Tis Midnight, and on Olive's Brow 97
Numberless as the Sands 120 'Tis the Hand of My Lord 68
'Tis so Sweet to Trust in Jesus ... 173
O Why Not To-night ?. 15
To Think What It Will Be 54
O to Be Like Thee 21
To See Him as He Is 63
O the Grand Old Book 130
To us a Child of Hope is Born ... 165
On to Victory (West) 136
Trusting the Lord 134
On to Victory (Hoffman) 180
'Twas Grace Divine that Lifted Me 184
Onward, Christian Soldiers 201
Out on the Mountain 16 Under the Shadow of Thy Wings. 181
Over, Under and Around Me .... 57
Vale of Beulah , 43
Praise the King of the Ages 102 Varina 219
Precious Promise 206 Victory Must be Won 158
Prepare to Meet Thy God 123 Volunteers to the Front 162
Prince of Peace, Control my Will. 127
Walk Beside Me 8
Retreat 211 Wandering Away 144
Rejoice and be Glad 220 We are Waiting by the River 129
Rock of Ages 89 We Shall All be Gathered Home. 135
Round the Hills in Galilee 164 We Shall Cross the Sea in Triumph 126
Scatter Bright Smiles 30 We Shall Meet Some Day 66
Shall We Meet? 125 We Shall Rise 51
Sing the Blessed Gospel 172 Weighed in the Balance 59
Singing as We Go 112 What Shall it Profit? 12
Singing a Wonderful Song 94 What Shall our Answer Be ? 46
Softly and Tenderly 70 What a Friend we Have 205
Sowing the Seed of the Kingdom. 106 What a Morning that Will be.... 188
Stand Up for Jesus 169 What Will You Say? 150
Sun of my Soul 149 What Will You Do with Jesus ?. . . 133
Sweet By and By 200 When All Redeemed Singers Get
Sweet Hour of Prayer 203 Home 82
Tell His Love 17

When the Harvest All is In 25
Tell It to Jesus Alone 64

When the Day is Full of Gladness 191
That Wonderful Day 49

When the Roll is Called 182
Where the Shepherd Leads 69
The Light in the Storm 32
Where He Leads Me 215
The Christian's Welcome Home. . 33
Why Should I Leave my Dear Sav-
The Story Must be Told 38
iour ? 84
The Message of the King 40
Why Will You in Bondage Stay ?. 192
The Beautiful Rose of Sharon 45
Why Keep Jesus Waiting ? 147
The Bugle Call is Ringing 193
Will You Come? 128
The Call from the Islands 168
Will the Angels Come for Me ?. . . 132
The City of God 185
Will There be any Stars ? 4
The Gospel Invitation 88
Wonderful Words of Life 11
The Greatest Thing is Love 156
Wonderful Story of Love 42
The Heavenly Home 140
Work, for the Night is Coming. . . 202
The Land is Drawing Near 86
The Lord is My Shepherd 167 Ye Must be Born Again 79
§ 5-
General Price List
of the
Gospel Song .
Best Sion Melodiei.

$ 15
Per dozen .... 1 50
Song Per BO
Per 100
Hew
I
...
Song's of Victory.
$
6 00
20
Per 50
Books
..
Per 100 . 18 00
Song* Crown.
Single copy .... $ 20
Per dozen 2 40
9 00
Per 100 18 00
Budixnental Hngget.
Single copy . S 15
Per dozen 125
Per 50 ... 450
Per 100 8 00
Starrest Call.
Single copy ... J 25
I
Per 50 . 10 00
Per 100 ... . 18 00
Select Songs.
Single copy $ 25
Per dozen .... 2 50
Per 50 ... 10 00
Per 100 18 00
Hew Goepel Song Book (limp).
Single copy * 35
Per dozen 4 00
Per 50 ... 15 00
Per 100 . 30 30
Hew Goepel Song Book.
(Full cloth.)
Single copy % 50
..
Per dozer: 5 50
We Ship Per 50
Per 100
20 00
40 00
Hew Goepel Song Book with
Quick- Xudiments, five cepts a copy
additional.
Same Day Order In ordering, always state
whether round or shape nota-
tion is desired.
is Received
All Prices are by Mail or Express Prepaid
FIRM FOUNDATION PUBLISHING HOUSE

AUSTIN, TEXAS

Gospel Songs

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Gospel Songs

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

o<?

Christian Work and Worship

G. H. P. SHOWALTER and AUSTIN TAYLOR

Firm Inundation Publishing House

Copyright, 1914, by Firm Foundation Publishing House

THE NEW GOSPEL SONG BOOK

96, 104, 111, 134, 145, 163, 173, 195,

No. 1 I Must Tell Jesus.

1. I must tell Je - bus all of my tri - als; I can-not bear theBO

Make of my troubles quickly an end. I must tell Jesus! I must tell

Je - bus! I can-not bear my bur-dens a lone; I must tell

iiS f P r > y k ^ _^_ __ - •

He's my King, no oth - er is a-bove Him; All day long en

jah He' smyKingl

r*^ j 'j f-k-k

1. Won-drous it seemeth to me, Je sus so

Mer- cy re-veal-ing, com-fort-ing, healing, Blessing a sin-ner like me.

strange and so won-der-ful, That He should save e - ven me

No. 4. WILL THERE BE ANY STARS.

No. 5. Near the Cross.

Copyrirht by W . H. Doane. Used by per

tr- -m- -•-

1. Je - sus, near the cross, There a pre-cious oun - tain,

No. 6 Blessed Rock of Ages,

Rock of A -ges, Rock of A-ges,cleft for me on Cal - va - ry;

let me hide my - self in Thee.

«B. K. Wesson. By |«r.

No, 7. Hosanna To the King.

1. My Saviour bled on Cal - va-ry,

blood for you and me

give and take a-way Sin's grievous load,

endured the pain, . . And died, the sin ner to re-claim.

endured the pain, And died, the sinner to reclaim.

Copyright, 1913, by J. W, Acuff.

No. 8, Walk Beside Me,

Walk beside me, () my Saviour, While life's morning gky is bright

gEfrfFj B=k WTCW1

Wheth-er good or ill be-tide me, Whether skies be dark or clear.

I may know and feel Thee near.

Bless - ed Sav-iour,walk with me Take ; a - way all anx-ious fear ;

Copyright, 1896 by Iiam M PUck. Use i t>>- prr

No. 9. It Is Well With My Soul.

sea - bil-lows rolls, What-ev-er my lot,Thou hast taught me to say,

"It is well, it my soul.'

•m- -J- JPL '

with my soul, It is well, it is well with my soul.

the Sav-iour is there His faith-ful

&J K N -fV -K Nr—£ ^— J 1 * V— X-

NeeW ^gnrrr^ 3? ~"

1. Sing them o - ver a - gain to me, Won-der-ful words of Life;

Beau-ti - ful words, won-der-ful words, Won-der-ful words of Life,

-0~ -0"' 0~ •+- m -+- m .

nal in glo - ry pre-pare;

No. 13. There is Sunshine In the Heart.

heart, Tis the

( There is sun-shine in my heart, There is sun-shine in my heart, God is

1. As I con-tem-plate life's jour-ney, Thro' a world of sin and strife,

2. Tia a thought of might-y won - der, Clad in forma of sa-cred style,

What shall be the joys or sor-rows, just think aft - er while.

be the way-worn pil-grims, Some sweet day

night? Wilt thou be saved? Then why not to-night?

No. 16. Out On the Mountains.

1. Out on the ssnaiaios poor souls are a-stray, Je-eui dngthem,

broth-er, I pray Join with our Sav-iour

A- jl. ._ jl. jl- -.